Trump Sworn in as 47th U.S. President, Vows to Reverse America’s Decline and Bring Change

Donald Trump has been officially sworn in as the 47th President of the United States by Chief Justice John Roberts, marking a dramatic political return after his felony convictions. His running mate, JD Vance, took the oath of office administered by Justice Brett Kavanaugh.

In his inauguration speech, Trump declared that “the golden age of America begins right now.” The new administration is preparing to implement numerous executive actions, including efforts to end birthright citizenship and declaring a national emergency regarding the U.S.-Mexico border, according to incoming White House sources. Additionally, sources informed CNN that Trump plans to pardon some individuals involved in the January 6 riots on his first day in office.

The inauguration event was attended by a broad spectrum of political figures, former presidents, and influential billionaires like Elon Musk and Jeff Bezos. Country music sensation Carrie Underwood performed “America the Beautiful” at the event. The world was able to tune in to the proceedings via various media platforms.

In the lead-up to the inauguration, outgoing President Joe Biden took a significant step by issuing pardons for key individuals. These included General Mark Milley, Dr. Anthony Fauci, and members of Congress who had been involved in investigating the January 6 events. Biden also granted preemptive pardons to his family members, including his brothers James and Frank, his sister Valerie, and their spouses.

Trump took the opportunity in his speech to reflect on his personal journey and the significance of his victory. In particular, he referenced a moment of personal reflection tied to an assassination attempt during his campaign. “My life was saved by the grace of God to make America great again,” Trump said, evoking religious imagery. This sentiment was shared by many of his supporters, who believed his survival of the assassination attempt was a divine sign.

Trump further characterized Inauguration Day, January 20, 2025, as “liberation day,” emphasizing the hope that the presidential election would be remembered as “the greatest and most consequential election in the history of our country.” He argued that his victory marked a broad and rapidly growing unity among the American people. “The entire nation is rapidly unifying behind our agenda with dramatic increases in support from virtually every element of our society,” he stated.

Acknowledging the diverse coalition that helped propel him to victory, Trump expressed gratitude toward Black and Hispanic voters. He thanked them for the “tremendous outpouring of love and trust that you have shown me with your vote.” He vowed to remember this support, saying, “We set records and I will not forget it. I’ve heard your voices on the campaign, and I look forward to working with you in the years to come.”

Trump also addressed the recent devastation caused by wildfires in Los Angeles, where numerous homes were destroyed. These fires, exacerbated by high winds, affected not only the general public but also some of the “wealthiest and most powerful” individuals in the country. “They’re raging through the houses and communities, even affecting some of the wealthiest and most powerful individuals in our country, some of whom are sitting here right now. They don’t have a home any longer,” Trump remarked. Despite the loss, he underscored the importance of preventing further tragedies, stating, “That’s interesting. But we can’t let this happen.”

In another portion of his speech, Trump criticized the Biden administration, which was present at the inauguration, for its handling of domestic and international challenges. “We now have a government that cannot manage a simple crisis at home while at the same time stumble into a continuing catalog of catastrophic events abroad,” he claimed. He also expressed frustration over immigration policies, asserting that the government had “failed to protect our magnificent law-abiding citizens but proves sanctuary and protection for dangerous criminals.” Trump continued, emphasizing the disparity in border protection efforts: “We have a government that has given unlimited funding to the defense of foreign borders but refuses to defend American borders or, more importantly, its own people.”

Trump highlighted his commitment to ending what he described as America’s ongoing decline, particularly in sectors like education and healthcare. He vowed to reverse the current trajectory swiftly: “All of this will change starting today, and it will change very quickly,” he said. His victory, he asserted, was a mandate to undo “a horrible betrayal” of the American people. “From this moment on, America’s decline is over,” Trump declared, signaling his intention to enact sweeping reforms.

As the 47th president, Trump expressed optimism and confidence about the future. He promised to lead the country into “a thrilling new era of national success” and emphasized that “a tide of change is sweeping the country.” Reflecting on the opportunities before the nation, he said, “Sunlight is pouring over the entire world and America has the chance to seize this opportunity like never before.” His words were an indication of his hope to restore American greatness and assert the country’s place on the world stage.

With his inaugural speech, Trump set the tone for his presidency, stressing the need for immediate change and national unity. From addressing the wildfires to criticizing the previous administration, he laid out an ambitious agenda aimed at reasserting American values and interests. As the nation looks forward to the new administration, Trump’s bold promises will serve as a framework for the first term of his presidency.

The inauguration of President Donald Trump marks the beginning of a new chapter in American politics, characterized by promises of national revitalization and a determination to reverse the country’s perceived decline. His speech touched on various themes, from personal reflections to critiques of the previous administration, and outlined his vision for the future. With a strong emphasis on unity and restoration, Trump’s presidency begins with a clear sense of direction, ready to implement the changes he campaigned on.

Vivek Ramaswamy to Leave Department of Government Efficiency Role as He Plans Ohio Governor Campaign

Vivek Ramaswamy, who was appointed by President-elect Donald Trump to co-lead the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) alongside entrepreneur Elon Musk, is expected to step down from his position shortly, according to CBS News. Multiple sources confirmed that Ramaswamy intends to announce his candidacy for Ohio governor by the end of January.

At 39 years old, Ramaswamy did not offer any public comment on the matter.

According to individuals familiar with the situation, Ramaswamy’s tenure within the task force has been fraught with challenges. Some people close to Musk have expressed dissatisfaction with Ramaswamy’s minimal involvement in critical tasks, and tensions have been building between him and the rank-and-file members of the DOGE team. These sources suggest that Ramaswamy has received indirect encouragement to leave the initiative.

“Vivek has worn out his welcome,” a source close to Trump shared.

Ramaswamy recently met with Ohio’s current governor, Mike DeWine, regarding the vacant Senate seat left by Vice President-elect JD Vance. However, DeWine declared on Friday that he would appoint his lieutenant governor to the Senate position.

Ramaswamy, who had sought the GOP nomination in 2024, spent time at Mar-a-Lago, Trump’s estate in West Palm Beach, Florida, during the transition period. According to sources, Ramaswamy and Musk were spotted together at the bar, jotting down plans for DOGE on a napkin. However, it seems their collaboration has dwindled in recent times, with sources noting that they have not worked closely together for a while.

Politico was the first to report Ramaswamy’s possible departure from the DOGE task force.

In the political sphere, Ramaswamy has been vocal about cultural issues, especially criticizing what he perceives as the rise of “woke” policies that he believes are being imposed on institutions within corporate, academic, and government sectors. Even when running against Trump for the GOP nomination, Ramaswamy refrained from criticizing the former president and was quick to offer praise.

Despite its ambitious title, the Department of Government Efficiency is not expected to function as a formal federal agency. Trump has stated that DOGE’s role will be to provide external guidance and advice, working in collaboration with the White House and the Office of Management and Budget.

According to Trump, the objective of DOGE is to streamline the federal bureaucracy, reduce government spending, and reorganize federal agencies. Trump has set a deadline for the department’s work to be completed by July 2026.

Ramaswamy’s background before entering the political arena includes attending Yale Law School alongside JD Vance. He also gained substantial wealth as a hedge fund manager and through the sale of his stake in a biotechnology company he co-founded.

Donald Trump’s Second Presidency Begins with Bold Moves, Controversy, and Power Plays

On Monday, Donald Trump launched his second term with swift and sweeping actions, aiming to redefine his presidency while addressing his previous term’s shortcomings. Proclaiming the dawn of a “Golden Age” for America, Trump quickly consolidated his authority, implementing measures that targeted Joe Biden’s legacy and signaling an aggressive approach to governance.

Within hours, he pardoned hundreds of January 6 rioters, initiated stringent immigration reforms, and solidified alliances with influential tech leaders. His unorthodox foreign policy decisions sent ripples through global capitals, underscoring a dramatic pivot from the internationalism championed by most presidents since World War II.

In a press conference at the Oval Office, Trump showcased a confident, decisive demeanor, drawing on lessons from his first term to maximize his control over executive powers. However, alongside ambitious goals and bold rhetoric, Trump’s actions were accompanied by grievances, misinformation, and a growing sense of self-importance, raising concerns about his commitment to democratic principles.

The day’s rapid sequence of events, including the issuance of numerous executive orders, hinted at looming legal battles. Despite the theatrics, Trump’s agenda faces challenges, with new legislation requiring cooperation from a narrowly Republican-controlled House of Representatives. Without such legislative backing, many of his actions could be reversed by the next administration, much like his dismantling of Biden-era policies.

Pardons for January 6 Rioters

In a polarizing move, Trump issued blanket pardons to approximately 1,500 individuals convicted or accused of crimes during the January 6, 2021, Capitol attack. These pardons extended to high-profile members of extremist groups like the Proud Boys and Oath Keepers, erasing distinctions between violent offenders and those guilty of lesser charges.

This act underscored Trump’s willingness to shield his supporters from legal consequences, even at the cost of undermining democratic norms. Critics warned this could embolden future acts of political violence. Former House Speaker Nancy Pelosi denounced the move, stating, “Trump’s actions are an outrageous insult to our justice system and the heroes who suffered physical scars and emotional trauma as they protected the Capitol, the Congress, and the Constitution.”

Biden’s Preemptive Pardons

Trump wasn’t the only president accused of misusing pardon power. Before leaving office, Biden issued blanket pardons to officials such as Dr. Anthony Fauci, former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Mark Milley, and members of the House committee investigating January 6. Biden justified these actions as necessary protections against Trump’s threats of retribution.

Additionally, Biden preemptively pardoned several family members, including his brothers and sister, claiming it was to safeguard their reputations. Critics argued this expanded the potential misuse of presidential pardon power, setting a dangerous precedent. Trump seized on this development, remarking, “Now every president, when they leave office, they are going to pardon everyone they met.”

Immigration Overhaul

Trump moved swiftly on immigration, declaring an emergency at the southern border, ending the use of an app facilitating legal migrant entry, and initiating efforts to terminate birthright citizenship. He also suspended refugee resettlement for four months and dismissed senior Justice Department officials overseeing immigration courts.

While his actions aimed to fulfill campaign promises, they also set the stage for constitutional and legal challenges. Trump’s broader vision for mass deportations requires congressional approval, highlighting the limitations of executive orders in enacting lasting policy changes.

Rolling Back Diversity Policies

Fulfilling another campaign promise, Trump revoked Biden’s executive orders protecting against discrimination based on gender identity and sexual orientation. Federal diversity programs were also dismantled, with changes extending to documentation requirements, such as passports and visas reflecting applicants’ biological sex.

These actions catered to Trump’s base but risked alienating many Americans who viewed such policies as steps backward in civil rights.

Tech Titans Join Trump’s Inner Circle

Trump’s inaugural celebrations prominently featured Silicon Valley leaders, marking a shift in allegiance from Democrats to his administration. Elon Musk, Jeff Bezos, Tim Cook, Sundar Pichai, and Mark Zuckerberg attended events and appeared alongside Trump, signaling their willingness to collaborate with his government.

Musk, who received significant federal contracts, was even appointed to lead a newly established Department of Government Efficiency. While Trump argued that leveraging tech pioneers was in America’s interest, their proximity to power raised concerns about potential conflicts of interest and the influence of tech giants on public discourse.

Shaking Global Norms

Trump’s return to power reverberated across the globe. In his first press conference, he demanded NATO allies increase defense spending to 5% of GDP—a nearly unattainable goal for many nations. He also reignited tensions over the Panama Canal, falsely claiming, “China is operating the Panama Canal and we didn’t give it to China. We gave it to Panama and we’re taking it back.”

Additionally, Trump labeled Mexican drug cartels as foreign terrorist organizations and hinted at deploying special forces into Mexico—a proposal fraught with diplomatic and security risks. On Ukraine, he increased pressure on Russian President Vladimir Putin to negotiate peace, asserting, “The war does not make him look very good.”

Economic and Trade Policies

While Trump refrained from immediately imposing new tariffs, he confirmed plans to introduce 25% duties on Mexican and Canadian imports starting February 1, risking a trade conflict within North America. Although tariffs on China remain unimplemented, Trump hinted at using them as leverage in upcoming negotiations.

Trump’s assertion that tariffs would generate significant revenue for the U.S. was misleading, as their costs are typically borne by American consumers. Potential inflationary effects and rising prices for essentials like food and fuel could pose challenges to his administration’s economic agenda.

Challenges Ahead

Despite a dramatic start, Trump’s second term faces significant hurdles. His reliance on executive orders underscores his difficulty in securing legislative support, a necessity for long-lasting reforms. Additionally, his tendency toward grievance politics and self-promotion could distract from meaningful governance.

The widespread pardons and sweeping policy changes highlight Trump’s determination to reshape America, but they also risk deepening divisions and eroding democratic norms. As he seeks to solidify his legacy, the success of his presidency will hinge on balancing bold ambitions with the practicalities of governance.

By the end of his first day back in office, Trump had cemented his reputation as a disruptor, willing to challenge conventions and push the boundaries of presidential power. However, whether this approach can deliver sustained progress or merely provoke further polarization remains to be seen.

A Grand Centennial Tribute to Raj Kapoor in New Jersey Draws Over 500 Fans

On January 12, more than 500 fans of Indian cinema gathered at Royal Albert’s Palace in Fords, New Jersey, to pay tribute to the legendary Raj Kapoor. The Centennial Tribute, organized by AUM Events and South Asian Culture, Heritage & Arts (SACHA), was a four-hour celebration featuring 25 performers delivering 50 timeless solo and duet performances that honored Kapoor’s remarkable legacy in Indian cinema.

The event began with a live performance by Girish Joshi, a dedicated admirer of Raj Kapoor. Dressed as Kapoor’s iconic character from Mera Naam Joker, Joshi performed two songs from the film, captivating the audience and earning a resounding round of applause.

Edison Township Mayor Sam Joshi attended the tribute to show his support and commended the Indian community for enriching the local culture. “Events like these showcase the rich cultural heritage and vibrant spirit of our community,” the mayor remarked, acknowledging the significance of the event.

Jayesh Mehta, leader of SACHA, spoke about the efforts behind organizing the tribute. “We auditioned over 100 singers and selected the best 25,” Mehta explained. “Rehearsals involving costumes and choreography were held for over a month to ensure a flawless tribute to the greatest showman of Indian cinema.”

The performers, who came from varied professions and backgrounds, included renowned singers such as Amit Macwan, Annette D’Souza, and Sanjay Shah. The event was hosted by Dr. Tushar Patel, a prominent community activist and music enthusiast, who served as the Master of Ceremonies. Several individuals contributed to the event’s success, including video producer Mukesh Kashiwala, audio engineers Nikul Shah and Pratik Shah, and Dr. Dinesh Patel, who played significant roles in ensuring a seamless evening.

The tribute highlighted the enduring legacy of Raj Kapoor, a cinematic icon whose works such as Aag, Barsaat, Awara, Shree 420, and Mera Naam Joker remain classics. Kapoor’s career began at the young age of 11 as an actor, and he ventured into filmmaking by 24. His contributions to Indian cinema earned him prestigious accolades, including the Padma Bhushan in 1971 and the Dada Saheb Phalke Award in 1987.

Reflecting on the event, Dr. Tushar Patel stated, “Raj Kapoor’s work transcends time and geography. This tribute is not just about his films but about the emotions and stories that continue to inspire generations.”

Attendees enjoyed a nostalgic journey through Kapoor’s cinematic achievements, reliving moments from his films that have touched countless lives. The evening concluded with special recognitions for standout performers, leaving attendees with a sense of admiration for the rich cultural and cinematic legacy of Raj Kapoor.

Prominent community figures supported the tribute, including Mr. Albert Jasani of Royal Albert’s Palace, entrepreneur Pinakin Pathak, and other notable sponsors. Their contributions underscored the collective effort to celebrate Kapoor’s impact on Indian cinema and beyond.

The event featured performances by Amit Macwan, Annette D’Souza, Anuj Govilla, Atul Shah, Deepali Khaparde, Gautam Shah, Gopal Mehta, Hari Neelakantan, Hema Patel, Hina Patel, Kavita Shah, Kinnari Patel, Krishna Narielwala, Kuldeep Chaudhary, Dr. Madan Patel, Naren Patel, Pinakin Pathak, Purvi Macwan, Raj Macwan, Raj Masrani, Raj Parikh, Sanjay Shah, Sheena Bhatia, Shruti Devi, Tushar Patel, and Varuna Taroll.

This Centennial Tribute reaffirmed Raj Kapoor’s status as a timeless icon of Indian cinema, whose legacy continues to inspire artists and audiences around the globe.

Trump’s Inaugural Committee Raises Stakes with $1 Million Donation Package

Major donors seeking access to Donald Trump and Vice President-elect JD Vance during the upcoming inauguration are facing a significantly higher price tag. The committee’s latest fundraising materials reveal that the minimum contribution for top-tier perks has doubled, rising from $500,000 during Trump’s first inauguration to $1 million this time around.

The $1 Million Package

This premium package offers two tickets to a private dinner with Vance and six tickets to the prestigious “candlelight dinner,” where Trump is expected to attend. For lobbyists and high-profile donors eager to curry favor with the incoming administration, such opportunities are seen as vital, particularly as Trump resumes power.

Rising Costs Reflect Increased Demand

The steep increase in donation requirements reflects heightened enthusiasm following a polarizing election. The committee has already raised over $170 million, with projections exceeding $200 million. These funds far surpass the estimated costs of the events, which include multiple receptions, lunches, and celebratory balls. For many donors, particularly those with business interests requiring governmental cooperation, the $1 million contribution is viewed as a strategic investment.

Fewer Benefits for Smaller Contributions

Smaller donations, ranging from $100,000 to $250,000, now offer far fewer privileges. A transition official acknowledged the diminishing returns for donors at these levels, suggesting that such contributors might gain more by supporting Trump-aligned political action committees instead. “At $100,000, you’re not even noticed,” the official remarked, emphasizing the exclusivity of the inaugural fundraising strategy.

Donation Tiers and Their Perks

The committee has outlined a five-tier donation structure, ranging from $50,000 to $1 million, with varying degrees of access:

  • $1 Million: Grants admission to both the candlelight dinner and the private vice-president’s dinner.
  • $500,000: Includes access to the candlelight dinner but excludes the vice-president’s dinner, a notable reduction from 2017 when this tier provided access to both.
  • $50,000: Offers limited access to events, such as those featuring Cabinet officials, though the price for this level has been halved compared to 2017.

Promotional materials highlight the candlelight dinner, held at the National Building Museum, as a glamorous black-tie event attended by Trump and Melania Trump. Meanwhile, the vice-president’s dinner at the National Gallery of Art is promoted as an exclusive gathering for high-level donors.

Reduced Perks Even at Premium Levels

Despite its hefty price tag, the $1 million package offers fewer benefits compared to 2017. Notably, the “leadership luncheon,” which previously included appearances by Cabinet appointees and congressional leaders, has been removed from the itinerary. Some insiders suggest that private events hosted by prominent Trump allies, including Donald Trump Jr., Turning Point USA’s Charlie Kirk, and Steve Bannon, may provide more meaningful opportunities for influential interactions.

Limited Returns for Smaller Donors

Contributors at the lower end of the spectrum, such as those donating $50,000 or $100,000, should not expect personal access to Trump. However, they may still attend events featuring Cabinet members and other figures from Trump’s political circle. Nevertheless, with perks scaled back across all donation levels, the value for smaller donors has diminished compared to previous inaugural celebrations.

Strategic Investments by Donors

The dramatic price increases underline the fundraising committee’s emphasis on exclusivity, catering primarily to high-net-worth individuals and organizations seeking to secure influence. The $1 million contribution is positioned as not just a donation but a calculated move to align with Trump’s administration during its return to power.

In summary, Trump’s inauguration committee has raised the bar for donor contributions, reflecting both increased demand for access and a strategic shift toward exclusivity. While the enhanced price tags may deter smaller donors, they highlight the administration’s focus on courting top-tier supporters willing to invest in influence and proximity.

Trump Begins Second Term with Ambitious Policies Amid Mixed Reactions

Donald Trump has started his second term as President of the United States with a flurry of executive orders, policy announcements, and international reactions. On his first full day back in the White House, the president set the tone for his administration’s direction, emphasizing themes of strength, transparency, and economic growth.

A Bold Start: Executive Orders and National Emergency Declaration

On Monday, Trump initiated the process of withdrawing the United States from the World Health Organization (WHO) and the Paris Climate Agreement. He also declared a national emergency at the southern border, citing the need to address immigration issues. Mexico’s President Claudia Scheinbaum criticized these moves, stating that the emergency declaration is a rehash of a similar order from 2019 and labeled the “Remain in Mexico” policy as a repeat from 2018. On a lighter note, Scheinbaum dismissed Trump’s directive to rename the Gulf of Mexico as the “Gulf of America,” asserting that Mexico and the rest of the world would continue using its current name.

The president also granted nearly 1,600 pardons related to the Capitol riots of January 6, 2021. Many prisoners are expected to be released promptly, a move that has sparked intense debate.

Press Briefings Absent but Transparency Promised

Nearly a full day into Trump’s second term, the White House has yet to hold a press briefing. Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt, in an interview with Fox News, stated that “the American people won’t be hearing from me today,” redirecting attention to Trump’s infrastructure announcement planned for later. Leavitt described Trump as “the most transparent president in history,” suggesting more direct interactions between the president and reporters in the future.

Reporters in the White House press area expressed eagerness for clarity on Trump’s policies and plans. News briefings typically offer opportunities to scrutinize presidential decisions and understand the administration’s perspective. These sessions can be tense, as seen during Joe Biden’s tenure, particularly when the press queried sensitive topics like the Gaza conflict or the president’s age.

Canada Responds to Tariff Threats

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau responded to Trump’s renewed threat to impose 25% tariffs on Canadian imports, emphasizing the interconnectedness of the two countries’ economies. “Canadian energy powers American manufacturing, business, homes,” Trudeau remarked. Referring to Trump’s vision of a “golden age” for America, Trudeau noted that achieving it would require critical resources such as steel, aluminum, and minerals—many of which Canada provides.

Trudeau warned of retaliatory measures should the tariffs proceed. “Canada will respond—and everything is on the table,” he stated. Trump, meanwhile, has instructed his administration to review U.S. trade relationships, with findings expected by April 1.

Rubio Takes Helm as Secretary of State

Florida Senator Marco Rubio has been sworn in as Secretary of State, becoming the first member of Trump’s new cabinet to secure Senate approval. Known for his hawkish foreign policy stance, Rubio emphasized a transformative approach to U.S. diplomacy. “Does it make us stronger? Does it make us safer and does it make us more prosperous? If not, we will not do it,” he declared.

Rubio, who has a reputation for taking firm positions on issues involving Iran and China, described this period as a “new era” for U.S. foreign policy. He reiterated Trump’s focus on promoting peace as the primary goal of international engagement.

Infrastructure Announcement and Religious Observance

Today, Trump is scheduled to attend an interfaith prayer service at Washington, D.C.’s National Cathedral, joined by notable figures such as JD Vance. Later in the day, he plans to unveil a “massive announcement” regarding infrastructure. Leavitt hinted that this initiative would showcase America’s resurgence on the global stage, though no specific details were disclosed.

Global Reactions to U.S. Policies

International responses to Trump’s decisions have been swift and varied. Laurence Tubiana, a key architect of the Paris Climate Agreement, urged nations to persist with climate action despite the U.S. withdrawal. “We should not be frightened by shouting or declarations,” Tubiana asserted, adding, “Let’s not be derailed or distracted. It is a moment of courage I’m waiting for.”

In Germany, Chancellor Olaf Scholz commented on Elon Musk’s controversial gesture at Trump’s inauguration, which some compared to a Nazi salute. Scholz reiterated Germany’s commitment to freedom of speech while condemning any actions that support extremist views. Musk dismissed the criticism on social media, calling it a “tired attack.”

Challenges and Opportunities Ahead

Political analyst Anthony Zurcher highlighted the challenges and opportunities Trump faces in his second term. His policies on trade, climate, and immigration will shape both domestic and international perceptions. Meanwhile, his approach to transparency and press relations could redefine the dynamics of presidential accountability.

As the day unfolds, Trump’s actions will likely continue to spark debates, signaling an administration eager to implement its vision while navigating complex political landscapes. Whether these early moves will lead to the promised “golden age” remains to be seen.

Trump’s Inauguration Festivities and Protests Kick Off Ahead of Monday’s Ceremony

Festivities marking the inauguration of President-elect Donald Trump have commenced, drawing both his supporters and protesters to Washington, D.C. The series of events, leading up to Monday’s swearing-in as the 47th president, began on Saturday with Trump’s arrival and a host of planned celebrations and demonstrations.

Trump’s schedule included his anticipated arrival at Joint Base Andrews in Maryland, followed by a reception and a fireworks show at his Virginia golf course. Additionally, Vice President-elect Vance was set to be honored at a Cabinet reception and dinner at the National Gallery of Art that evening.

In parallel, the D.C. People’s March, spearheaded by multiple activist organizations, began on Saturday morning. The demonstration culminated in a rally outside the Lincoln Memorial at 3 p.m., where approximately 50,000 participants were expected. The march showcased impassioned calls for change, with chants of unity led by organizers.

On Sunday, Trump plans to host a rally at Capital One Arena in Washington, featuring speeches from notable allies, including tech entrepreneur Elon Musk. The event is also set to include performances by artists such as the Village People, Kid Rock, and Billy Ray Cyrus.

The weather played a significant role in reshaping the inaugural plans. Although Saturday was mild, the forecast of a snowstorm and freezing temperatures prompted the ceremony to be relocated inside the Capitol on Monday.

Trump Heads to Washington

At 4:35 p.m. on Saturday, President-elect Trump, joined by his wife, Melania, and their son, Barron, boarded a plane at Palm Beach International Airport. Waving from the top of the stairs, Trump set off for Washington to prepare for his inauguration.

Earlier in the afternoon, Trump’s adult children and their families also departed for Washington. Eric and Lara Trump, alongside Ivanka Trump, Jared Kushner, and their children, were seen boarding the family’s plane at the airport. Trump himself was expected to leave at 4:30 p.m., traveling aboard an official government aircraft.

Dignitaries to Attend the Inauguration

Vice President-elect Vance is expected to participate in Monday’s ceremony, joining a host of prominent figures, including current President Joe Biden, former President Barack Obama, and former President George W. Bush. The event’s relocation to an indoor venue underscores the logistical challenges posed by the severe weather.

Protests Amplify Voices

The People’s March, which concluded around 3 p.m. on Saturday, was marked by fervent chants of “I believe we will win!” as attendees rallied for justice and equality. Raquel Willis, co-founder of the Gender Liberation Movement, delivered a stirring speech urging attendees to assert their presence and power. “Take up space,” she proclaimed. “If you feel disempowered, if you feel angry and afraid, it’s time to take up space.”

Willis further emphasized inclusivity, advocating for autonomy and understanding across all gender identities. “If you know that women and girls and dolls and fems are the rulers of their own lives, take up space,” she declared. “If you know men and boys and masculine folk, especially my trans men and trans masculine folk, can be empathetic and understanding, take up space.”

Call for Ceasefire in Gaza

Palestinian rights advocate Iman Abid also addressed the crowd, urging an end to the ongoing violence in Gaza. As director of advocacy and organizing for the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights, Abid called for a lasting ceasefire between Israel and Hamas and demanded the cessation of U.S. arms sales to Israel.

“Days ago, we learned that a temporary ceasefire deal has been reached after over 15 months of Israel bombarding Gaza and massacring tens of thousands of Palestinians,” Abid said. “This is urgently needed relief, but it is only the beginning. We will not stop until the occupation ends, the blockades are lifted, and the violence ends.”

Abid’s remarks echoed the broader political divide over U.S. policy toward Israel. The ongoing conflict in Gaza, exacerbated by Hamas’ invasion of Israel, has stirred heated debates within the Democratic Party, influencing the presidential primary.

Snowstorm Looms Over Washington

As festivities continue, Washington braces for a significant winter storm. The predicted snowfall and freezing temperatures have added a layer of urgency to the logistical arrangements for Monday’s inauguration. With Trump’s allies and detractors converging in the capital, the weekend is shaping up to be a pivotal moment, both in celebration and resistance.

The upcoming events promise a mix of jubilance and defiance, reflecting the complex emotions surrounding Trump’s presidency. As Washington prepares for the historic ceremony, all eyes remain on the unfolding dynamics of America’s political landscape.

DHS Implements Final Rules for H-1B and H-2 Visa Programs, Revises Form I-129

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is set to implement significant changes to the H-1B and H-2 visa programs through its final rules, which take effect on Friday, January 17, 2025. These modifications aim to modernize the processes, enhance flexibility, and strengthen worker protections for nonimmigrant visa holders. Alongside these changes, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) will release an updated version of Form I-129, Petition for a Nonimmigrant Worker, reflecting the changes outlined in the final rules. The updated form, dated 01/17/25, will become mandatory on the same date, with no transition period.

The new regulations, published in the Federal Register on December 18, 2024, bring sweeping updates to the H-1B and H-2 visa categories.

Updates to the H-1B Visa Program

The H-1B program, designed for highly skilled workers, will undergo modernization to streamline its processes, enabling employers to better retain top talent. The new rules aim to simplify approval procedures and enhance program flexibility, addressing employer concerns about navigating the existing system. Additionally, measures to improve program integrity and oversight are being introduced.

According to DHS, the revised regulations ensure that the program is more responsive to workforce needs while maintaining its commitment to safeguarding the employment rights of U.S. workers.

Enhancements to the H-2 Visa Program

The H-2 program, which includes the H-2A and H-2B categories for temporary agricultural and non-agricultural workers, will also see significant changes. The final rule focuses on bolstering worker protections and imposing stricter penalties on companies that violate labor laws or charge workers prohibited fees.

The updated regulations also aim to provide greater flexibility for both H-2A and H-2B workers, addressing long-standing challenges faced by employers and workers alike. These changes reflect the administration’s commitment to fostering fair labor practices and improving the experiences of temporary workers in the U.S.

Revised Form I-129

To accommodate these changes, USCIS will introduce the updated Form I-129 on January 17, 2025. The new form is critical for implementing the final rules and will replace the previous version, dated 04/01/24.

Key details regarding the transition to the new form include:

  • Form I-129 petitions using the 04/01/24 edition will be accepted if received before January 17, 2025.
  • Petitions using the 04/01/24 edition, received on or after January 17, 2025, will be rejected.
  • Only the updated 01/17/25 edition of Form I-129 will be accepted for petitions received on or after January 17, 2025.

This streamlined approach ensures a smooth transition to the new regulations while maintaining the efficiency of the petition process.

Statement from DHS

DHS emphasized the importance of these changes in a statement, noting that the updates are designed to address both employer and worker concerns. “The modernization of the H-1B program and the strengthened protections under the H-2 program mark a significant step forward in aligning our visa programs with the needs of the 21st-century workforce,” the agency stated.

The final rules and the updated Form I-129 demonstrate the government’s ongoing efforts to balance flexibility for employers with robust protections for workers. These changes aim to create a more equitable and efficient system that meets the demands of a dynamic labor market.

As of January 17, 2025, all stakeholders are advised to ensure compliance with the updated requirements to avoid delays or rejections in the petition process.

Hindus for America First PAC Highlights Growing Indian American Support for Trump

Utsav Sanduja, founder and chairman of the Hindus for America First PAC, highlighted the increasing support for President-elect Donald Trump within the Indian American community. He noted that their backing had grown significantly, rising from 22% in 2020 to 31% in 2024.

Speaking to ANI during the Presidential Inauguration Hindu Gala hosted by the American Hindu Coalition (AHC) on Sunday, Sanduja detailed the PAC’s efforts during Trump’s campaign. “We were able to increase the popular support from 22 per cent to 31 per cent from the Indian American community, in contrast from 2020 to now, present in 2024, and we were in all the seven battleground states,” he said. Sanduja emphasized Trump’s concern for the Hindu community, particularly regarding the issues faced by Hindus in Bangladesh, and expressed optimism about potential actions on this matter. “President Trump loves all Americans… He’s very concerned about Hindus in Bangladesh. I have been briefing his team about this for many months, and I’m so glad and grateful that President Trump cares about this issue. I’m hoping he will act. He will do something to implement on this file, and I have a lot of faith in the president,” Sanduja added.

The Hindus for America First PAC played a crucial role during Trump’s presidential campaign, engaging with voters across seven key battleground states. This marked a strategic effort to connect with Indian Americans and highlight Trump’s policies, which the group believes align with their community’s values and concerns. Sanduja noted that the rise in support was indicative of growing recognition of Trump’s leadership among Indian Americans.

The Hindu Gala event, described as historic by the AHC, was held at The Mayflower Hotel in Washington, D.C., just a few blocks from the White House. It aimed to celebrate diversity, cultural heritage, and unity among communities. Sanduja emphasized that the event showcased a collective effort by people of different backgrounds to come together and support Trump. “We saw that a lot of people from different walks of life, different religions, and different races all came together in unity to support the President of the United States of America. Everyone is concerned about the welfare of our people, and they are working very diligently and hard to do some great things,” Sanduja remarked. He added, “I think the real highlight was just that everyone can come together in a show of force for this president, and there’s a good future for all of us.”

The Hindu Gala was the first event of its kind in U.S. history to center on Hinduism, signifying the growing visibility and influence of the Hindu community in American political and cultural spheres. According to the AHC, the event underscored the importance of fostering unity and celebrating the contributions of diverse communities. Members of the Latino community also joined hands with the AHC to mark the occasion, symbolizing cross-cultural solidarity. One Latino supporter at the event expressed enthusiasm, saying, “All I have to say is we have got to take America back again, and Trump did it.”

Donald Trump is set to take the oath of office as the 47th President of the United States on Monday at the U.S. Capitol in Washington, D.C. This marks his return to the presidency after serving as the 45th president from 2017 to 2021. The Hindu Gala event served as a precursor to this momentous occasion, reflecting the shared optimism and dedication of Trump’s supporters.

The event also highlighted the role of cultural engagement in building political alliances. Sanduja underscored the importance of collective action and collaboration, pointing to the unity among people from different walks of life. He expressed confidence in Trump’s leadership and his ability to address critical issues affecting various communities. For Sanduja and others in attendance, the event symbolized more than just political support—it was a celebration of shared values and a vision for the future.

As Trump prepares to return to the White House, his growing popularity among Indian Americans signals a shift in political dynamics. Sanduja’s remarks at the gala underscore the role of grassroots efforts, such as those by the Hindus for America First PAC, in shaping this support. By connecting with Indian American voters and addressing issues like the welfare of Hindus in Bangladesh, the group aims to solidify its influence and ensure that the concerns of the community are heard at the highest levels of government.

For attendees at the gala, including both Indian Americans and members of other communities, the event was an opportunity to reaffirm their commitment to Trump’s leadership. Sanduja’s optimism and faith in Trump’s policies resonated with the audience, who viewed the event as a turning point for their collective efforts.

In conclusion, the Hindu Gala served as a platform to celebrate cultural diversity and strengthen political alliances. It reflected the growing support for Trump within the Indian American community and highlighted the shared aspirations of his supporters. As Sanduja noted, the event symbolized unity and a commitment to a brighter future under Trump’s leadership.

AAHOA PAC Hits Historic $1 Million Fundraising Milestone in 2024

The Asian American Hotel Owners Association (AAHOA) has achieved a historic feat with its Political Action Committee (PAC) raising an unprecedented $1 million in 2024 alone, marking the first time such a record-breaking figure has been reached in a single year. This significant accomplishment elevates the AAHOA PAC’s total for the 2023-2024 cycle to $1.5 million, reflecting the unwavering dedication of AAHOA members to advancing advocacy efforts for hotel owners and ensuring their concerns resonate at all levels of government.

“Reaching the $1 million milestone is a remarkable achievement, and I want to personally thank our AAHOA Members for their steadfast commitment, generous contributions, and active participation in the AAHOA PAC,” said Miraj S. Patel, AAHOA Chairman and 2024-25 PAC Fundraising Chair. Patel highlighted the importance of these funds in empowering AAHOA to champion policies that benefit hotel owners. “The funds raised will enable AAHOA to further its mission of advocating for hotel owners and supporting policies that foster growth and protect owner investments. This is a testament to the dedication and engagement of our members, who understand the importance of investing in advocacy to shape the future of hospitality. By ‘Building Tomorrow Today,’ we’re positioning AAHOA to effectively advocate for the issues that matter most to our members—now and in the years to come.”

The AAHOA PAC plays a pivotal role in supporting legislative and regulatory initiatives that directly impact hotel owners across the United States. With its bolstered resources, the organization can strengthen its efforts to influence policymaking on critical issues such as access to capital, equitable labor practices, tax reforms, and prioritizing the hospitality industry’s needs at the national, state, and local levels.

Laura Lee Blake, AAHOA President & CEO, expressed pride in the members’ collective commitment to the organization’s advocacy goals. “The record-breaking support of our PAC is a testament to the power of AAHOA’s collective voice. As an organization, we are not just advocating for hotel owners; we are standing up for the future of the hospitality industry as a whole. Together, we will continue to make a meaningful impact for future generations of hotel owners.”

The unprecedented success of the AAHOA PAC is driven by voluntary contributions from its members, who recognize the critical need for a united front in addressing government policies that affect their industry. This milestone reinforces AAHOA’s ability to maintain a strong presence in policy discussions, ensuring its members’ perspectives are represented and their interests safeguarded.

As AAHOA continues to advance its mission, this achievement underscores the enduring commitment of its members to fostering a robust advocacy framework.

Rising Threats to Christianity and Tribal Rights in Arunachal Pradesh: A Struggle for Identity and Religious Freedom

The Christian community in India faces mounting challenges as it grapples with increasing threats to its existence and rights. One of the most concerning developments in recent times is the situation in Arunachal Pradesh, a region known for its diversity and remoteness. This state is now at the center of a controversy involving the revival of a long-dormant anti-conversion law from 1978 and ongoing demands to strip Christian converts of their Scheduled Tribe status. These actions are part of a broader effort to curtail the spread of Christianity, particularly among tribal populations in the state.

Anti-Conversion Law: A Resurging Threat

Arunachal Pradesh, home to 26 major tribes and over 100 sub-tribes, is recognized for its vast religious and cultural diversity. However, a piece of legislation—the anti-conversion law—originally enacted to prevent religious conversions “by force, inducement, or fraudulent means,” has remained inactive for years. This law is now set to be enforced in 2025, raising alarm among religious and human rights organizations. Christians, who make up over 30% of the state’s population, are especially concerned, with Hindus and adherents of indigenous faiths following closely behind in numbers.

The law, while ostensibly neutral, is widely seen as targeting specific religious communities, particularly Christians and Muslims. Under the law, individuals converting to another religion must report the conversion to local authorities, potentially subjecting them to harassment. Religious leaders, such as pastors and evangelists, could face severe penalties, including prison sentences of up to ten years, for facilitating conversions. Critics argue that this law undermines religious freedom and is being weaponized to suppress Christianity in the region.

Tribal Identity and Religious Conversion: The Struggle for Rights

The debate over religious conversion intersects with the sensitive issue of tribal identity. In India, Scheduled Tribes, also referred to as “adivasis,” enjoy affirmative action benefits, which include reserved seats in educational institutions, public employment, and legislatures. However, a growing faction of political groups, particularly those associated with the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) and its ideological parent, the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), contend that individuals who convert to Christianity—or Islam—should be stripped of these privileges.

This argument is not a new one. The 1950 Presidential Order already excluded Dalit Christians and Muslims from similar benefits, establishing a precedent for discriminatory policies. Calls to extend such exclusions to tribal Christians in Arunachal Pradesh are now part of a larger political agenda aimed at marginalizing religious minorities while solidifying Hindu identity.

Growing Violence and Persecution

The rise of anti-Christian sentiment extends beyond Arunachal Pradesh, as attacks against Christians are increasingly reported across India. According to data from the United Christian Forum (UCF), incidents of violence against Christians surged to 834 in 2024, up from 734 the previous year. This wave of violence includes the destruction of over 400 churches in Manipur during ongoing ethnic clashes, as well as coerced conversions to Hinduism, referred to as “gharwapsi” or “return to home.”

In Manipur, the violence that began in May 2023 has displaced over 70,000 people, most of whom belong to the Kuki-Zo tribe. Christians in the region have been subjected to extreme persecution, including forced affidavits renouncing their faith and the burning of Bibles. These actions serve as stark reminders of the growing scale of religious intolerance in India, especially in the northeastern states.

Hindutva and Tribal Areas: A Parallel Agenda

While Christian missionaries have worked in India’s tribal regions for decades, the RSS has aggressively pushed its agenda of Hindutva, or Hindu nationalism, in these areas. Through a network of schools, cultural organizations, and social initiatives, the RSS has sought to integrate indigenous tribal religions into a broader Hindu framework. This ideological push casts tribal Christians as outsiders, a narrative that fuels communal tensions.

The RSS’s strategy is not unique to Arunachal Pradesh. It mirrors similar efforts in other parts of India, such as Odisha, where violence against Christians culminated in the infamous 2008 Kandhamal riots. In Arunachal Pradesh, the RSS’s tactics include promoting Hindi as a common language and establishing RSS-affiliated schools that aim to instill nationalist ideals in tribal communities.

A National Struggle for Rights

The ongoing developments in Arunachal Pradesh are indicative of a larger, nationwide struggle. India’s constitution, which enshrines secularism and guarantees freedom of religion, faces increasing challenges from laws and policies that reflect the growing influence of Hindu nationalist ideologies. For the country’s Christian population, particularly those from marginalized tribal communities, the battle for equality and religious freedom is far from over.

Despite the legal and social challenges, religious leaders and activists continue to resist these measures, emphasizing the importance of preserving religious freedom in a diverse nation like India. As the situation in Arunachal Pradesh unfolds, the plight of Christians in the state serves as a microcosm of the broader threats facing religious minorities across the country. For many, this is not only a fight for religious freedom but also for their very identity and the future of their communities.

Relief Amid Ruin: Freed Palestinians and the Complex Aftermath of War

The release of Palestinian detainees by Israel brought mixed emotions, with joy for their newfound freedom overshadowed by sorrow over the devastation in Gaza. Khalida Jarrar, 62, one of the most prominent individuals released, captured this duality. A leader of the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, a secular leftist group known for its militant activities in the 1970s, Jarrar had been detained under administrative detention since late 2023. This controversial practice allows Israel to hold individuals indefinitely without formal charges.

Expressing her emotions, Jarrar told The Associated Press, “There’s this double feeling we’re living in, on the one hand, this feeling of freedom, that we thank everyone for, and on the other hand, this pain, of losing so many Palestinian martyrs.”

The individuals released had been detained for various offenses that Israel deemed security-related. These ranged from throwing stones and inciting violence on social media to severe allegations like attempted murder.

Meanwhile, aerial footage revealed the extensive damage in Khan Younis, a city in the Gaza Strip. After 15 months of conflict between Israel and Hamas, vast areas of Gaza were reduced to rubble. Neighborhoods stood in ruin, with charred buildings and piles of debris stretching as far as the eye could see.

The next phase of hostages and detainees is set for release on Saturday. In just over two weeks, discussions will begin on the more challenging aspects of the ceasefire agreement.

“Joy Mixed with Pain”

In Gaza, there was a collective sigh of relief as the ceasefire brought a temporary halt to Israeli bombardments. According to Gaza’s Health Ministry, the conflict has claimed over 46,000 Palestinian lives, with women and children constituting more than half of the fatalities. The statistics, however, do not distinguish between civilians and fighters.

For the first time since a week-long ceasefire in November 2023, the skies above Gaza were devoid of Israeli warplanes. This brief pause allowed Palestinians to reflect on the magnitude of the destruction.

“This ceasefire was a joy mixed with pain,” said Rami Nofal, a displaced resident of Gaza City, whose son was killed in an Israeli airstrike.

As celebrations broke out, triumphant Hamas militants appeared in some gatherings, where crowds chanted in their favor. Hamas-run police, absent during months of bombardment, also reemerged.

Amid the celebrations, some families began their journey back to what was once home, carrying their belongings on donkey carts. In Rafah, a southern city, residents encountered widespread devastation. Many likened the scenes to apocalyptic horror films, with some finding human remains in the ruins.

“It’s like what you see in a Hollywood horror movie,” said Mohamed Abu Taha, surveying the remnants of his family’s home.

Divisions in Israel Over the Ceasefire

While Gaza’s residents grappled with destruction, the scenes of Hamas gunmen celebrating openly in Gaza’s streets deepened divisions within Israel about the ceasefire deal.

Asher Pizem, 35, a resident of Sderot, voiced his concerns, saying the agreement only delayed another confrontation with Hamas. He also criticized Israel for allowing aid to enter Gaza, fearing it would strengthen the militant group.

“They will take the time and attack again,” he said, watching Gaza’s smoldering ruins from a hill in southern Israel with other residents. In the final moments before the ceasefire took effect, warplanes, helicopters, and drones dominated the skies.

The Immense Toll of War

The war’s toll has been staggering, with new revelations about its impact continuing to emerge. Residents of northern Gaza reported that Israeli forces had begun withdrawing from some areas as part of the ceasefire agreement.

Gaza’s population has endured immense hardship, with 90% displaced by the conflict. If the ceasefire holds and leads to a broader end to hostilities, rebuilding the enclave could take years.

Humanitarian aid is expected to increase significantly, with hundreds of trucks entering Gaza daily—far more than Israel allowed before.

“This is a moment of tremendous hope,” said Tom Fletcher, the U.N. humanitarian chief. “Fragile, yet vital.”

Despite the respite, the path ahead is fraught with challenges. The destruction in Gaza will require monumental reconstruction efforts, and the future of the ceasefire remains uncertain. Still, for many, this fragile pause offers a glimmer of hope amidst the devastation.

GPUs and AI: The Driving Force Behind Global Technological Power

Graphics Processing Units (GPUs) have become indispensable in the realm of data centers and artificial intelligence (AI). Their unparalleled ability to process vast amounts of data simultaneously makes them superior to Central Processing Units (CPUs), which are designed for sequential tasks. This parallel processing capability positions GPUs as essential tools for AI-related tasks, including deep learning, machine learning, and data analytics. As AI technology advances, GPUs play a critical role in enabling developments in areas such as image recognition, natural language processing, and predictive analytics.

The US and Its Dominance in GPU Supply

The United States wields significant influence in the global GPU market, primarily due to the dominance of its key players, NVIDIA and AMD. By controlling the production and supply of high-performance GPUs, the US can impact technological progress in other countries. This leverage allows it to regulate the pace of AI development worldwide, as countries with restricted access to advanced GPUs face delays in adopting and implementing cutting-edge AI technologies. The ability to dictate the flow of GPUs grants the US a strategic advantage in shaping the global AI landscape.

Global GPU Export Controls: A Hierarchical Framework

The US has implemented a tiered GPU export control system, which is shaped by its geopolitical priorities and security concerns. Countries are categorized based on their alliances with the US and perceived risks. G20 nations benefit from preferential access to advanced GPUs, reflecting their strategic partnerships and shared economic interests with the US. Conversely, nations such as China, Iran, Russia, and North Korea are subjected to stringent restrictions due to political tensions, military considerations, and sanctions.

These controls are underpinned by US concerns that advanced AI technologies could be exploited by these nations for military applications or cyber warfare. This cautious approach highlights the US’s intention to safeguard its technological edge while preventing potential adversaries from acquiring capabilities that could pose security threats.

India’s Position: A Cap on Growth?

India, a strategic partner of the US, finds itself in an interesting position within this framework. The US has placed India and over 140 other nations in a third tier with specific limitations on GPU access. For India, this translates to a cap of 50,000 GPUs or an equivalent computing capacity. While this allocation might seem substantial, it could hinder India’s ambitious plans for AI development. Currently, India’s AI Mission utilizes approximately 10,000 GPUs, with plans for significant expansion. The imposed cap could restrict large-scale data center projects and AI research, potentially slowing the nation’s progress in the AI domain.

Despite the strong bilateral ties between the US and India, the decision to limit GPU access suggests a strategy to balance cooperation with caution. By placing restrictions, the US aims to maintain its technological supremacy while curbing the emergence of competing AI superpowers.

A Competitive Edge for US Companies

The 50,000 GPU cap also creates a competitive disparity between US companies operating in India and their local counterparts. Even if the cap is fully utilized, American hyperscale companies such as Microsoft, Amazon, and Google would still be permitted to deploy up to 7% of their global capacity in India. This provides these US giants with a significant advantage over Indian companies, which must operate within the constraints of the cap. Such a scenario could potentially tilt the domestic AI market in favor of US firms, undermining the competitive position of Indian enterprises.

Licensing Hurdles for Indian Companies

Indian companies now face additional challenges in navigating the US-imposed licensing requirements for accessing advanced computing integrated circuits (ICs) and AI model weights. This mandatory process is expected to introduce bureaucratic hurdles and increase costs, further complicating GPU cluster development and stifling AI innovation in India. The added layer of regulation could delay critical AI projects, impeding the country’s ability to scale its AI infrastructure effectively.

Broader Implications for Emerging Economies

The US’s export control policies have far-reaching consequences for emerging economies such as India and China, especially in their efforts to build large-scale AI infrastructure. Experts, including representatives from the India Electronics and Semiconductor Association, caution that while small-scale AI setups may still facilitate innovation and experimentation, large-scale projects requiring hundreds of thousands of GPUs could face significant delays or downsizing. This could undermine the competitive positions of these nations in the global AI arena.

China Faces Greater Challenges

China, in particular, is expected to experience substantial setbacks due to these restrictions. The US has imposed severe limitations on China’s access to advanced GPUs, which are crucial for developing large-scale AI infrastructure. Without access to these critical components, China’s ambitions in AI research, data center development, and related technologies will likely be stifled.

The inability to acquire high-performance GPUs will hinder China’s progress in AI, delaying its ability to compete with leading AI superpowers. By imposing these restrictions, the US aims to preserve its technological dominance and maintain a competitive edge in the global AI race.

Conclusion: Strategic Control Over AI Development

The US’s control over the production and export of GPUs underscores the strategic importance of these components in shaping the future of AI. By regulating access, the US not only safeguards its national security but also strengthens its position as a global leader in technology. For nations like India and China, the imposed limitations highlight the challenges of achieving AI independence in a geopolitically charged environment.

As the AI revolution continues to transform industries and societies, the availability of GPUs will remain a critical factor in determining which countries lead and which fall behind. While the US’s policies ensure its continued dominance, they also underscore the growing importance of global collaboration and innovation in shaping a balanced and equitable technological future.

Tech Titans and Trump: Inauguration Marks an Unlikely Alliance

The upcoming inauguration of President-elect Donald Trump will feature some of the most influential technology leaders in the country, showcasing a significant shift in the industry’s relationship with the new president. This development follows months of outreach efforts by tech giants to reconcile with Trump, who has historically criticized Silicon Valley’s major players.

Prominent figures such as Tesla CEO Elon Musk, Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg, and Google CEO Sundar Pichai are expected to attend the event, sitting prominently in close proximity to Trump. Other notable attendees include Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, OpenAI CEO Sam Altman, TikTok CEO Shou Zi Chew, and Apple CEO Tim Cook.

“You have this incoming president, elevating these people, seating them on the dais and … effectively trying to make them captives of his policymaking,” said Daniel Alpert, managing partner at Westwood Capital. He added, “The market is receiving it as Trump showing support for these companies, but really what he’s doing is it’s more like organized crime. It’s an offer you can’t refuse.”

The initial plan to have these tech leaders sit directly on the dais, alongside Trump’s family and former presidents, underscores their newfound proximity to the president-elect. While such a scene might have seemed improbable during Trump’s first administration, the tech industry has undergone a significant shift.

From Critics to Collaborators

During Trump’s first presidential campaign in 2016, many Silicon Valley leaders voiced strong opposition to his policies and political ascension. However, as Trump’s third bid for the presidency gained momentum, the tech community appeared eager to turn over a new leaf.

In the lead-up to Election Day, several industry leaders reached out to Trump. Apple’s Tim Cook discussed concerns about European regulations, while Pichai highlighted the web traffic generated by Trump’s campaign visit to McDonald’s. Zuckerberg praised Trump in a private call after an assassination attempt, describing the president as “badass.”

Following Trump’s reelection, tech companies such as Meta, Google, and Amazon donated $1 million each to his inaugural fund. Altman, a longtime Democratic donor, personally contributed $1 million, expressing his belief that Trump would lead the U.S. into the “age of artificial intelligence.”

Republican strategist Brittany Martinez interpreted these gestures as pragmatic moves. “A lot of these founders want to maybe be on the good side of the president of the United States,” she said. “You don’t want to be an enemy of the most powerful individual in the world.”

A Transactional Relationship

While the tech executives seem intent on repairing relations, Alpert believes Trump’s motivations are different. “The man is massively transactional,” Alpert said. “He’s simply going to use each of these guys to the extent that he finds them valuable.”

Alpert warned that Trump’s support could be fleeting. “When he no longer finds them valuable or doesn’t find them to be producing anything for him, particularly if there’s a groundswell of opposition to them in Congress, and he needs to buy votes, he’ll sell them off,” he said.

Some industry insiders see this dynamic as a natural aspect of adapting to a new administration. “There’s been a little bit of deference to the incoming administration, but that’s historically been fairly normal,” said Matt Calkins, co-founder of Appian. He dismissed concerns of an “emerging oligarchy,” noting that attending an inauguration is not unusual for top business leaders.

Democratic Pushback

Despite the outreach efforts, Democrats remain skeptical. In his farewell speech, President Joe Biden warned against an “oligarchy” of extreme wealth and influence, though he did not name Trump or his allies directly. Biden criticized Meta for discontinuing its fact-checking program amid growing concerns about misinformation.

Senator Chris Murphy (D-Conn.) was more explicit, writing, “The billionaires are in charge. People who want to addict our kids to their technology, control what we think and do, destroy small businesses so they own everything. That’s what you will see on Monday.”

Policy Shifts and Controversies

The inauguration comes during a period of significant changes in the tech sector. Meta recently eliminated its third-party fact-checking program, replacing it with a community-driven initiative called “Community Notes.” The company also rolled back LGBTQ protections and reduced its diversity and inclusion programs. Zuckerberg described these changes as part of a broader cultural shift, stating they prioritized “speech” in response to the election results.

Meanwhile, TikTok’s future in the U.S. remains uncertain. After the Supreme Court upheld a law requiring TikTok’s parent company to either divest or face a ban, enforcement now rests with the incoming Trump administration. Chew, TikTok’s CEO, has aligned himself with Trump, thanking him for his commitment to keeping the app active in the U.S. Chew called the move a “strong stand for the First Amendment and against arbitrary censorship.”

TikTok has also spent $50,000 on an inauguration party for influencers who supported Trump’s campaign. Additionally, Chew will attend Trump’s victory rally in Washington, D.C., solidifying his position among the tech leaders embracing the new administration.

Musk’s Influence

Elon Musk, a vocal supporter of Trump, is seen as a key figure in bridging the gap between the president-elect and other tech leaders. Musk has publicly clashed with competitors like Jeff Bezos and Mark Zuckerberg but has recently softened his stance. In a playful nod to their rivalry, Musk compared himself and Bezos to the protagonists of the movie “Stepbrothers,” suggesting a thaw in their relationship.

However, Musk has continued to challenge Zuckerberg, even suggesting physical confrontations, and is currently suing Altman and OpenAI over alleged deviations from its original mission.

Looking Ahead

The inauguration provides an opportunity for Trump to showcase his alliances with tech leaders, who may hope to gain favor with the administration. However, the underlying dynamics remain complex. While the tech industry’s leaders are eager to align themselves with Trump, observers caution that their newfound closeness may be short-lived.

As Alpert noted, “They’rescared out of their wits. They don’t want to have an oligarchy led by just companies with X in their name; they want to be able to share the pie equally or at least get their share.”

The event will serve as a symbolic moment for Trump and the tech industry, marking a cautious partnership between two historically opposed forces. Whether this alliance endures or fractures under political and economic pressures remains to be seen.

TikTok Restores Service in the U.S. Following Temporary Shutdown Amid Ban Concerns

TikTok announced on Sunday that it is working to restore access to its platform in the United States, less than a day after suspending service in anticipation of a potential ban. The shutdown occurred in response to a law requiring TikTok’s parent company, ByteDance, to divest from the app or face a ban, which took effect on Sunday.

“In agreement with our service providers, TikTok is in the process of restoring service,” the company stated in a message shared on the social platform X.

The statement also expressed gratitude toward President Donald Trump, saying, “We thank President Trump for providing the necessary clarity and assurance to our service providers that they will face no penalties providing TikTok to over 170 million Americans and allowing over 7 million small businesses to thrive.”

TikTok characterized the move as a victory for free speech, adding, “It’s a strong stand for the First Amendment and against arbitrary censorship. We will work with President Trump on a long-term solution that keeps TikTok in the United States.”

By 1 p.m. ET on Sunday, the platform was operational again, although it had yet to reappear on the Apple App Store and Google Play Store. Users in the U.S. were greeted with a message on the app that read, “Welcome back! Thanks for your patience and support. As a result of President Trump’s efforts, TikTok is back in the U.S.! You can continue to create, share, and discover all the things you love on TikTok.”

Trump’s Role in TikTok’s Reinstatement

President Trump, who is set to take office on Monday, posted on Truth Social that he had urged companies “not to let TikTok stay dark” and would issue an executive order to extend the app’s operations in the U.S.

The shutdown was initiated late Saturday night, just before the law mandating ByteDance’s divestment went into effect. The Supreme Court had earlier rejected TikTok’s legal challenge to the law on Friday, ruling that it did not violate the First Amendment. Despite this, the Biden administration declined to enforce the law, leaving its implementation to the incoming Trump administration.

TikTok had warned on Friday that it would “go dark” unless President Joe Biden intervened, citing the lack of “necessary clarity and assurance to the service providers.” However, the Biden administration dismissed the platform’s warnings as a “stunt.”

ByteDance Faces Continued Pressure

While TikTok has temporarily resolved the immediate threat of a U.S. ban, its parent company, ByteDance, still faces significant pressure to divest its ownership of the app. President Trump himself has emphasized the importance of a new ownership structure.

In a Sunday post, Trump stated, “Without U.S. approval, there is no TikTok. With our approval, it is worth hundreds of billions of dollars – maybe trillions.” He proposed a joint venture between ByteDance, potential new owners, and the U.S. government, suggesting that the U.S. should hold a 50% ownership stake.

“My initial thought is a joint venture between the current owners and/or new owners whereby the U.S. gets a 50% ownership in a joint venture set up between the U.S. and whichever purchase we so choose,” he explained.

Support from Tech Leaders

As Trump prepares to assume office on Monday, he will be joined by prominent tech leaders, including Tesla CEO Elon Musk, Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, and Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg. TikTok CEO Shou Zi Chew, who visited Trump at Mar-a-Lago last month, is also expected to attend the inauguration.

Chew expressed gratitude to Trump after Friday’s Supreme Court ruling, saying, “Thank you for your commitment to finding a solution to keep TikTok available.”

Although TikTok’s immediate future in the U.S. has been secured, ByteDance’s path forward remains uncertain, with divestment still looming as a key issue. As the Trump administration takes charge, negotiations are likely to continue over TikTok’s ownership and its role in the American market.

Indian Americans: A Model Population Shaping America’s Future, Says Dr. Rahul Gupta

Dr. Rahul Gupta, the Director of the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP), has praised Indian Americans for embodying the essence of opportunities available in the United States and serving as an inspiration for others. In a conversation with New India Abroad, Gupta referred to Indian Americans as a “model population” due to their exceptional contributions to American society.

Indian Americans, while accounting for only one percent of the U.S. population, make an outsized impact on the country’s growth, Gupta pointed out. “They contribute six percent of the taxes, excel in education, professional careers, and public service,” he stated, emphasizing the community’s industrious nature. He added, “The industriousness of the Indian American people is very much proof of the success that they see. I think it’s a model population and it needs to maintain that model population status. It’s very important.”

As the first Indian American to lead the ONDCP, Gupta expressed immense pride in the accomplishments of his community. He acknowledged the record-breaking representation of Indian Americans in the Biden administration, with over 150 individuals occupying significant roles. “Every administration will find itself appointing an increasing number of Indian Americans,” Gupta noted. “And it’s not because they’re Indian Americans. It’s also because they’re some of the most competent, hardest-working, and most educated people that you see on the planet, not only in the United States.”

Journey from India to the White House

Reflecting on his journey from Uttar Pradesh, India, to a pivotal role in the White House, Gupta highlighted the cultural values that drive Indian Americans to strive for excellence and leadership. He encouraged future generations to continue this legacy.

On his experience working at the White House, Gupta remarked, “It has been a privilege not only to serve in the White House, answer to the President of the United States, but also been able to make a significant contribution as the first physician and the first immigrant to hold this position.” He further emphasized the importance of immigrants in shaping the nation, saying, “It’s been important to demonstrate and highlight the role that immigrants like myself play in furthering the country, saving more lives, and making sure that we’re leaving the office as well as the White House better than we found it.”

Combatting the Opioid Crisis

Beyond celebrating Indian American achievements, Gupta discussed his work addressing the opioid epidemic, one of the most pressing challenges facing the United States. The crisis has claimed countless lives annually, but Gupta shared the progress made under the Biden administration.

He outlined a comprehensive strategy to combat the crisis, focusing on expanding treatment options, investing in prevention programs, and strengthening partnerships with state and local governments. These efforts have yielded notable results. “What we have today is not only a 17 percent decline in overall overdose deaths as of the mid of 2024 data, but a 22 percent decline in fentanyl overdose deaths,” Gupta stated. “So if you think about it, that’s over 50 percent turnaround in just a matter of a few years. Why that’s happened is we focus on putting over $167 billion into United States communities, states and others.”

Gupta also stressed the significance of fostering international partnerships, particularly with India, to tackle the global drug crisis.

Strengthening U.S.-India Relations

Speaking on the broader relationship between the United States and India, Gupta underlined the growing partnership between the world’s two largest democracies. He believes this cooperation has reached an irreversible point and is critical for addressing global issues.

“I think it’s important for the world—the safety, security, and health of the world—that these two nations, two great nations, maintain and accelerate their partnership, their cooperation in all areas,” Gupta said. “Because when we have a United States and an India that are looking forward together to solve the world’s problems, it is the only way we’re going to be able to solve the world’s problem because this is really where East meets the West.”

Gupta highlighted the unique position of Indian Americans in bridging the cultural and strategic gap between the two nations.

Encouraging Leadership Among Indian Americans

Gupta expressed optimism about the future of Indian Americans in the U.S., noting their increasing representation in leadership positions across various sectors such as technology, healthcare, politics, and education. This progress, he said, serves as motivation for young Indian Americans to take up leadership roles and contribute meaningfully to society.

“As Indian Americans, we bring a sense of culture, a sense of wanting to do excellence, and making sure that we make this country great,” he stated. Gupta viewed the increasing visibility of Indian Americans in key roles as a testament to their dedication and a source of inspiration for future generations.

He concluded by encouraging young Indian Americans to embrace the legacy of excellence set by their predecessors. “It’s important that the Indian Americans find this number of people that have been working in the last four years, an increasing number in the years to come, as a mark of excellence and dedication, but also feel that they can also do that,” he said.

Looking Ahead

Gupta’s reflections provide a glimpse into the resilience and potential of Indian Americans in shaping the future of the U.S. Through their cultural values, hard work, and commitment to excellence, they have emerged as a “model population” that exemplifies the opportunities available in America while inspiring others to follow in their footsteps. At the same time, Gupta’s work on pressing issues like the opioid crisis and his efforts to bolster U.S.-India relations showcase the far-reaching impact of Indian Americans on the nation’s progress and global leadership.

Biden’s Final Farewell: A Reflective End to a Half-Century Political Journey

As President Joe Biden delivered his farewell addresses to his diplomatic corps, military leaders, and the nation, the scene contrasted sharply with the vision he had for the end of his political career. After over 50 years in Washington, Biden’s departure on Monday is marked by reluctance, as he firmly believes he had more to contribute. However, questions about his health and vitality linger.

Biden’s record in office is a mixture of achievements and lingering frustrations. His political career’s conclusion has left him estranged from some former allies who urged him to step aside. Many Democrats blame him for paving the way for Donald Trump’s return to the White House. Furthermore, his relationship with Vice President Kamala Harris has become strained, adding complexity to his final days in office.

As Biden departs Washington on his helicopter, the city he leaves behind is now under the control of his rival Trump. Biden’s ambition to solidify his legacy as the leader who vanquished Trump once and for all has given way to a more somber reality. Instead of being remembered as a transformative statesman, Biden fears he will be seen as an interim figure between two Trump administrations.

“While my term in office is ending, the work continues,” Biden said during a speech to mayors on Friday, signaling hope for the future while reflecting on his presidency.

A Term Defined by Highs and Lows

Biden’s presidency was eventful, defined by significant challenges and mixed outcomes. He guided the nation out of a devastating pandemic but faced criticism for the inflation that followed, partly fueled by his stimulus spending. Although he ended Trump-era immigration policies deemed inhumane, the surge in illegal crossings and the eventual reinstatement of some restrictions sparked backlash.

In foreign policy, Biden made the historic decision to withdraw U.S. forces from Afghanistan, ending the nation’s longest war. However, the chaotic and deadly withdrawal left a lasting stain on his administration. The war in Ukraine saw renewed alliances with Western nations, but the conflict continues with no clear resolution. In the Middle East, Biden brokered a last-minute ceasefire in Gaza, but critics noted Trump’s role in securing the deal.

Domestically, Biden’s investments in infrastructure and manufacturing created thousands of jobs, fostering new industries. Yet, as Biden himself acknowledged, “It will take time to feel the full impact of all we’ve done together. But the seeds are planted, and they’ll grow and they’ll bloom for decades to come.”

A Legacy of Contradictions

Biden’s efforts to restore normalcy to the presidency after Trump’s tumultuous years were overshadowed by decisions such as pardoning his son, Hunter. Despite criticism, he remains hopeful that history will ultimately recognize the merits of his administration.

During a 19-minute farewell address from the Oval Office, Biden emphasized the long-term impact of his presidency rather than listing immediate accomplishments. He also warned against the rise of a “tech-industrial complex” that he believes threatens democratic institutions. Critics, however, noted his reliance on financial support from billionaires, including those in Silicon Valley and Wall Street.

“He’s forever frustrated we didn’t tell a good enough story about what the administration did,” a senior White House official remarked, highlighting Biden’s concerns about how his achievements were communicated to the public.

Biden’s allies remain optimistic about his legacy. “I think historians are not gonna be dealing with sound bites… They’re going to deal with the substance, and on substance, I think you’re going to find that Joe Biden is going to be treated very, very well,” said Rep. Jim Clyburn of South Carolina.

Strained Dynamics with Harris

As Biden’s presidency concludes, his comments about the election have strained his relationship with Kamala Harris. Biden has suggested in private conversations and interviews that he could have defeated Trump had he not been pressured to step aside. “It’s presumptuous to say that, but I think yes, based on the polling,” Biden told USA Today. However, polling data offered no such indication.

Every mention of Biden’s belief that he could have won is seen as a slight against Harris, who ultimately failed to defeat Trump. A former Harris adviser noted, “It’s a sign of disrespect whether he intends it or not.”

Although Biden has not directly criticized Harris, his remarks have caused friction within the Democratic Party. Harris’ supporters have expressed frustration over her unwavering loyalty to Biden during her campaign, with one former adviser commenting, “She was loyal to her detriment.”

The tension between Biden and Harris became evident when Biden modified his language after a conversation with Harris about his election comments. “I think I would have beaten Trump, could’ve beaten Trump,” Biden said. “I think Kamala could have beaten Trump, would have beaten Trump.” While the adjustment aimed to acknowledge Harris’ efforts, it further frustrated her supporters.

Despite these tensions, Harris has maintained a public show of unity with Biden. In the final days of their partnership, she stood by his side during key moments, including the announcement of the Middle East ceasefire deal and his farewell address from the Oval Office.

Reflecting on the Road Ahead

Biden’s departure from public office marks the end of a remarkable political career. As the nation’s youngest senator in 1972 and its oldest president, Biden is set to enter private life while remaining engaged in public discourse. “I’m not going to be out of sight or out of mind,” he assured reporters.

Biden’s post-presidency plans include raising funds for a presidential library and potentially writing a book. His legacy, however, remains a topic of debate. Democratic leaders have expressed a desire to move past the 2024 election losses. “This is our reality, and we have to move forward,” said Rep. Sydney Kamlager-Dove of California.

Harris, 22 years younger than Biden, faces a different set of challenges. Many believe her political career is far from over, with possibilities ranging from a 2026 bid for California governor to a 2028 presidential campaign. “It is not my nature to go quietly into the night,” Harris told staffers, signaling her intent to remain active in politics.

A Complicated Legacy

As Biden and Harris part ways, their final days reflect the divergent paths they will take. Biden’s focus will shift to solidifying his legacy and ensuring his contributions are recognized. Harris, on the other hand, must navigate the challenges of shaping her own political future.

For Biden, the hope remains that time will provide a more favorable assessment of his presidency. “The seeds are planted,” he said, “and they’ll grow and they’ll bloom for decades to come.” Whether those seeds bear fruit as he hopes, only history will tell.

MAGA Hardliners Target OPT Program Amid H1B Visa Debate, Impacting Indian Students and US Economy

MAGA hardliners are increasingly focusing their efforts on targeting the Optional Practical Training (OPT) program, which allows international students, particularly those from India, to work in the United States after completing their studies. This issue has gained attention amid ongoing debates over the H1B visa, where Indian professionals are facing significant challenges due to the changes implemented during the Trump administration. As MAGA supporters set their sights on H1B visas, major adjustments to the OPT program are expected to follow.

The OPT program typically permits international students holding F-1 visas to stay in the US for 12 months after completing their first academic year. During this period, students can gain relevant work experience in their field of study. Students graduating with STEM degrees may be eligible for an extension of up to 36 months, allowing them to work in the US for an extended period. Critics argue, however, that while the OPT program was initially intended as a short-term opportunity for skill development and work experience, it has evolved into a significant route for international students to secure long-term immigration pathways. Many students are now opting for OPT as a shortcut to permanent employment in the US, bypassing more traditional immigration channels.

This growing trend has led to intensified scrutiny from MAGA nativists who oppose the OPT program, particularly as concerns over H-1B visas rise. MAGA supporters often contend that OPT is a temporary work permit rather than a long-term work visa. They argue that this short-term solution leaves international students, particularly those on OPT, desperate for H1B sponsorship, which in turn diminishes job opportunities for American graduates. These factors are among the primary reasons why Trump’s MAGA supporters have long opposed the OPT program, especially following the reforms to the H-1B visa system.

The immigration policy in the US, including provisions for the OPT program, has allowed international students to work for up to 36 months since its inception in 1947. Under current regulations, foreign nationals with an F-1 visa can participate in OPT and transition to an H1B visa. For many international students, particularly those from India, OPT is seen as a crucial opportunity to gain valuable work experience in the US economy, providing a stepping stone toward obtaining a green card and eventually US citizenship. Many F-1 students hope that their time in OPT will give them the necessary experience to secure long-term work visas.

In 2024, around 23% to 30% of F1 and M1 students were authorized to work through OPT, with 98-99% of the participants being F-1 visa holders. However, the future of the program is uncertain, as some MAGA critics are calling for its complete elimination. On the other hand, many supporters argue that OPT is essential for attracting top-tier international talent, which ultimately strengthens the US economy.

As MAGA hardliners increasingly target the H-1B visa program, OPT has come under increasing scrutiny. MAGA advocates insist that the OPT program should be canceled to protect job prospects for American graduates. If this happens, international students—particularly those from India—are expected to leave the US after completing their studies, without the opportunity to gain work experience in their chosen fields. The anticipated changes to the OPT program, driven by MAGA’s push against H1B visas, will likely reduce the number of students traveling to the US for higher education in the future.

The potential effects of MAGA’s focus on the OPT program could be far-reaching, especially for international students. One of the most significant outcomes is that these students will lose the chance to work in US-based companies upon graduation, a critical component of their career development. As a result, the appeal of US universities may decline, particularly among prospective international students. The reduction in international student enrollment could lead to fewer foreign students attending US universities in 2025.

International students have long been a vital part of the US economy, contributing significantly to the financial health of educational institutions. They pay higher tuition fees than domestic students, often two to three times as much. In fact, foreign students account for a substantial portion of the revenue generated by US universities. Eliminating the OPT program would not only diminish the opportunities for these students to gain work experience but would also have a detrimental effect on the US economy, which relies heavily on foreign student contributions.

As the OPT program faces potential changes under the scrutiny of MAGA’s influence on immigration policies, it is clear that the future of international student work opportunities in the US is uncertain. With the pressure on the H-1B visa system and calls to reduce foreign student immigration, the OPT program could become the next target for reform. If this occurs, it is likely that fewer international students will choose to study in the US, particularly those from countries like India, where the OPT program has provided a crucial pathway for gaining valuable work experience.

In conclusion, the MAGA movement’s opposition to the OPT program, as part of the broader debate surrounding H-1B visas, could have significant implications for both international students and the US economy. If the OPT program is abolished or severely restricted, it will not only impact the career prospects of foreign graduates but will also reduce the number of international students choosing to study in the US, potentially harming the educational system and the economy as a whole. It remains to be seen how these changes will unfold, but it is clear that the future of OPT and international student work opportunities in the US hangs in the balance.

Biden’s Presidency Marred by Supreme Court Defeats as Conservative Majority Dominates

During his tenure as president, Joe Biden faced a string of significant defeats at the U.S. Supreme Court, where the conservative-dominated bench dismantled parts of his agenda and upended legal precedents long upheld by liberals.

The Supreme Court, with its 6-3 conservative majority, delivered one of its most seismic rulings in 2022 by overturning Roe v. Wade, a 1973 landmark decision that had guaranteed the constitutional right to abortion. Despite the Biden administration’s efforts to safeguard it, the ruling marked a major blow to reproductive rights.

In 2023, the court further undermined Biden’s priorities by striking down race-conscious admissions policies at colleges and universities. These policies, long defended by his administration, were designed to boost representation among Black, Hispanic, and other minority students. Additional setbacks followed, including the court’s decision to expand gun rights in 2022 and, in 2024, invalidate a federal ban on bump stocks, devices enabling semiautomatic weapons to mimic machine guns.

One of the most striking defeats came in 2023 when the justices blocked Biden’s $430 billion student loan relief program. The court also curtailed the Environmental Protection Agency’s regulatory reach as part of broader efforts to limit the power of federal agencies.

Legal experts compared the scope of these defeats to challenges faced by President Franklin D. Roosevelt in the 1930s, whose New Deal initiatives were struck down by a similarly conservative Supreme Court. Erwin Chemerinsky, dean of the University of California Berkeley Law School, noted, “I think it is the toughest series of defeats since Franklin Roosevelt… had many New Deal programs declared unconstitutional.”

John Yoo, a former Justice Department lawyer under President George W. Bush, echoed this sentiment, stating, “It’s hard to think of another president in our lifetimes who lost so many high-profile cases on issues so near and dear to his constitutional agenda.”

Conservative Majority Solidified Under Trump

Biden’s presidency began just months after the Senate confirmed Justice Amy Coney Barrett, Donald Trump’s third appointee, cementing a solid conservative majority. Trump’s other nominees—Justices Neil Gorsuch and Brett Kavanaugh—joined Barrett and fellow conservatives Chief Justice John Roberts, Clarence Thomas, and Samuel Alito to form the 6-3 divide.

In contrast, Biden managed to appoint only one justice, Ketanji Brown Jackson, who became the first Black woman on the court. However, her appointment replaced another liberal justice, Stephen Breyer, leaving the court’s ideological balance unchanged.

As Biden’s presidency concludes, Trump’s second term could allow him to further shape the judiciary. By potentially replacing senior conservative justices with younger counterparts—or even filling a liberal vacancy—Trump could ensure a long-lasting conservative influence.

Chemerinsky attributed Biden’s judicial losses to the “ideological difference between the Supreme Court’s majority and the Biden administration.” These defeats underscored Biden’s frustration, with the president at one point describing the court as “not a normal court.”

In his final year, Biden proposed significant judicial reforms, including term limits for justices and enforceable ethics rules. He argued that “extreme opinions that the Supreme Court has handed down have undermined long-established civil rights principles and protections.” However, these proposals found no traction in a Republican-controlled Congress.

Conservative Legal Philosophy and Administrative Constraints

John Yoo criticized Biden’s administration for failing to adapt to the court’s conservative approach, which emphasizes the Constitution’s “original understanding, history, and tradition.” He argued, “By refusing to accept this change, the administration rendered itself irrelevant on the most important constitutional questions of the day. That is a recipe for defeat.”

The Supreme Court’s conservative bloc has been advancing a campaign to rein in federal agencies, a movement sometimes referred to as a “war on the administrative state.” This philosophy proved instrumental in high-profile rulings during Biden’s presidency.

Faced with a gridlocked Congress, Democratic presidents have increasingly relied on federal agencies to enact policy. However, during Biden’s term, the court embraced the major questions doctrine, a principle granting judges discretion to invalidate agency actions with significant economic or political impact unless Congress explicitly authorized them.

This doctrine was pivotal in the court’s decision to block Biden’s student debt relief program and restrict the EPA’s ability to regulate carbon emissions from power plants.

Cornell Law School professor Gautam Hans highlighted the challenges this posed, noting, “The environmental law and student loan cases show how disdainful the court is of Democratic executive action, precisely because the lack of congressional movement means that executive action remains the only avenue for any kind of policy progress in the U.S.”

In another blow to regulatory power, the court in 2024 overturned the Chevron deference, a 1984 precedent that required courts to defer to federal agencies’ interpretations of ambiguous laws. This longstanding principle had been a target of conservative and business interests.

Limited Wins for Biden

While major defeats dominated Biden’s record at the Supreme Court, his administration did secure some victories. In a significant ruling, the justices upheld a law requiring the sale of TikTok by its Chinese parent company or its ban in the U.S., citing national security concerns.

Additionally, the court preserved the funding structure of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and upheld a law barring individuals under domestic violence restraining orders from owning firearms.

However, other cases resulted in more tentative victories. The court dismissed several challenges against Biden-backed policies due to a lack of legal standing, including cases involving access to the abortion pill mifepristone, immigration enforcement priorities, and the Affordable Care Act (Obamacare).

Hans cautioned that these outcomes were not definitive triumphs, explaining, “These cases didn’t really resound to validate political goals of the Biden administration.” Instead, he warned that the issues might return in future cases, potentially leading to adverse rulings.

Trump’s Legal Wins

While Biden grappled with setbacks, Trump enjoyed notable victories at the Supreme Court, particularly in cases addressing presidential immunity.

In 2023, the court ruled in favor of Trump’s request for immunity following his indictment on federal charges related to efforts to overturn the 2020 election. The decision marked the first time the court recognized presidential immunity from prosecution for official acts. Biden criticized the decision as setting “a dangerous precedent.”

Steve Schwinn, a law professor at the University of Illinois Chicago, observed that Biden’s challenges reflect broader trends in the court’s jurisprudence. These include curbing federal agency powers and expanding presidential authority. Schwinn remarked, “We’ll see this immediately in the second Trump administration, with a president who has promised to take full advantage of these trends.”

Biden’s presidency may ultimately be remembered for its confrontation with a Supreme Court determined to reshape the balance of power in American governance. As Trump prepares to assume office again, the court’s conservative majority appears poised to continue its transformative agenda.

Elon Musk Highlights Growing India-US Ties and Calls for Enhanced Trade Partnership

At SpaceX’s Starbase facility in Texas, Elon Musk shared his optimism about the evolving relationship between India and the United States. Addressing a delegation of prominent Indian business leaders on Friday, the tech billionaire said he sees positive momentum in India-US ties and supports the idea of reducing trade barriers to boost economic cooperation between the two nations.

“Things are trending positive. I’m certainly in favour of lowering trade barriers to increase commerce between the US and India,” Musk remarked during the moderated session.

The delegation, organized by the India Global Forum (IGF) to mark its expansion into the United States, had an exclusive tour of SpaceX’s advanced space exploration facilities. They also witnessed the successful launch of SpaceX’s Starship Flight 7. IGF, a UK-headquartered platform known for fostering policy dialogue and events, used the opportunity to emphasize collaboration between India and global innovators.

Musk, who is also the force behind Tesla and social media platform X, discussed the immense potential for cooperation in technology and space exploration between the two countries. He referred to India as “one of the ancient civilisations and a very great and very complex one,” showcasing his admiration for its rich history and innovation potential. The conversation highlighted India’s increasing influence on the global technology landscape and the potential for mutual growth through stronger ties with the United States.

The delegation comprised notable Indian business leaders, including Prashant Ruia of Essar Capital, Jay Kotak of Kotak811, Ritesh Agarwal of OYO, Kalyan Raman of Flipkart, Aryaman Birla of the Aditya Birla Group, and Amish Tripathi, a bestselling author. Together, they engaged in discussions that explored how India and the US can collaborate to drive innovation and tackle global challenges.

“This event underscores the growing importance of collaboration between India and global pioneers in shaping a sustainable and technology-driven future,” said Manoj Ladwa, Founder of the India Global Forum. He emphasized the value of meaningful dialogue during what he described as “challenging times” as the world’s largest democracy transitions to a Trump presidency.

The visit to Musk’s Texas facility was part of IGF’s broader initiative to expand its influence in the United States. A day earlier, the group held closed-door discussions with members of the incoming Trump administration and key policymakers, including Jacob Helberg, the Designated Under Secretary of State for Economic Growth, Energy, and the Environment. These meetings focused on the American economic landscape, particularly in areas such as digital infrastructure, technology, innovation, and foreign investment.

Reflecting on the mission of IGF, Ladwa said, “At India Global Forum, our mission is to bring together global leaders and innovators to tackle the defining challenges of our time… I believe India’s rise presents limitless opportunities, and this meeting signifies the potential for powerful partnerships.”

The dialogue also addressed ways to strengthen bilateral collaboration and explored opportunities for India and the US to jointly drive advancements in technology and sustainable development.

The meeting between Musk and Indian entrepreneurs occurred just days before Donald Trump’s inauguration for his second term as US President. Musk’s involvement in the Trump administration has also been in the spotlight, as he is expected to take on a significant role as co-chair of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE).

For the Indian delegation, the event highlighted the importance of partnerships with global leaders like Musk, who are at the forefront of technological and space innovation. It also emphasized the potential for India to play a greater role in shaping the global innovation landscape.

As India continues to rise as an economic powerhouse, the collaboration between the two democracies holds the promise of driving growth and addressing shared global challenges. This visit to SpaceX not only symbolized India’s growing footprint in the technology sector but also reinforced the importance of fostering partnerships that could lead to transformative advancements in space exploration, digital infrastructure, and beyond.

Trump’s Inauguration Moved Indoors Amid Frigid Weather Concerns

President-elect Donald Trump announced Friday that his inauguration will be moved indoors due to dangerously cold temperatures forecasted for the nation’s capital. “I have ordered the Inauguration Address, in addition to prayers and other speeches, to be delivered in the United States Capitol Rotunda, as was used by Ronald Reagan in 1985, also because of very cold weather,” Trump stated on Truth Social.

He further revealed that Capital One Arena would open on Monday to facilitate live viewing of the event and host the Presidential Parade. “I will join the crowd at Capital One, after my Swearing In,” Trump added.

Indoor Venue Confirmed

Reports earlier in the day from CNN indicated plans for Trump and Vice President-elect JD Vance to take their oaths inside the Capitol Rotunda. Discussions were also underway regarding the use of Capital One Arena, where Trump is scheduled to hold a rally on Sunday, for some of the inaugural festivities.

The Joint Congressional Committee on Inaugural Ceremonies issued a statement confirming the move: “The Joint Congressional Committee on Inaugural Ceremonies will honor the request of the President-elect and his Presidential Inaugural Committee to move the 60th Inaugural Ceremonies inside the U.S. Capitol to the Rotunda.”

Such contingency plans are always considered to accommodate weather or other unforeseen obstacles, but the shift raises logistical concerns. The Rotunda’s limited capacity leaves the committee grappling with how to accommodate the thousands of ticketed guests who were to attend the outdoor ceremony.

In a notice to ticket holders, the committee explained, “The vast majority of ticketed guests will not be able to attend the ceremonies in person.” Spectators were encouraged to view the event at designated indoor venues, with further details promised. Members of Congress and those with tickets for the Presidential Platform, however, will retain in-person access.

Adjusting Security Measures

The Secret Service, alongside the DC and U.S. Capitol Police, is working to revise security plans for the event, according to two law enforcement sources familiar with the matter. This shift presents a logistical challenge, as agencies must condense months of preparation into a three-day window.

Trump’s inauguration, initially planned as an outdoor ceremony and parade down Pennsylvania Avenue, had been declared a National Special Security Event by the Department of Homeland Security, triggering extensive federal coordination. More than 30 miles of fencing had already been erected to manage the anticipated crowds, which law enforcement estimated would include hundreds of thousands of attendees.

By moving the ceremony indoors, security requirements may become more manageable in certain aspects, sources told CNN. The Rotunda, with a capacity of about 700 people, will only admit members of Congress, their spouses, and VIPs. Public access will be restricted, and attendees have been redirected to Capital One Arena, which has a seating capacity of just over 20,000.

However, this adjustment leaves a significant gap, as over 200,000 tickets were distributed for the outdoor inauguration. In a communication to congressional offices, the Sergeant at Arms clarified, “The weather plan precludes the vast majority of ticketed guests from attending the ceremonies in person.” Tickets are being offered as commemorative keepsakes for those unable to attend.

Security measures for the arena and its surroundings remain under discussion between the Secret Service, DC police, and other agencies.

Health and Weather Concerns

Trump emphasized his concerns for the health and safety of attendees, citing the extreme cold as a risk. “I don’t want to see people hurt, or injured, in any way. It is dangerous conditions for the tens of thousands of Law Enforcement, First Responders, Police K9s and even horses, and hundreds of thousands of supporters that will be outside for many hours on the 20th (In any event, if you decide to come, dress warmly!),” he posted on Truth Social.

The last time a U.S. president was inaugurated indoors was in 1985, during Ronald Reagan’s second term. Temperatures that year reached a daytime high of just 7 degrees, with wind chills plunging to -25. Reagan took his oath inside the Capitol Rotunda, and the inaugural parade was canceled.

The dangers of frigid weather during such events are well documented. President William Henry Harrison, in 1841, is believed to have contracted pneumonia after delivering a two-hour inaugural address outdoors without wearing a coat or hat. He died one month later.

Forecast for Inauguration Day

This year’s inauguration day weather is shaping up to be the coldest since Reagan’s second inauguration. Temperatures at noon, when Trump is scheduled to take the oath, are expected to be in the low 20s—approximately 20 degrees below average for this time of year.

Wind gusts of 10 to 20 mph, with peaks of up to 30 mph, will create even harsher conditions, making it feel like 10 degrees during the day and potentially dropping wind chills to single digits after sunset.

A mix of rain and snow is predicted for Sunday, the day before the inauguration, but Monday is forecasted to be dry, albeit cold and windy.

Conclusion

While the decision to move the inauguration indoors prioritizes safety, it has necessitated significant adjustments for attendees and security personnel alike. Capital One Arena and designated viewing venues will play a crucial role in accommodating the public as the nation witnesses this historic event.

Silicon Valley Executives Eye Cricket Investment with Bid for London Teams in The Hundred

South Asians, particularly Indians, are deeply passionate about cricket, and Sundar Pichai, the CEO of Google and one of the world’s wealthiest executives, shares this enthusiasm. Pichai has frequently expressed his love for cricket in various interviews. Now, he aims to elevate his connection to the sport by investing in a cricket team.

According to a report from Bloomberg, Pichai, alongside a group of Silicon Valley leaders, has submitted a bid exceeding £80 million (approximately Rs 8.4 billion) to acquire two London-based teams—Oval Invincibles and London Spirit. These teams are part of The Hundred, a distinctive cricket tournament held in England and Wales. The consortium of Indian-origin executives leading this effort includes Nikesh Arora, CEO of Palo Alto Networks Inc., and Satyan Gajwani, Vice President of Times Internet Limited, the digital wing of the Times of India Group. Other notable members of the group are Satya Nadella, CEO of Microsoft; Shantanu Narayen, CEO of Adobe Inc.; and Egon Durban, co-CEO of Silver Lake Management LLC.

Indian-origin tech leaders have played a pivotal role in popularizing cricket in non-traditional cricketing regions like the United States. For instance, Satya Nadella and Shantanu Narayen have made significant financial contributions to Major League Cricket in the U.S., helping to bolster the sport’s presence in the country.

Auctioning Teams in The Hundred

The England and Wales Cricket Board (ECB), in an effort to improve the financial health of cricket in the UK, announced in September 2024 that it would auction stakes in the eight teams participating in The Hundred. This auction mirrors the Indian Premier League (IPL) model, which has successfully drawn substantial private investment. Managed by the Rain Group, an investment bank known for its consultancy roles in the sales of Manchester United and Chelsea FC, the auction seeks to attract new investors.

The ECB is offering a 49% stake in each team but has garnered heightened interest in the two London-based franchises, Oval Invincibles and London Spirit. These teams hold significant appeal as they play their matches at Lord’s Cricket Ground, often referred to as the “Mecca of Cricket” or the “Home of Cricket.” Lords’ prestigious status and the potential for high revenue generation have made these teams particularly desirable to investors.

The ECB generates around £60 million annually from revenue streams such as broadcasting rights, ticket sales, and sponsorships for The Hundred. The inclusion of private investments is expected to provide a much-needed financial boost to the league and ensure its long-term sustainability.

The Hundred: A Unique Cricket Format

The Hundred distinguishes itself from traditional T20 cricket leagues like the IPL by adopting a format where each side faces 100 balls per innings. This shortened format is designed to cater to fans who prefer fast-paced, action-packed games. Since its launch in 2021, the league has drawn immense popularity, attracting over 2 million spectators to matches held at eight different venues across England and Wales.

In contrast to The Hundred, the IPL remains the largest and most lucrative cricket league globally. The IPL features prominent franchise owners, including Bollywood star Shah Rukh Khan, who owns the Kolkata Knight Riders, and billionaire industrialist Mukesh Ambani, who owns the Mumbai Indians.

Interest from Silicon Valley Executives

The group of Indian-origin tech executives led by Nikesh Arora and Satyan Gajwani represents a growing trend of influential individuals from the tech world investing in cricket. This interest aligns with the sport’s expanding footprint beyond its traditional strongholds. Their bid for the London teams underscores their ambition to not only participate in the sport’s growth but also contribute to its evolution as a global phenomenon.

London Spirit has been especially attractive to potential investors because of its association with Lords, which adds both prestige and significant revenue potential. Bloomberg reported that a full takeover of the London teams is an option being explored, further highlighting the high stakes involved in this auction.

The Growing Global Influence of Cricket

Indian-origin executives like Nadella and Narayen have demonstrated the potential for cricket to thrive in non-cricketing nations, particularly through their efforts with Major League Cricket in the U.S. These investments have opened new avenues for the sport to reach diverse audiences, fostering its development on a global scale.

With initiatives like the ECB’s private investment auction for The Hundred teams, cricket continues to attract international investors seeking to capitalize on the sport’s vast appeal. The involvement of tech leaders like Sundar Pichai and Satya Nadella underscores the increasing intersection between cricket and influential global industries. Their participation could potentially redefine the landscape of cricket ownership and its business dynamics.

By bringing together technology, business acumen, and passion for the game, this consortium of Silicon Valley executives represents a powerful force that could help elevate cricket to new heights.

Pakistani Court Sentences Former PM Imran Khan and His Wife for Corruption

On Friday, a Pakistani court sentenced former Prime Minister Imran Khan to 14 years in prison and his wife to seven years, marking another chapter in the already-imprisoned politician’s legal troubles. The judgment found the couple guilty of corruption related to alleged misdeeds during Khan’s time in office, according to officials and his lawyer.

The case revolves around accusations that Khan and his wife accepted a gift of land from Malik Riaz, a prominent real estate tycoon. Prosecutors argued that the gift was granted in exchange for laundered funds, implicating the couple in a significant corruption scandal.

Riaz was purportedly allowed by Khan to use the laundered money—amounting to 190 million British pounds (approximately $240 million)—to settle fines imposed on him in a separate case. These funds, initially returned to Pakistan by British authorities in 2022, were intended to be deposited into the national exchequer.

Imran Khan has consistently denied any wrongdoing. Since his arrest in 2023, he has maintained that the charges against him are politically motivated and part of a broader effort by his rivals to prevent his return to power.

Khan, ousted from office in April 2022 following a no-confidence vote in parliament, has faced several legal setbacks. He was previously convicted on separate charges of corruption, revealing official secrets, and violating marriage laws. These convictions resulted in sentences of 10, 14, and seven years, respectively.

Under Pakistani law, however, prison terms are typically served concurrently. This means that Khan will serve the duration of the longest sentence handed to him, rather than the cumulative length of all sentences combined.

Allu Arjun’s Pushpa 2: The Rule Sets the Stage for a Thrilling Third Chapter

The year 2024 witnessed an overwhelming response to Allu Arjun’s blockbuster Pushpa 2: The Rule, which not only generated massive buzz but also shattered numerous records. With fans already speculating about its next chapter, the way the second installment concluded strongly hints that Pushpa 3 promises to be even more electrifying. Recently, music composer Devi Sri Prasad, a crucial part of the franchise’s success, shed light on the phenomenon surrounding Pushpa 2 and offered insights into plans for its much-anticipated sequel.

In a conversation with India Today, Prasad confirmed that director Sukumar is already in the initial stages of crafting Pushpa 3. He took a moment to express his heartfelt appreciation for the film’s achievements and credited the collaborative efforts of the team. “I am very thankful to director Sukumar, my dear friend Allu Arjun, the producers, and the entire team of Pushpa. I am also grateful to the lyricists and language contributors who played a big role in making this film such a hit,” Prasad remarked.

The composer commended Sukumar’s ingenuity in storytelling and Allu Arjun’s commitment to his craft, which he believes have been pivotal in elevating the franchise to its current stature. “Sukumar sir has created an amazing world with Pushpa, and the love it’s receiving makes me very happy. Pushpa 1 was a huge success in both music and storytelling, and the success of Pushpa 2 has truly made history,” he elaborated.

Anticipation for Pushpa 3

While fans eagerly await the third chapter, Prasad addressed the weight of expectations and his approach to managing creative challenges. When asked about Pushpa 3, he explained, “I don’t take pressure when it comes to work, as it can affect creativity. While working on Pushpa 2, Sukumar sir, lyricist Chandrabose, and I gave our best effort. We will bring the same dedication to Pushpa 3 and aim to make it just as remarkable. Sukumar sir’s vision and brilliant scripts continue to inspire us.”

Prasad also shared that one of his primary goals is to match the musical magic he created for the second installment. The iconic soundtrack of Pushpa 2 became a sensation, contributing significantly to the film’s success and raising the bar for its sequel. With such a strong foundation, the team appears motivated to deliver another unforgettable cinematic experience.

Fans of the franchise are now brimming with excitement, eager to see how Pushpa 3 builds upon the legacy of its predecessors. Director Sukumar, Allu Arjun, and the rest of the creative team have undoubtedly set the stage for yet another thrilling installment in this record-breaking saga.

Athiran: The Malayalam Thriller That Continues to Captivate Audiences

Psychological thrillers have always held a special place among film enthusiasts who appreciate intense, mind-twisting narratives. The Malayalam film industry, renowned for its remarkable storytelling, has consistently delivered outstanding contributions to this genre. Among these, the 2019 psychological thriller Athiran, starring Sai Pallavi and Fahadh Faasil, has recently re-emerged as a sensation on OTT platforms. Since its debut on Disney+ Hotstar, the film has maintained its position at the top of the streaming charts, cementing its legacy as a standout in its category.

A Gripping Storyline

Set against the backdrop of a secluded hospital in Kerala, Athiran unfolds as a psychiatrist delves into the enigmatic history of an autistic patient with extraordinary abilities. The story’s intricate narrative takes the audience on a journey filled with unexpected twists and revelations. The film seamlessly weaves together themes of mental health, power dynamics, and the complexities of the human psyche, creating a truly immersive experience.

What makes Athiran particularly compelling is its ability to hold viewers in suspense throughout. With each twist, the narrative becomes increasingly gripping, making it a must-watch for fans of psychological thrillers. Its layered storyline explores not only the mysteries surrounding its characters but also broader questions about human nature and morality.

Stellar Performances

At the heart of Athiran is the exceptional performance of its lead actors. Sai Pallavi’s portrayal of a troubled patient is nothing short of extraordinary. Her nuanced depiction brings authenticity and depth to her character, allowing viewers to empathize with her struggles while marveling at her capabilities. Pallavi’s performance has been widely lauded for its emotional range and precision, demonstrating her exceptional talent.

Fahadh Faasil, known for his versatility, shines as the determined psychiatrist. His portrayal strikes a perfect balance between empathy and resolve, adding layers to the character. Faasil’s ability to convey the complexities of his role with subtlety and intensity has earned him widespread acclaim.

The supporting cast, including Atul Kulkarni, Shanthi Krishna, Sudev Nair, and Renji Panicker, also deliver noteworthy performances, enriching the film’s overall impact. Their contributions ensure that every character, no matter how minor, adds to the depth and texture of the story.

A Unique Thriller with Universal Appeal

One of Athiran’s standout features is its ability to remain engaging long after its initial release. The film shares thematic similarities with the Hollywood thriller Stonehearst Asylum (2014), but its unique setting and psychological depth set it apart. The blend of a gripping storyline with the culturally rich backdrop of Kerala gives Athiran a distinctive identity.

Audiences across India, including those unfamiliar with Malayalam cinema, have praised the film for its impeccable execution. Its captivating narrative, coupled with stellar performances, has garnered widespread appreciation, transcending linguistic and regional barriers. The film’s ability to resonate with viewers from diverse backgrounds highlights its universal appeal.

The Vision of Director Vivek

Athiran marks the directorial debut of Vivek, whose vision brought this compelling story to life. The inspiration for the film stemmed from a real-life experience when Vivek visited a Kalari school in Kerala. He observed autistic students performing complex skills with remarkable precision, comparable to their peers. This profound encounter became the foundation for Athiran’s narrative, lending an element of authenticity to its exploration of the human mind.

Vivek’s direction skillfully balances the film’s psychological depth with its thriller elements. His meticulous attention to detail ensures that every scene contributes meaningfully to the overarching story. The director’s ability to translate his vision into a captivating cinematic experience is a testament to his talent and creativity.

Enduring Popularity on OTT Platforms

The sustained popularity of Athiran on OTT platforms underscores its timeless appeal. Even years after its theatrical release, the film continues to attract viewers, solidifying its status as one of the most-streamed Malayalam movies on Disney+ Hotstar. Its gripping plot, compelling performances, and thought-provoking themes make it a favorite for repeat viewings.

For many, Athiran offers a perfect blend of suspense and emotional depth. The film’s ability to keep audiences on the edge of their seats while exploring profound psychological themes ensures its enduring relevance. Whether watched for the first time or revisited, Athiran remains a rewarding experience for all thriller enthusiasts.

Conclusion

Athiran stands as a testament to the brilliance of Malayalam cinema in crafting psychological thrillers that leave a lasting impression. The film’s intricate narrative, outstanding performances, and cultural richness have earned it a place among the finest examples of its genre. As it continues to dominate OTT charts and captivate viewers across the nation, Athiran proves that a great thriller can transcend time and geography, offering an unforgettable cinematic journey for all who watch it.

India Tops as the Largest Sender of International Students to the US After 15 Years

For the first time in 15 years, India has surpassed other nations to become the largest source of international students in the United States, with over 3.3 lakh students currently enrolled in American institutions. This milestone was highlighted in the Open Doors Report 2024, released on Monday.

In the academic year 2022-23, China was the leading source of international students in the US, followed by India, as per a report by PTI. However, in the current academic year 2023-24, Indian student enrollment in the US has reached an all-time high of 3,31,602, representing a remarkable 23% increase from the previous year’s figure of 2,68,923.

“India is now the leading country of origin for international students in the United States, accounting for 29 percent of the total international student population,” stated a note from the US Embassy accompanying the report.

The Open Doors Report also revealed that the top five source countries for international students in the US for 2023-24 are India, China, South Korea, Canada, and Taiwan. While Indian students led the tally with 3,31,602 enrollments, China followed with 2,77,398 students. South Korea contributed 43,149 students, Canada had 28,998, and Taiwan accounted for 23,157.

The report highlighted India’s significant growth, stating, “India is the top sender of international students (for the first time since 2008/2009) with over 3,31,602 students studying in the United States. The number of Indian students is at an all-time high.”

The academic calendar in the US typically begins in September and concludes in May, a timeline that accommodates the large influx of international students.

A Leader in Graduate Enrollment

India maintained its position as the largest sender of international graduate students, encompassing those pursuing master’s and PhD programs, for the second consecutive year. The report noted a 19% increase in Indian graduate student numbers, bringing the total to 1,96,567.

Undergraduate enrollment by Indian students also saw growth, with a 13% rise to 36,053 students. However, non-degree programs, such as short-term exchange initiatives, witnessed a notable decline of 28%, with the number of students dropping to 1,426.

Celebrating International Education

The release of the Open Doors Report coincided with the start of International Education Week (IEW), an annual event that underscores the importance and benefits of international education and cultural exchange on a global scale.

The Open Doors Report is a long-standing publication by the Institute of International Education (IIE), an organization that has been conducting statistical surveys on international students in the US since its inception in 1919. Since 1972, this initiative has been carried out in collaboration with the US Department of State’s Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs.

This year’s findings not only underscore India’s growing presence in the US education system but also highlight the evolving trends in international education as a whole.

Ceasefire Agreement in Gaza Faces Challenges, US Envoy Highlights Ongoing Efforts

The recently brokered ceasefire and hostage release agreement between Israel and Hamas marks a significant milestone, but its successful implementation still requires substantial effort, according to U.S. officials. The truce, designed to facilitate the phased release of hostages and Palestinian detainees, has garnered attention for its complexity and the diplomatic efforts involved.

Amos Hochstein, a U.S. envoy, emphasized the arduous negotiations that led to this deal. Speaking with CNN’s Kaitlan Collins, he described the process as “hard fought” and praised the U.S. negotiating team for their diligence. “The hostages will start to come home in a couple of days,” Hochstein noted. He added, “There’sa very large task of implementation and getting to phase two. Sothere’s a lot of work still to be done. But this is a huge milestone.”

Hochstein refrained from assigning political credit for the agreement, though he acknowledged President Joe Biden’s strategic move to involve Steve Witkoff, an ally of President-elect Donald Trump, in the negotiations. This decision demonstrated a unified American approach, according to Hochstein. “The only thing that President Biden wanted to achieve until the last minute was to get the hostages home and stop the carnage in this crisis,” he stated. “Ultimately, the most important thing is that these hostages are going to come home on Sunday or latest Monday morning.”

Deal Confirmed by Israeli Authorities

The Israeli Prime Minister’s Office confirmed the agreement with Hamas, noting that it would involve a temporary pause in hostilities and the phased exchange of hostages and prisoners. While Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu initially withheld comments, awaiting finalization, he later convened Israel’s security cabinet to discuss the deal’s approval.

“The State of Israel is committed to achieving all the goals of the war, including the return of all our hostages—both living and dead,” the Prime Minister’s Office stated.

Mediators from Qatar, the U.S., and Egypt played pivotal roles in brokering the arrangement. The full Israeli cabinet is expected to vote on the deal on Saturday, following a smaller security cabinet meeting scheduled for Friday.

Trump’s Stance on Ceasefire

President-elect Donald Trump, set to assume office on January 20, expressed urgency regarding the deal’s implementation. In an interview on The Dan Bongino Show, Trump said, “The implementation of the Gaza ceasefire and hostage deal better be done before I take the oath of office.” He also asserted that his incoming administration played a crucial role in expediting the agreement. “If we weren’t involved, the deal would never have happened,” Trump claimed.

Both Trump and Biden have taken credit for the breakthrough, with analysts attributing the cooperation to mutual interests. A senior Biden administration official described the bipartisan collaboration as “almost unprecedented.” However, Biden dismissed suggestions of credit-sharing with a sarcastic remark, prompting Trump to label his response as “ungracious.”

Humanitarian Toll Persists

Despite the ceasefire announcement, hostilities have continued in Gaza. According to Mahmoud Basal, a spokesperson for Gaza’s Civil Defense, Israeli strikes have resulted in 86 fatalities and 258 injuries since the deal’s revelation. Among the dead are 23 children. Israeli Defense Forces reported targeting approximately “50 terror sites” in Gaza during this period.

Calls for Political Unity in Israel

Israeli opposition leader Yair Lapid urged Netanyahu to prioritize the deal’s implementation despite political pressures. Addressing Netanyahu on X, Lapid wrote, “Don’t be afraid or intimidated; you will get every safety net you need to make the hostage deal. This is more important than any disagreement we’ve ever had.”

Lapid’s comments came amid threats from far-right factions within Netanyahu’s coalition. National Security Minister Itamar Ben Gvir warned of withdrawing his party’s support if the ceasefire proceeded. Similarly, Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich’s Religious Zionism Party demanded a swift return to war following the deal’s initial phase. Such political rifts pose a potential risk to the stability of Netanyahu’s government.

White House Optimism

National Security Advisor John Kirby expressed confidence in the deal’s progression, despite last-minute challenges. “We are aware of these issues and are working through them with the Israeli government,” Kirby told CNN. “All systems are go right now. We see nothing that would derail this at this point.”

Delays in Israeli Cabinet Meeting

The Israeli cabinet’s vote on the ceasefire was postponed to Saturday due to unresolved issues at the negotiating table. Initially planned for Thursday, the meeting was deferred as mediators worked to finalize details in Doha. Netanyahu’s office indicated the government would only convene once these matters were resolved.

The ceasefire and hostage deal remain a focal point of international attention, with hopes that it will provide a path toward de-escalation in the region. However, as officials work to overcome political and logistical hurdles, the true test lies in the effective implementation of this fragile agreement.

Greenland’s Future Sparks Diplomatic Tension Between Denmark and Trump

Denmark’s Prime Minister Mette Frederiksen has reaffirmed Greenland’s autonomy by telling Donald Trump that the island’s future is for Greenland to decide. The statement came amidst renewed interest from Trump, who recently suggested that the United States might want to acquire the Arctic territory. Greenland is an autonomous region of Denmark.

The conversation took place during a 45-minute phone call between Frederiksen and Trump on Wednesday. During the call, Frederiksen assured Trump that Denmark is prepared to take on more responsibility for Arctic security. She also echoed Greenland’s Prime Minister Mute Egede’s recent assertion that Greenland is “not for sale.”

Trump has not made any public comments about the call, but he did share a 2019 poll on his TruthSocial account. The poll showed that 68% of Greenland’s population supported the idea of independence from Denmark. A referendum on the island’s independence is reportedly being considered, and Denmark has pledged to honor the results of any such vote.

This isn’t the first time Trump has expressed interest in acquiring Greenland. During his presidency, he floated the idea of buying the island. When Frederiksen dismissed the proposal as “absurd,” Trump abruptly canceled a planned visit to Denmark.

In the recent phone call, Frederiksen highlighted Denmark’s economic contributions to the United States, stating that Danish companies help create jobs and drive growth in the U.S. She also emphasized the importance of strengthened trade relations between the U.S. and the European Union.

Tensions escalated further last week when Trump suggested imposing high tariffs on Denmark if the country refused to relinquish Greenland. This threat alarmed Danish industry leaders, as the U.S. is Denmark’s second-largest export market. Targeted tariffs could significantly impact Denmark’s economy.

In response to Trump’s comments, Frederiksen has arranged a series of meetings to address the issue. On Thursday, she will meet with Danish business leaders, including the CEOs of Carlsberg, a global beer giant, and Novo Nordisk, a pharmaceutical company that produces diabetes and obesity drugs popular in the U.S. Additionally, Frederiksen will convene an extraordinary Foreign Policy Council meeting with members of Denmark’s parliament.

Aaja Chemnitz, a Greenlandic member of Denmark’s parliament, expressed satisfaction with Frederiksen’s stance, particularly her insistence that decisions regarding Greenland’s future rest with its people. “I have great confidence in the prime minister’s task, and I also have great confidence in Egede. I think it is important that they have a close dialogue,” Chemnitz remarked.

Prime Minister Egede also expressed willingness to engage with Trump’s incoming administration. Earlier this week, he stated that Greenland’s government was ready to begin discussions. However, Frederiksen’s approach has drawn criticism from some quarters.

Opposition Member of Parliament Rasmus Jarlov voiced disapproval of Frederiksen’s position. Writing on X, formerly known as Twitter, Jarlov stated, “It is completely unacceptable that [Frederiksen] renounces Denmark’s rights in Greenland and places sovereignty solely with the [Greenlander] self-government when she talks to the President of the United States.”

Trump’s remarks and a recent visit to Greenland by his son have caused significant unease in Denmark. Frederiksen has carefully balanced her language, frequently referring to the U.S. as “Denmark’s closest ally” while reiterating Greenland’s right to self-determination.

Hans Redder, a political editor with Danish broadcaster TV2, noted the significance of Trump dedicating 45 minutes to the phone call. “This Greenland thing is really something that is on Trump’s mind – it’s not just a passing thought,” Redder observed.

The situation has highlighted the delicate balance Denmark must maintain between preserving its sovereignty over Greenland, respecting the island’s autonomy, and maintaining strong relations with the United States.

Star-Studded Lineup for Donald Trump’s Second Inauguration Celebrations

President-elect Donald Trump will take the oath of office on January 20, marking the 60th Presidential Inauguration. This event promises a significant departure from his first inauguration in 2017, which reportedly struggled to secure high-profile performers. This time, the inaugural celebrations will feature several prominent artists.

“The Trump Vance Inaugural Committee is proud to announce that some of our nation’s most iconic [musicians] will be participating in the inaugural celebrations,” co-chairs Steve Witkoff and Kelly Loeffler said in a statement to NPR. They described the weekend as a tribute to Trump’s “historic victory” and an opportunity to celebrate music, unity, and patriotism, ushering in what they termed “America’s new Golden Age.”

Scheduled Performers

Carrie Underwood

Country music icon Carrie Underwood, who rose to fame as the winner of American Idolnearly two decades ago, will perform “America the Beautiful” at the swearing-in ceremony.

“I love our country and am honored to have been asked to sing at the Inauguration and to be a small part of this historic event,” Underwood shared in a statement to NPR. “I am humbled to answer the call at a time when we must all come together in the spirit of unity and looking to the future.”

Christopher Macchio

Renowned classical tenor Christopher Macchio is set to perform the national anthem during the ceremony. Macchio, in a YouTube video, revealed his connection to Trump began when Elton John dropped out of a New Year’s Eve performance at Mar-a-Lago, and he was asked to fill in.

Lee Greenwood

Best known for his patriotic anthem “God Bless the USA,” Lee Greenwood will perform at the swearing-in ceremony and the Make America Great Again Victory Rally. Greenwood, a Grammy winner for his 1984 hit “I.O.U.,” expressed his gratitude in a statement.

“I am humbled and honored to be asked to perform for our 47th President Donald J. Trump during his inaugural events,” he said. “The President has been a friend of [my wife] Kim [Payne] and I’s for many years, and this is one of the most historical moments in our lifetime.”

Kid Rock

A staunch Trump supporter, Kid Rock will take the stage at the Make America Great Again Victory Rally. Known for blending country and rock, he previously performed at the Republican National Convention and headlined the Rock the Country festival, which celebrated a fusion of MAGA politics and music.

Village People

The disco group Village People, led by original member Victor Willis, will perform at the Make America Great Again Victory Rally and the Liberty Ball. Their hit “Y.M.C.A.” was a staple at Trump campaign rallies, even inspiring viral dances.

Willis has addressed controversy surrounding the song, stating its popularity among Trump’s supporters was due to its upbeat nature rather than its associations as a gay anthem. “We know this won’t make some of you happy to hear,” a Facebook statement read, “however, we believe that music is to be performed without regard to politics.” Willis added that their participation aimed to promote unity after a divisive campaign.

Billy Ray Cyrus

Billy Ray Cyrus, who voiced support for Trump on the campaign trail, will perform at the Make America Great Again Victory Rally. Known for his 1992 hit “Achy Breaky Heart,” Cyrus most recently gained recognition for his collaboration with Lil Nas X on “Old Town Road,” which earned him two Grammy Awards.

Liberty University’s Praise Choir

LU Praise, Liberty University’s gospel choir, will perform at the Make America Great Again Victory Rally. According to the university, the choir is dedicated to glorifying God through worship and music.

Jason Aldean

Country artist Jason Aldean, a vocal Trump supporter, will perform at the Liberty Ball. Aldean introduced Trump at a campaign rally in Georgia and dedicated his hit “Try That in a Small Town” to the then-candidate following an attempted assassination on Trump. On Election Day, Aldean reaffirmed his support on Instagram, writing, “I want to see our country get back to its values and principles that made us great to begin with.”

Rascal Flatts

The Nashville-based trio Rascal Flatts will perform at the Commander in Chief Ball. After a hiatus, the band recently reunited and announced their 2025 Life is a Highway tour. They gained fame with hits like “What Hurts the Most” and “Life is a Highway.”

Parker McCollum

Country singer Parker McCollum, known for his Billboard-topping hits “Burn It Down” and “Pretty Heart,” will also perform at the Commander in Chief Ball.

Gavin DeGraw

Pop singer-songwriter Gavin DeGraw, best known for his 2003 hit “I Don’t Want to Be,” will perform at the Starlight Ball. The track, which served as the theme song for the teen drama One Tree Hill,remains one of his most recognized works.

Surprise Guest and Final Note

In addition to this lineup, a surprise musical guest will perform at the Liberty Ball, adding further anticipation to the event. With such a diverse roster of artists spanning genres and generations, the inauguration promises to be a grand celebration of patriotism and unity.

As the Trump Vance Inaugural Committee highlighted, this momentous occasion will honor “proud Americans everywhere” and usher in what they envision as a new era for the country.

U.S. Department of State Enhances Travel and Visa Services to Meet Record Demand

The U.S. Department of State’s Bureau of Consular Affairs has undertaken major initiatives to address unprecedented demand for travel documents and improve accessibility for Americans. With innovative measures and technological advancements, the Department aims to streamline processes and meet the needs of millions of travelers while bolstering the economy.

In 2024, the Department launched its most extensive expansion of passport services in decades, introducing plans to open six new passport agencies across the country. This effort is intended to make essential services more accessible to millions of Americans. That same year, the Department achieved a milestone by reducing passport processing times to 4–6 weeks, the fastest in over five years. Between 2021 and 2024, the Department issued an extraordinary 90 million U.S. passports, bringing the total number of valid passports in circulation to a record-breaking 170 million.

The State Department also highlighted the growing accessibility of travel to the U.S., facilitated by its consular operations. A statement from the Department noted, “Today, more people can safely and securely travel to the United States than ever before. Since 2021, U.S. embassies and consulates abroad have issued approximately 30 million nonimmigrant visas, with a record 11.5 million visas issued in FY 2024 alone. These efforts have facilitated legitimate travel while safeguarding U.S. borders, fueling the $2.3 trillion travel and tourism sector, and supporting an estimated 10 million American jobs.”

One of the Department’s most significant advancements was the September 2024 launch of the Online Passport Renewal (OPR) platform. This new service allows U.S. citizens to complete passport renewals entirely online, including uploading a digital photo. Over 1.5 million citizens have already used the platform, with millions more expected to benefit from its convenience. By integrating OPR and improving staffing and technology, the Department has often exceeded its advertised processing times.

In addition to passport services, visa processing has seen considerable innovation. In 2024, the Department piloted a domestic visa renewal program for skilled workers. This initiative enables visa holders to renew their visas within the U.S., removing the need for international travel. The program has supported over 6,000 applicants from 2,400 companies, minimizing disruptions and enhancing productivity across industries.

To attract and retain global talent in research and academia, the Department revised the Exchange Visitor Skills List. This change aims to support U.S. universities and businesses in advancing cutting-edge work, particularly in science and technology, by fostering innovation and maintaining the nation’s competitive edge.

The Department has also demonstrated its commitment during crises, providing critical support to Americans abroad. Since 2021, more than 10,000 U.S. citizens have been evacuated from high-risk areas, including Afghanistan, Ukraine, Israel, Gaza, Lebanon, Haiti, Sudan, and Niger. These operations utilized a variety of resources, such as boats, buses, and helicopters. Embassies, consulates, and task forces worked tirelessly to assist Americans in need, underscoring the Department’s dedication to safeguarding its citizens during emergencies.

“We have also empowered U.S. travelers, providing the tools they need to make informed, confident decisions about their overseas travel. By enhancing travel advisories to include warnings about wrongful detentions by foreign governments, we are helping Americans to stay safer abroad,” the statement added.

The Department’s focus on supporting Afghan allies who served alongside U.S. personnel during two decades of conflict has also seen remarkable progress. Since January 2021, over 78,000 Special Immigrant Visas (SIVs) have been issued to Afghan allies, accounting for more than half of all SIVs granted since the program’s inception in 2009. This achievement underscores the U.S.’s commitment to honoring those who contributed to its mission and shared its values.

Through these initiatives, the Bureau of Consular Affairs continues to meet growing demand while ensuring the safety, security, and convenience of American and global travelers. Its efforts not only facilitate legitimate travel but also significantly contribute to the economy and uphold U.S. leadership in innovation and global diplomacy.

Tourists to Get Access to India’s Historic Battlefields via New App and Website

Civilians will soon have the opportunity to visit historic battlefield sites along India’s borders through a new digital initiative. The “Bharat Ranbhoomi Darshan” app and website were introduced by Defence Minister Rajnath Singh on January 15, 2025, in celebration of Army Day. The initiative, a collaborative effort by the Ministries of Defence and Tourism alongside the Army, aims to transform border areas and historic war zones into accessible tourist destinations.

The app offers access to locations tied to significant military conflicts, including the 1962 Sino-Indian War, the 1971 Indo-Pak War, and the 1999 Kargil conflict. Visitors will also be able to explore the Siachen base camp and the Galwan Valley, where a deadly clash occurred between Indian and Chinese forces in 2020.

Promoting the launch on X, the Army stated, “The Indian Army is transforming border areas and historic battlefields into tourist destinations, offering citizens a chance to witness valour up close. Explore the hallowed grounds where gallant soldiers fought and serve the motherland, even today.”

Several iconic sites from the 1962 War will be accessible, including Ladakh’s Rezang-La, Arunachal Pradesh’s Kibithoo and Bum-La, and the Pangong Tso lake in Ladakh. Tourists can also visit the Galwan Valley, a focal point of recent tensions with China, and Doklam, where a 73-day standoff between Indian and Chinese forces occurred in 2017.

In the western sector, areas related to the 1999 Kargil conflict, such as Kargil, Batalik, and Drass, are being considered for trekking routes. This would allow visitors to experience the rugged terrain and gain insights into the intense battles fought in these areas. A defence official clarified that while operational zones will remain restricted, efforts are being made to open as many forward locations as feasible. The goal is to provide citizens with a vivid sense of the challenging conditions in which Indian soldiers fought.

Another key highlight of the initiative is access to the base camp of Siachen, the world’s highest battlefield. However, venturing beyond the base camp may not be possible due to the extreme altitude and acclimatisation challenges, officials noted.

Army Chief General Upendra Dwivedi emphasized the initiative’s broader significance, stating that it aligns with the Army’s efforts to promote the holistic development of border areas. The app and website will serve as comprehensive platforms providing all necessary information for traveling to these historic battlegrounds. “This initiative focuses on four key pillars: infrastructure, communication, tourism, and education,” General Dwivedi explained.

The launch of the “Bharat Ranbhoomi Darshan” app and website reflects India’s commitment to honoring its military history while fostering tourism in remote regions. By granting access to these historic sites, the program seeks to connect citizens with the legacy of bravery and sacrifice displayed by the Indian Armed Forces.

Pramila Jayapal Joins Foreign Affairs Committee, Reinforces Focus on Immigration Reform

Indian American Congresswoman Pramila Jayapal has announced her appointment to the prestigious Foreign Affairs Committee for the 119th Congress, marking her inaugural role on this critical panel. This new assignment is in addition to her responsibilities in other key committees.

In the new Congress, Jayapal will continue serving as the Ranking Member of the Immigration Subcommittee on the Judiciary Committee and will maintain her position on the Democratic Steering and Policy Committee.

Jayapal expressed her enthusiasm for joining the Foreign Affairs Committee, highlighting how the committee’s work aligns with the priorities of her constituents. “Washington’s 7th Congressional District is home to vital organizations focused on global health and development, and I am eager to represent their interests on this committee,” she stated.

Her extensive experience in global issues adds depth to her new role. Prior to her Congressional career, Jayapal worked for more than a decade with international nonprofit organizations across Asia, Africa, and Latin America. During this time, she led health and development initiatives and completed a fellowship in India that addressed challenges related to poverty and public health.

Reflecting on her new role, Jayapal explained how it connects to her personal experiences and passions. “This role allows me to return to issues that are deeply personal to me and critical for advancing human rights and development worldwide. As someone who has lived and worked all over the world, this opportunity allows me to return to issues of personal passion,” she said. She also expressed confidence in tackling pressing international matters under the leadership of Ranking Member Gregory Meeks.

While embracing her new responsibilities, Jayapal reaffirmed her dedication to her longstanding role as the top Democrat on the Immigration Subcommittee. “As the top Democrat on the Immigration Subcommittee, I know firsthand the importance of modernizing our immigration laws to provide legal pathways for immigrants while ensuring border security and a fair process,” she emphasized.

Jayapal, one of only two dozen naturalized citizens serving in Congress, has been a vocal advocate for immigration reform. She criticized Republican-backed immigration measures, including the proposed Project 2025 agenda, which calls for large-scale deportations. “I am proud to lead Democratic efforts for real solutions that prioritize fairness and humanity,” she added.

With her dual focus on international and domestic challenges, Jayapal’s new role on the Foreign Affairs Committee and continued leadership on immigration underscore her commitment to addressing global and local issues that impact her constituents and the broader community.

Trump Seeks Solution to Keep TikTok Operational Amid Legal and Ownership Challenges

President-elect Donald Trump plans to ensure TikTok remains accessible in the United States if a viable resolution is reached before the app faces a ban, according to his incoming national security adviser. This comes as the app’s Chinese owner, ByteDance, approaches a critical deadline to divest its U.S. operations.

Mike Waltz, a Republican representative from Florida, stated on Fox News, “We will put measures in place to keep TikTok from going dark.” Waltz highlighted that the law permits a 90-day extension for ByteDance to finalize the divestiture process. “As long as a viable deal is on the table, that essentially buys President Trump time to keep TikTok going,” he added.

The ban on TikTok, which serves over 170 million monthly U.S. users, is scheduled to take effect unless the app’s ownership changes hands by January 19. Waltz noted that if the Supreme Court upholds the law enforcing the ban, Trump would step in to address the situation.

In its final days, the Biden administration is also reportedly exploring ways to prevent TikTok from disappearing. NBC News reported that discussions are ongoing regarding measures to maintain TikTok’s availability for American users.

ByteDance announced plans to shut down the app for U.S. users by Sunday unless a resolution is reached. Meanwhile, The New York Times revealed that Trump is contemplating an executive order to allow TikTok to continue operating temporarily despite the legal ban. However, uncertainties remain regarding whether the president has the authority to issue such an order, given the congressional requirements for divestiture.

A coalition of U.S. lawmakers is advocating for a 270-day extension to avert the ban, warning that its implementation could harm Americans who depend on TikTok for their livelihoods. Karoline Leavitt, a spokesperson for Trump’s transition team, emphasized the president’s commitment to finding a resolution, stating, “President Trump has repeatedly expressed his desire to save TikTok, and there’s no better deal maker than Donald Trump.”

According to Reuters, President Joe Biden has no intention of intervening to block the ban if the Supreme Court fails to act during his final days in office. Biden’s legal capacity to intervene is restricted unless ByteDance presents a credible plan to divest TikTok. The law, enacted in April, mandates a ban on new TikTok downloads from app stores operated by Apple and Google if ByteDance fails to complete its divestiture.

For users who already have TikTok installed, the app would remain operational theoretically. However, the law prohibits U.S. companies from supporting the app’s distribution, maintenance, or updates once the ban is in effect.

The president has the option to delay the ban for 90 days by certifying to Congress that substantial progress has been made toward divestiture and that binding legal agreements are in place for completion within the three-month period.

Separately, TikTok CEO Shou Zi Chew is reportedly scheduled to attend the U.S. presidential inauguration on January 20 as a high-profile guest invited by Trump, according to a source cited by Reuters.

The U.S. Supreme Court is currently deliberating whether to uphold the law enforcing the ban, overturn it, or pause its implementation to allow more time for review.

Privately owned ByteDance’s structure is notable, with institutional investors like BlackRock and General Atlantic holding approximately 60%, while the company’s founders and employees each hold 20%. ByteDance employs more than 7,000 people in the United States.

This situation underscores the complexities surrounding TikTok’s fate, with its widespread popularity clashing with national security concerns and legal constraints. Both the outgoing and incoming administrations are navigating uncharted territory to balance these competing priorities.

Maryland Comptroller Brooke Lierman Emphasizes Immigrant Contributions and Policy Vision in Exclusive Interview

In an exclusive conversation with South Asian Herald on January 9, 2025, Brooke Lierman, Maryland’s 34th Comptroller, reflected on her historic election and shared her aspirations for the state’s future. Speaking from her Annapolis office, she discussed efforts to modernize Maryland’s tax and accounting systems, the vital role of immigrants in the state’s economy, and strategies to address policies from the incoming Trump administration. She also highlighted the leadership of Lieutenant Governor Aruna Miller and the immense contributions of South Asian communities.

Making History Without Losing Focus

As the first female Comptroller of Maryland and the first woman elected to an independent state government office in the state’s history, Lierman noted the significance of her achievement while emphasizing her broader mission. “I think representative government only works if it is truly representative of the people who elect our leaders,” she remarked. Lierman underscored that her goal was never to make history but to bring meaningful change to Maryland. Nevertheless, she acknowledged the importance of inspiring young women and girls to overcome barriers, adding, “When I see girls and young women around the state, I want to encourage them to break any glass ceilings that stand in their way as well.”

Modernizing Maryland’s Tax Systems

Lierman oversees a workforce of more than 1,000 employees responsible for tax collection, fraud prevention, and issuing refunds. Reflecting on her campaign and tenure, she stated, “I knew I wanted to be an advocate for the people of Maryland and for our small businesses.” Under her leadership, the Comptroller’s Office has adopted a vision of creating a more equitable, resilient, and prosperous state, driven by three core priorities: improving government efficiency, enhancing accessibility for Maryland residents, and fostering a robust, equitable economy.

One of her key initiatives has been modernizing Maryland’s outdated tax and accounting systems, which were built on decades-old COBOL programming. Lierman explained that transitioning to a cloud-based tax processing system is a vital step in improving transparency and efficiency. Business taxes have already been migrated, with personal taxes set to follow in 2025. Additionally, a revamped website scheduled to launch in March aims to make the agency more accessible.

To further serve Marylanders, her office has created roles such as the New Americans Director, tasked with engaging immigrant communities, and the Small Business Director, who supports local entrepreneurs. “All of the work we do fits into one of those priority areas,” she emphasized, highlighting the agency’s commitment to transparency and inclusivity.

Boosting Maryland’s Economy Through Strategic Investments

At the first Board of Public Works meeting of 2025, Lierman and her colleagues approved $1.23 billion in funding for various state projects. As part of this unique three-member board that includes the Governor and Treasurer, Lierman helps oversee significant state expenditures. She explained, “We approved a variety of payments, including grants for affordable housing developments, funding for locally operated transit systems in various counties, and support for the Child Care Scholarship Program.” These initiatives aim to strengthen the state’s infrastructure and social support systems.

Immigration and Economic Growth

In 2024, the Comptroller’s Office released a groundbreaking report titled Immigration and the Economy, which detailed the significant role of immigrants in Maryland. According to Lierman, international migration has offset declines in domestic migration and natural population growth, making it a critical driver of the state’s economy. Immigrants constitute 16.7% of Maryland’s population and 21% of its workforce, with many settling in Montgomery, Prince George’s, and Howard Counties.

Lierman highlighted that India is the second-largest country of origin for immigrants in Maryland, comprising 6.3% of the state’s population. Immigrants have a strong presence in STEM fields and healthcare, accounting for 23% of STEM professionals and registered nurses. “Their contributions are essential to Maryland’s communities, families, and economy. We’re very lucky to attract so many international immigrants, especially from South Asia,” she said.

Cultural and Philanthropic Contributions of South Asians

Lierman praised the vibrant contributions of Indian Americans and South Asian immigrants to Maryland’s cultural and economic landscape. From diverse cuisines to community-driven festivals, these communities have enriched the state in countless ways. “I love living in Maryland because we have such an incredible population of Indian Americans and other South Asian immigrants,” she shared.

Religious institutions, like the BAPS temple, play a crucial role in fostering cultural heritage. During the COVID-19 pandemic, South Asian organizations showcased exceptional outreach efforts, organizing food and clothing drives and supporting healthcare workers. “It is a blessing that South Asian immigrants have chosen Maryland as their new home,” Lierman remarked, acknowledging their spirit of service and dedication.

The Leadership of Aruna Miller

Lieutenant Governor Aruna Miller, the first Indian American and South Asian immigrant to hold the position, has been a trailblazer in Maryland politics. Lierman, who worked with Miller in the House of Delegates, praised her commitment and teamwork. “She’s done a phenomenal job at elevating the importance of the South Asian and Indian American community in Maryland,” Lierman said. She expressed pride in Miller’s leadership within the Moore-Miller administration and noted the broader impact of her achievements on immigrant representation.

Preparing for Federal Challenges

As the Trump administration prepares to take office, Lierman’s team is closely monitoring policies that could affect Maryland’s workforce and immigrant communities. “We are keeping a watchful eye on the Trump administration’s policies that could have a deleterious effect on our workforce, on the federal employees in our state, and on our immigrant communities,” she explained. Lierman emphasized the importance of federal jobs to Maryland’s economy and pledged to work with Governor Wes Moore to support residents.

Message to Immigrant Communities

Lierman expressed her deep gratitude to Maryland’s immigrant communities, highlighting their active engagement and significant contributions. “Their presence is a tremendous blessing for our state,” she stated. From starting successful businesses to supporting neighbors during crises, immigrants have strengthened Maryland’s social and economic fabric. Lierman assured them of her unwavering support, adding, “I ran to be an advocate for all Marylanders, and that includes our immigrant communities.”

Looking Ahead

As Brooke Lierman continues her term as Comptroller, she remains committed to creating a more inclusive, equitable, and prosperous Maryland. By modernizing systems, fostering community engagement, and addressing challenges head-on, she is striving to ensure that all Marylanders, especially its immigrant communities, can thrive. “My door is always open,” she affirmed, signaling her dedication to building a state that reflects the diversity and strength of its people.

CISF Introduces Pre-Flight Stretching Exercises at Select Airports to Enhance Passenger Health

Passengers at several Indian airports are now being encouraged to engage in light stretching exercises before boarding their flights, courtesy of a unique initiative launched by the Central Industrial Security Force (CISF). Described as the first program of its kind globally, the move aims to promote a healthier travel experience while reducing the health risks associated with prolonged sitting.

Under this program, voluntary stretching sessions are being organized at boarding gates to make passengers’ waiting time more beneficial. Airline operators are also being encouraged to adopt and expand this initiative. Currently, these two- to three-minute exercise routines are being conducted at six airports: Srinagar, Jodhpur, Dehradun, Udaipur, Gwalior, and Bhuntar.

Explaining the rationale behind the initiative, a senior CISF officer shared with The Indian Express, “We initiated voluntary stretching to enhance travellers’ waiting time at boarding gates. It is not only beneficial for passengers’ health but also helps prevent potential health issues caused by prolonged sitting or delays. Often, passengers avoid stretching in public for fear of looking odd, so we’ve made it an organized activity.”

Passengers’ reluctance to stretch in public is addressed by making these exercises a guided group activity. According to sources, the Airport Security Headquarters has proposed implementing these programs at more airports. The exercises aim to improve passengers’ overall well-being by preventing muscle stiffness, promoting better blood circulation, reducing the risk of Deep Vein Thrombosis (DVT), and relieving tension in key muscle groups, such as the calves, hamstrings, hips, shoulders, and neck.

To ensure proper guidance, CISF staff have been trained to lead six simple stretching exercises, including side stretches, horizontal and vertical stretches, and calf muscle stretches. These exercises are designed to be quick and accessible, allowing passengers to participate without much effort or preparation.

The initiative has already garnered positive feedback from passengers at participating airports. A CISF officer noted, “We have received an overwhelming response from passengers at airports where this routine has been introduced. During this foggy season, with frequent delays and extended sitting periods, these exercises are proving to be especially useful in improving blood circulation.”

Michael, a foreign traveler who participated in the exercise, expressed his enthusiasm in feedback provided to the CISF. He stated, “I’ve travelled to almost every country in the world and been to India over 20 times, but I’ve never seen anything like this before. Officials were leading stretching exercises with passengers at the airport. It’s a fantastic idea, and I hope it continues.”

Similarly, an Indian traveler at Gwalior airport shared in a feedback video, “I really appreciate this initiative. When you sit for long periods, it affects your body and blood circulation. These stretching exercises are crucial, and I hope they continue.”

The initiative is particularly significant during seasons when delays are frequent, such as winter, when fog often disrupts flight schedules. Extended sitting times can lead to reduced blood flow, causing discomfort and, in severe cases, health complications. The exercises not only improve circulation but also alleviate tension in key muscle areas, enhancing the overall passenger experience.

Medical experts have highlighted the importance of movement during long waiting or travel periods. Poor circulation during extended periods of immobility can increase the risk of conditions such as DVT, a potentially serious condition where blood clots form in the veins. Stretching exercises provide a simple and effective way to counter these risks, particularly for healthy passengers.

However, the CISF has emphasized that the exercises are voluntary and intended only for passengers without significant medical conditions. Those with specific health concerns are encouraged to consult their doctors before participating.

The success of this program could potentially inspire similar initiatives in other airports worldwide, marking a shift towards prioritizing passenger well-being in aviation. As Michael pointed out, this initiative is unparalleled in its scope and creativity, making Indian airports pioneers in addressing passenger health during travel.

By promoting physical activity in a structured and inclusive manner, the CISF has turned the often tedious wait at boarding gates into an opportunity for passengers to engage in healthful practices. With the positive feedback received so far, there is optimism that this program will expand to more airports across the country, further enhancing the travel experience for passengers.

This innovative approach underscores the importance of addressing health concerns associated with air travel, offering a simple yet effective solution that benefits passengers of all ages. The CISF’s initiative is a testament to the evolving focus on passenger-centric services in the aviation industry, setting a global precedent for healthier, more comfortable travel.

Filmmaker M. Night Shyamalan Faces Trial Over Alleged Copyright Infringement in ‘Servant’

Renowned filmmaker M. Night Shyamalan is embroiled in a legal battle over claims that his Apple TV+ series Servant borrows heavily from an independent film. Italian-born director Francesca Gregorini is suing Shyamalan and Apple for $81 million, alleging that the series appropriates significant elements from her 2013 movie, The Truth About Emanuel, according to Variety.

Gregorini’s attorney, Patrick Arenz, laid out the case in federal court in Riverside, California, presenting the jury with clips from both Servant and The Truth About Emanuel. During his opening statement, Arenz contended that both stories revolve around a delusional mother who treats a doll as if it were a real baby, with a nanny enabling the delusion.

“This is a simple case,” Arenz stated before the jury. “There would be no Servant without Emanuel.”

Shyamalan was present in court, seated behind his defense team, along with producer Taylor Latham and Apple TV+ programming head Matt Cherniss. Tony Basgallop, the British writer credited with creating Servant, joined the defense at their counsel table. Meanwhile, Gregorini sat with her legal team at the plaintiffs’ table.

The defense, led by attorney Brittany Amadi, refuted the allegations. Amadi argued that Basgallop had started developing Servant years before The Truth About Emanuel was released in 2013. She emphasized that neither Shyamalan nor anyone associated with the show had drawn inspiration from Gregorini’s film.

“Ms. Gregorini is seeking a windfall here,” Amadi told the court. “She’s seeking $81 million for work she didn’t do. The truth is the creators of Servant do not owe anything to Ms. Gregorini.”

The legal dispute dates back to January 2020, when Gregorini filed her lawsuit shortly after Servant premiered on Apple TV+. Initially, a federal judge dismissed the case a few months later. However, in 2022, the 9th Circuit Court of Appeals reversed the decision, stating that there was a legitimate question about whether the two works are “substantially similar.”

In November, Judge Sunshine Sykes rejected Apple’s motion for summary judgment, ruling that the case should proceed to a jury trial. Now, the fate of the lawsuit hinges on the jury’s determination of whether Servant indeed infringes on The Truth About Emanuel or if the similarities are purely coincidental.

US Officials Optimistic About Gaza Ceasefire Amid Disputes and Rising Death Toll

US officials expressed confidence that a Gaza ceasefire would proceed as planned on Sunday, despite claims from Israel that Hamas was reneging on its commitments. Hamas, however, reiterated its commitment to the agreement. BBC correspondent Rushdi Abualouf reported that Hamas appeared to be seeking a last-minute concession for the release of one or two symbolic prisoners from its ranks.

The Israeli cabinet’s planned vote on the ceasefire was postponed, while heavy airstrikes continued in Gaza. The region’s health ministry reported dozens of fatalities due to Israeli attacks ahead of the anticipated truce. At Gaza’s southern crossing, aid trucks queued as international assistance sought entry. BBC correspondent Fergal Keane accompanied an aid convoy traveling from Jordan.

The conflict was triggered by Hamas’ attack on southern Israel on October 7, 2023, which left around 1,200 Israelis dead and resulted in 251 individuals being taken hostage. In response, Israel launched a massive offensive on Gaza, which the Hamas-run health ministry claims has resulted in over 46,000 Palestinian deaths.

Disputes Over Ceasefire Agreement

Hamas denied Israel’s accusations of backtracking on the deal. Speaking to the BBC World Service’s Newshour, Bassem Naim, Hamas’ head of political and international relations, stated, “We are fully committed to the deal… This is the deal of May 2024 which we have accepted and agreed upon, and at that time it was rejected by Netanyahu and his government.” He accused Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu of trying to “sabotage the positive atmosphere” due to his political struggles.

Naim also emphasized Hamas’ readiness to hold elections in Gaza, stating, “We are part of the Palestinian people… We are ready to give the people the choice to choose their leadership.” However, he avoided directly confirming whether Hamas would respect election results that rejected their leadership.

Heckler Disrupts Blinken’s Speech

In the United States, Secretary of State Antony Blinken’s farewell press conference was interrupted by a heckler. The protester accused Blinken of complicity in Gaza’s humanitarian crisis, shouting, “How does it feel to have your legacy be genocide?” and claiming that “300 reporters in Gaza were on the receiving end of your bombs.”

The individual, who filmed himself while speaking, was escorted out by security. Responding to the incident, Blinken remarked, “I’ve got a few more things to say [then] I’m happy to take any questions about anything, as we’ve done these past four years.”

Debates Over Casualty Figures

According to Gaza’s Hamas-run health ministry, 46,788 people have died in the conflict since Israel’s military operations began in October 2023. The figures, however, do not differentiate between civilians and Hamas fighters. The Israel Defense Forces (IDF) claim to have killed 17,000 Hamas combatants as of September 2024, though the methodology behind this figure has not been disclosed.

Zaher al-Wahidi, head of the Gaza health ministry’s information unit, explained the process for recording deaths, stating that deaths are verified either through hospital declarations or an online portal where families can report losses. This system, however, excludes those without valid identification, potentially leading to underreporting. Al-Wahidi acknowledged, “Many of those killed in conflict zones could be buried under the rubble of destroyed buildings.”

Israel disputes the reliability of the health ministry’s statistics but has not provided evidence to counter the claims. A study in the British medical journal The Lancet suggested that the actual death toll could be significantly higher, estimating 64,260 fatalities by June 2024. This contrasts with the ministry’s reported figure of 37,877 deaths at that time.

Global Reactions to the Ceasefire

The ceasefire deal has drawn mixed reactions from international leaders:

  • Egyptian President Abdel Fattah Al-Sisi highlighted the extensive diplomatic efforts behind the agreement and stressed the importance of delivering urgent aid to Gaza until a sustainable peace is achieved.
  • Qatar’s Prime Minister Sheikh Mohammed Bin Abdulrahman Al Thani described the ceasefire negotiations as part of his country’s diplomatic duty, expressing hope that the deal would help end the ongoing violence and suffering in Gaza.
  • South Africa’s government called for a “just and lasting peace” that ensures the human rights of both Palestinians and Israelis are respected.
  • Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni’s office signaled Italy’s readiness to support Gaza’s stabilization and reconstruction efforts.

As international attention remains focused on the implementation of the ceasefire, aid organizations and diplomatic actors continue to emphasize the need for a resolution that addresses the root causes of the conflict.

Meta’s Shift Away from Fact-Checking Sparks Concerns Over Misinformation

“Everyone is entitled to his own opinion, but not his own facts,” wrote the late New York Senator Daniel Patrick Moynihan four decades ago. His words resonate today, albeit in a vastly different media landscape, as Meta recently announced its decision to end its fact-checking program on Facebook, Instagram, and Threads. This move has sparked debates about the consequences for the quest for truth in an era of rampant misinformation.

Meta founder Mark Zuckerberg’s announcement, viewed by many in news verification circles as a nod to president-elect Donald Trump, carries significant implications. Trump’s first presidency famously introduced the term “alternative facts,” and this latest development seems to align with the normalization of subjective truths. In place of the traditional fact-checking initiative, Meta plans to implement a “community notes” system. Inspired by X (formerly Twitter), this system relies on platform users to identify and correct misinformation, effectively crowdsourcing truth.

The shift marks a departure from Meta’s previous commitment to fact-based verification, raising concerns about its potential to amplify loud, persuasive voices rather than promote accuracy. This approach resembles what critics call “he said-she said” journalism, where falsehoods are left to be challenged by opponents rather than fact-checked by journalists.

For the fact-checking industry, the moment represents a significant turning point. The industry, already grappling with challenges, faces diminished influence, especially as Trump prepares to begin his second term as president.

Angie Drobnic Holan, director of the International Fact-Checking Network (IFCN), expressed her apprehension about Meta’s decision. “In the short term, this is bad news for people who want to go on social media to find trustworthy and accurate information,” she explained. Established in 2015 with around 50 members, the IFCN has since grown to 170 members worldwide. However, many of these organizations may now face budget cuts or even closure due to Meta’s policy change.

Holan emphasized the uncertainty surrounding the long-term impact of this shift. “In the long term, I think it’s very uncertain what this will all mean,” she noted, pointing to the potential ramifications for both the fact-checking community and the broader ecosystem of online information.

Meta’s decision has rekindled debates about the role of social media platforms in regulating content and ensuring accuracy. As the fact-checking industry navigates these challenges, questions linger about whether the public can rely on community-driven solutions to distinguish truth from falsehood.

Tamil Diaspora Day 2025: $8.4 Million Deals Signed Amid Global Celebrations

The annual World Tamil Diaspora Day 2025 concluded successfully at the Chennai Trade Centre on January 11 and 12, marking another milestone in uniting the global Tamil community. The event, centered around the theme “Tamil in Every Direction,” highlighted the Tamil diaspora’s profound influence on global society, culture, and economic development.

During the two-day gathering, 43 business deals worth $8.4 million (approximately Rs 70 crore) were finalized, showcasing the event’s role as a platform for economic collaboration and growth. Tamil Nadu Chief Minister MK Stalin, addressing the attendees on January 12, emphasized his government’s commitment to supporting the Tamil diaspora. He announced a significant financial grant of around $1.2 million (Rs 10 crores) dedicated to promoting Tamil language and arts education worldwide.

A Global Gathering

The event drew an impressive crowd of over 2,500 participants from more than 70 countries. It fostered networking opportunities and facilitated dialogue aimed at preserving Tamil culture while advancing the socio-economic aspirations of the global Tamil community.

Tamil Nadu Deputy Chief Minister Udhayanidhi Stalin inaugurated the event on January 11 in the presence of prominent ministers, Members of Parliament, Members of the Legislative Assembly, and other notable guests. In his speech, Udhayanidhi reflected on the historical migration of Tamil Nadu’s people, who ventured abroad for various reasons, including education, trade, and military service.

He applauded the Tamil community’s ability to integrate seamlessly into diverse societies, stating, “Tamils have proven their remarkable adaptability and resilience in becoming invaluable contributors to global progress.” He also underscored the Tamil Nadu government’s focus on fostering advancements in Science, Technology, Engineering, and Medicine (STEM), which have reinforced the Tamil identity while driving innovation worldwide.

Showcasing Tamil Excellence

The event featured more than 200 stalls displaying achievements in technology, agriculture, and culture, demonstrating the breadth of Tamil ingenuity and enterprise. Over two days, discussions unfolded across seven sessions, addressing crucial topics such as Tamil education, economic development, Fintech advancements, electric vehicle technology, and government welfare initiatives for Tamils.

Cultural performances celebrating Tamil music, dance, and theatre further enriched the event, reflecting the community’s artistic heritage. These performances added vibrancy to the proceedings, ensuring that the celebrations remained as much about cultural pride as economic progress.

On January 12, additional sessions continued the dialogue, with a particular emphasis on Tamil economic growth, education, and cultural preservation. A reverse buyer-seller meet, a highlight of the event, facilitated the signing of 43 Memorandums of Understanding (MoUs), amounting to over $8.4 million (Rs 70 crore).

Commitment to the Tamil Language

Chief Minister MK Stalin, in his address on the final day, reinforced the state’s dedication to supporting Tamils worldwide. “Our government will continue to ensure that the Tamil language and arts flourish across borders,” he said, announcing the $1.2 million (Rs 10 crore) grant aimed at nurturing Tamil language and cultural education.

The theme “Tamil in Every Direction” resonated throughout the event, showcasing the diaspora’s contributions across industries and nations. The sessions provided a platform for Tamil entrepreneurs, educators, and cultural ambassadors to share ideas, form collaborations, and explore avenues for mutual growth.

A Bright Future

World Tamil Diaspora Day 2025 demonstrated the Tamil community’s global influence and underscored the Tamil Nadu government’s ongoing efforts to preserve its cultural legacy while driving economic development. With its blend of business, culture, and education, the event left a lasting impact, reflecting the unity and strength of the Tamil diaspora.

As Tamil Nadu continues to invest in initiatives that promote the welfare and identity of its people, events like this reaffirm the global Tamil community’s pivotal role in shaping a shared and prosperous future.

Marriage: The Hard-Won Lessons About Love and Partnership

Marriage is often romanticized as a seamless union between two perfectly compatible individuals. However, anyone who has experienced it will affirm that marriage is far from effortless. Unfortunately, many only come to this realization after encountering significant challenges. Below, we explore two critical lessons that marriage teaches us—insights often gained through difficult experiences.

Lesson 1: Nobody Is Born a Good Partner

A common misconception is that some people are inherently skilled at relationships, as if being an ideal spouse is an innate gift. This notion is a harmful myth. In reality, no one enters marriage fully equipped with all the tools needed to sustain a lifelong partnership. Becoming a good partner requires learning, practice, and sometimes failure.

Marriage demands a combination of hard and soft skills, including communication, empathy, emotional intelligence, and decision-making. These skills, often referred to as “romantic competence,” are acquired over time. A 2017 study published in Personal Relationships highlights that these attributes are not inborn but cultivated through experience.

Take communication as an example. For many, expressing needs or resolving conflicts without becoming defensive is not instinctive. Effective communication involves time, patience, and conscious effort. Mistakes along the way are inevitable.

Marriage also forces individuals to confront personal blind spots—emotional triggers, fears, and ingrained habits. For instance, someone raised in a household where emotions were seldom expressed might struggle to open up to their partner. Similarly, an individual who avoids conflict at all costs might suppress their own needs, leading to deeper issues.

These tendencies do not vanish upon saying “I do.” Instead, they require intentional work to address and improve. As challenging as it may be, anyone can grow into the role of a competent partner with effort and willingness to learn. The key is approaching marriage with a mindset of continuous improvement. As one lesson emphasizes, “no matter how good things may seem, there will always be room for improvement.”

Lesson 2: What You Put In Is What You Get Out

Marriage is not a passive journey. It demands active engagement from both partners to thrive. Research from the Journal of Family Psychology underscores the idea that the quality of a relationship is directly tied to the effort invested. As the saying goes, “What you put in is what you get out.”

Effort in marriage takes many forms: being present, expressing gratitude, prioritizing quality time, and tackling challenges head-on. When both partners contribute equally and consistently, these actions become natural rather than burdensome. However, when effort is uneven or sporadic, resentment and discord can easily emerge.

One area where effort is particularly vital is intimacy. As life grows busier or more monotonous, couples may neglect physical and emotional closeness. Yet intimacy, like any aspect of marriage, requires consistent nurturing. Without attention, it can wither.

Similarly, conflict resolution demands effort. While avoiding tough conversations might feel easier in the moment, unresolved issues often resurface with greater intensity. Only couples who value their relationship enough to confront challenges head-on can overcome these hurdles. As the article states, “The amount of energy they pour into it determines what they get out of it.”

A fulfilling and joyful marriage does not happen by chance. It is the result of conscious effort, self-reflection, and perseverance. Couples must understand that maintaining a strong relationship involves continuous learning and dedication.

How These Lessons Intersect

The connection between these two lessons is evident. If no one is inherently a good partner, it follows that effort is crucial in becoming one. The work put into a marriage often directly correlates with personal growth as a spouse.

For example, learning effective communication is a process. It improves through practice, attentiveness, and adaptation. By investing effort in understanding their partner’s needs and perspective, individuals enhance their ability to resolve conflicts and strengthen the relationship. In this way, putting in effort not only benefits the marriage but also helps individuals evolve into better partners.

Conversely, neglecting to invest effort stunts both personal development and the growth of the relationship. Over time, a lack of effort leads to disconnection, making it increasingly challenging to address and repair issues.

Ultimately, these lessons emphasize a critical truth: successful marriages are not accidental. They are the product of hard work and dedication. As the article notes, “good marriages aren’t happy accidents. Rather, they’re fruits of hard labor.”

Why These Lessons Are Often Learned the Hard Way

Despite their importance, these lessons are frequently understood only after couples face difficulties in their marriages. This delay is partly due to societal romanticization of love and marriage. Stories from fairy tales, romantic comedies, and love songs perpetuate the idea that true love is effortless. Research published in 2014 in the Psychology of Women Quarterly reveals that such portrayals create unrealistic expectations, leaving couples ill-prepared for the reality of marriage.

Additionally, self-awareness—a crucial component of a healthy marriage—often develops over time. Many people enter marriage without fully understanding themselves or disclosing their vulnerabilities. Research from the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology suggests that individuals tend to emphasize their strengths and hide their weaknesses during the early stages of a relationship. It is only through conflict or dissatisfaction that they begin to recognize their own shortcomings and their impact on the marriage.

This process of self-discovery can be uncomfortable but is necessary for growth. For instance, couples may initially overlook the importance of effort because, during the honeymoon phase, maintaining the relationship feels effortless. However, as the novelty of new love fades and life’s challenges multiply, they come to realize the true cost of sustaining a healthy partnership.

Marriage, therefore, becomes one of life’s most profound teachers. Its lessons, though difficult, are invaluable. As the article concludes, “it’s only later—when the honeymoon phase fades, and when life’s many demands start to compound—that couples realize how much it costs to sustain healthy love.”

These insights remind us that marriage is a dynamic and evolving journey. The effort invested and the lessons learned along the way not only shape the relationship but also foster personal growth. While the road may be challenging, the rewards of a strong and enduring partnership are well worth the journey.

Eight Habits to Let Go of for a Happier Life After 60

There’s a significant distinction between merely growing older and truly thriving in your later years. The secret to the latter lies in our habits. While some habits hold us back, others can lift us toward fulfillment.

If you’re aiming to enhance your happiness in your 60s and beyond, it’s time to reconsider certain routines. Here are eight habits worth saying goodbye to, allowing you to embrace a more joyful and fulfilling life.

  1. Limiting Yourself Based on Age
  1.  Far too often, entering your 60s can trigger self-imposed restrictions rooted in age. Phrases like “I’m too old for this” or “I should’ve done that earlier” become common. Yet, who says age has to define what you can or cannot achieve?

“Believe me, you’re never too old to explore, learn, and grow,” says the author. Letting go of this mindset can unlock endless possibilities.

Take each day as an opportunity to pick up a new skill or hobby. By saying farewell to this mental barrier, you’re choosing to redefine what’s possible, regardless of the number attached to your age.

  1. Neglecting Your Physical Health
    At some point, many of us have sacrificed our health for other priorities—be it work, family, or daily chores. The consequences, however, become more apparent with age.

The author shares, “I used to tell myself I didn’t have time to exercise or cook healthy meals. But in my 60s, I realized how much neglecting my health was holding me back.”

Taking small, consistent steps, such as daily walks or incorporating more fruits and vegetables into meals, can yield profound changes. Improved physical health enhances energy, mood, and overall well-being.

Health truly is wealth, and maintaining it is vital for a happy life in your golden years.

  1. Resisting Change
    Resisting change often feels like paddling upstream against the current—it’s exhausting and counterproductive. Life, by its nature, is ever-changing. Embracing this reality rather than resisting it can open doors to growth and opportunity.

“Research shows our brains continue to evolve throughout life,” the author notes. By adapting to new circumstances, you position yourself to experience fresh and rewarding experiences.

Let go of the habit of resisting change and learn to flow with life’s natural rhythms.

  1. Holding Onto Grudges
    Harboring grudges can weigh you down like carrying a bag full of stones. While it’s natural to feel hurt, refusing to let go of anger or resentment only prolongs your suffering.

Forgiveness doesn’t mean forgetting or dismissing wrongdoings. Instead, it’s about releasing the emotional burden for your own peace of mind.

“It’s not always easy, but letting go of grudges provides relief and freedom like nothing else,” the author shares. Choose to forgive, not for others, but for yourself.

  1. Neglecting Your Passions
    Passions often take a backseat amid life’s demands, but they remain integral to your sense of purpose and joy. Whether it’s gardening, painting, hiking, or reading, these activities infuse life with meaning.

“Your passions are a part of who you are. Ignoring them leaves a void,” the author explains.

Rekindle your enthusiasm for the things you love. By prioritizing your passions, you’ll find renewed energy and happiness in your 60s and beyond.

  1. Trying to Please Everyone
    The habit of always saying “yes” can lead to emotional exhaustion. Attempting to please everyone often means neglecting your own needs.

“You can’t pour from an empty cup,” the author reminds us. This realization prompted them to start prioritizing their well-being, finding that it’s okay to set boundaries and say “no” when needed.

Let go of the urge to meet everyone else’s expectations. Focus on what truly matters to you, and don’t hesitate to put yourself first.

  1. Dwelling on the Past
    The past is a rich source of lessons, but dwelling on it can hinder your happiness. Reliving mistakes or missed opportunities prevents you from appreciating the present moment.

“It’s like driving while constantly looking in the rearview mirror—you’re bound to miss what’s ahead,” the author observes.

You cannot change the past, but you can learn from it and move forward with optimism. Let go of regrets and embrace the present as it unfolds.

  1. Forgetting to Practice Gratitude
    Gratitude is a transformative habit that shifts focus from what’s lacking to what’s already abundant in life. Simple joys—a sunny day, a good meal, or a conversation with a friend—are often overlooked but hold immense value.

“Gratitude doesn’t ignore challenges; it acknowledges the good that exists in every situation,” the author explains.

Cultivate a habit of gratitude by actively appreciating life’s blessings. This practice fosters positivity and enhances your overall happiness.

 

Letting go of these eight habits can pave the way for a richer and more fulfilling life in your 60s and beyond. Each change represents a step toward self-discovery, joy, and personal growth. After all, life’s most vibrant chapters often unfold when we allow ourselves to grow, learn, and embrace each moment.

Indian American Representation in Congress Hits Record High

Indian American representation in Congress has reached new heights, as lawmakers reflect on the growth of the community’s political presence. The 119th Congress saw the swearing-in of a record number of Indian American lawmakers, with Representative Suhas Subramanyam joining a growing cohort of trailblazing politicians.

Representative Ami Bera, the first Indian American elected to Congress, reflected on the strides made since he took office in 2013. “When I first took office in 2013, I was the only Indian American Member of Congress and the third ever in our nation’s history,” Bera remarked. “Since that day, I have been committed to ensuring we grow our representation in Congress. In the past decade, I am proud to be joined by incredible Indian American colleagues from around the country – Representatives Jayapal, Khanna, Krishnamoorthi, and Thanedar. With the swearing-in of the 119th Congress, our cohort has grown to a record six members with the election of Representative Subramanyam in Virginia. I look forward to welcoming even more Indian American Members of Congress in the future!”

Indian American lawmakers have long been part of the political fabric in the U.S., with their numbers steadily increasing over the years. Representative Pramila Jayapal, who emigrated from India as a teenager, shared her personal journey to Congress. “I first came to the United States from India when I was 16 years old, by myself and with nothing in my pockets. My parents sacrificed so much to send me here, where they believed I would have the best opportunities. Now, I’m proud to be one of the six Indian Americans serving in Congress and the only Indian American woman to ever be elected to the House of Representatives,” Jayapal said. “I’m thrilled that we are growing our ‘Samosa Caucus’ in this Congress with Representative Subramanyam and I look forward to continuing to work closely with these colleagues to deliver for our constituents and the country’s Indian American communities.”

Diversity and collaboration have been central to the success of the Indian American lawmakers’ coalition, with Representative Ro Khanna highlighting the role of the India Caucus in advancing U.S.-India relations. “As Co-Chair of the India Caucus, I’m proud to serve in this diverse Congress alongside a record number of Indian Americans and I’m excited to welcome Representative Suhas Subramanyam,” Khanna stated. “I look forward to working with my colleagues in the 119th Congress to strengthen America’s defense and strategic partnership with India.”

The term “Samosa Caucus” has become synonymous with Indian American lawmakers, coined by Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi to describe the growing group. Reflecting on its growth, Krishnamoorthi said, “Eight years ago I was proud to coin the phrase ‘Samosa Caucus’ for our diverse and dedicated group of Indian American lawmakers in Congress. Today, our historic Indian American representation continues to grow in Congress. I want to welcome Representative Subramanyam as the Samosa Caucus’s newest member, and look forward to working with him and my other Indian American colleagues to not only deliver for our constituents but pave the way for future generations of Indian Americans who wish to serve in Congress too.”

For Representative Shri Thanedar, an immigrant from India, his story is a testament to the American Dream. “When I first moved to this country from India, I arrived with just $20 in my pocket. Like so many immigrants before and after me, I came to America with a passion for hard work and a belief in our land of opportunity,” Thanedar recalled. “Today, I find myself in the United States Congress with a chance to promote the American Dream for people with stories like mine. Alongside our growing number of Indian-American lawmakers, I am excited about the prospect of supporting both the Indian-American community, my constituents in Michigan, and any other American who wants to chase their own American Dream.”

Representative Subramanyam’s election marked a historic moment for Virginia, as he became the first Indian American to represent the state in Congress. He expressed his gratitude for the opportunity, especially sharing the moment with his parents, who immigrated to the U.S. over 50 years ago. “This past Friday, my parents, who immigrated from India over 50 years ago, had the unique privilege of watching me be sworn in as the first Indian American to ever represent Virginia, and the entire East Coast, in Congress,” Subramanyam said. “My story is one that could only happen in a place like America. I am humbled to represent the Commonwealth alongside my fellow Indian American colleagues in Congress from across the country. And while I may be the first from Virginia, I am confident that I will not be the last.”

The significance of Indian American contributions to the fabric of American society extends beyond Congress, with notable figures excelling in various fields, from technology to medicine. Prominent Indian Americans lead some of the country’s most influential companies, such as Satya Nadella of Microsoft, Sundar Pichai of Google, Shantanu Narayen of Adobe, Arvind Krishna of IBM, and Raj Subramaniam of FedEx. These figures represent the growing influence of the Indian American community, reflecting the success of generations of immigrants who have made their mark in different industries.

The first Indian American to serve in Congress was Dalip Singh Saund, who represented California in the U.S. House of Representatives from 1957 to 1963. For many years, Saund was the sole Indian American presence in federal government, with Piyush “Bobby” Jindal being the only other member of Indian descent in the years between Saund’s tenure and the election of Representative Ami Bera in 2012.

The election of Kamala Harris to the U.S. Senate in 2016 was another milestone in Indian American political history. Harris, the first Indian American woman to serve in the Senate, made further history in 2020 when she became the first woman and first person of color elected Vice President of the United States. In 2024, she made history again by becoming the first woman of color to be nominated for president by a major party.

Vice President Harris’ groundbreaking political career has had a profound impact on Indian Americans across the nation. Her achievements have inspired many to follow in her footsteps, running for office at every level of government. The surge in Indian American political representation in recent years is indicative of a broader trend in which Indian Americans are increasingly recognized as essential voices in shaping U.S. policy and decision-making.

With the growing momentum, the next decade promises even more Indian Americans in political leadership roles. Lawmakers like Representative Bera are confident that this trend will continue, strengthening the Indian American community’s presence in shaping the country’s future. As Bera stated, “I look forward to welcoming even more Indian American Members of Congress in the future!”

Indian Americans have long been part of the American political landscape, and as the numbers continue to grow, their contributions to public service will undoubtedly continue to inspire future generations.

Jack Smith Defends Rule of Law Amid Controversy Over Trump Investigation

Special counsel Jack Smith, in a highly anticipated report released on Tuesday, defended his team’s work investigating former President Donald Trump’s efforts to overturn the 2020 election results. Smith emphasized that his decision to bring criminal charges against Trump was firmly rooted in the belief that the evidence would have led to a conviction, had Trump not been re-elected in 2024.

“Our team stood up for the rule of law,” Smith wrote, adding that Trump’s actions were marked by “deceit — knowingly false claims of election fraud — used as a weapon to undermine a fundamental democratic process.”

The report, published just days before Trump’s return to the White House on January 20, casts a harsh light on the Republican leader’s failed attempts to cling to power after losing to Joe Biden in 2020. It serves as the Justice Department’s final account of events that threatened the bedrock principle of a peaceful transfer of power, complementing previously released indictments and investigations.

Trump responded with a defiant post on Truth Social, declaring his innocence and dismissing Smith as “a lamebrain prosecutor who failed to get his case tried before the election.” He concluded with, “THE VOTERS HAVE SPOKEN!!!”

Legal and Procedural Challenges

In August 2023, Trump was indicted on charges related to efforts to overturn the election. However, the case was delayed by appeals and ultimately stymied by a conservative-majority Supreme Court ruling that former presidents enjoy broad immunity from criminal prosecution for official acts.

According to Smith’s report, the Supreme Court decision introduced unresolved legal questions that would have required further litigation. While Smith sought to press forward, longstanding Justice Department policies prohibit the indictment or prosecution of a sitting president.

“The Department’s position that the Constitution bars prosecuting a president is absolute and unaffected by the seriousness of the charges or the strength of the evidence,” the report stated. “Had it not been for Mr. Trump’s re-election, we believed the evidence was sufficient to secure a conviction at trial.”

Faced with these constraints, Smith’s team dismissed the indictment in November 2023.

Trump’s Attempts to Subvert the Election

The report provides an exhaustive account of Trump’s efforts to overturn the election, describing them as an “unprecedented criminal campaign to retain power.” These included pressuring the Justice Department to pursue baseless fraud claims, orchestrating a scheme involving fake electors in battleground states, and inciting an angry mob to storm the U.S. Capitol on January 6, 2021.

One particularly contentious moment occurred when Trump clashed with then-Vice President Mike Pence. On the morning of January 6, Trump urged Pence to refuse to certify the electoral vote count. When Pence resisted, Trump reportedly expressed anger and instructed staff to include language targeting Pence in his speech at the Ellipse.

The report also sheds light on Trump’s attempts to intimidate state and federal officials, judges, and election workers through social media.

“Mr. Trump’s conduct during the investigation and his use of platforms like Twitter to attack those who opposed his false claims of election fraud were part of a broader strategy of intimidation,” Smith wrote.

Defense Against Criticism

In the report, Smith strongly refuted accusations by Trump and his allies that the investigation was politically motivated or carried out in collaboration with the Biden administration.

“The suggestion that our inquiry was influenced by political bias is laughable,” Smith stated, adding, “While we could not bring the case to trial, our commitment to the rule of law and justice remains critical.”

Smith also detailed the obstacles his team faced, including Trump’s frequent invocation of executive privilege to block witness testimony and his use of social media to target prosecutors, witnesses, and courts.

Weighing Charges

The special counsel’s report offers insights into the decisions behind the charges brought against Trump. Smith’s team opted not to charge Trump with incitement due to concerns about free speech and declined to pursue insurrection charges, citing legal uncertainty about trying a sitting president for an offense with no historical precedent.

Additionally, the report confirmed that a separate volume detailing Trump’s handling of classified documents at Mar-a-Lago remains sealed.

Closing Reflections

In a letter to Attorney General Merrick Garland included with the report, Smith emphasized the broader significance of the investigation.

“Even though we were unable to prosecute the case, the example set by our team — fighting for justice despite personal costs — is what matters most,” Smith wrote.

He concluded with a call to vigilance, urging future administrations to safeguard democratic processes against efforts to subvert them.

USCIS Updates Requirements for Filing Form I-140 with FLAG System Certifications

The U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has issued a Federal Register notice (FRN) detailing updated procedures for submitting Form I-140, the Immigrant Petition for Alien Workers. These updates pertain specifically to cases accompanied by a permanent labor certification, applications for Schedule A designation, or requests for a national interest waiver (NIW).

On June 1, 2023, the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) launched the Foreign Labor Application Gateway (FLAG), a new system designed to handle permanent labor certifications. Alongside this, the Application for Permanent Employment Certification (Form ETA-9089) was revised to align with the FLAG system. The updated form now gathers more comprehensive details about the job opportunity, including specific worksite locations, telecommuting arrangements, and the foreign worker’s qualifications. Employers who utilize the FLAG system and receive labor certification approvals are issued a two-page electronic Final Determination from the DOL.

The updated instructions for Form ETA-9089 specify that only a signed Final Determination must accompany Form I-140 as proof of an approved permanent labor certification. This adjustment is due to a data-sharing agreement between the DOL and USCIS, which allows most of the relevant labor certification information to be transmitted directly to USCIS.

In the FRN, USCIS clarifies that employers using the FLAG system must include a printed version of the electronic Final Determination with their Form I-140 submissions. This printed version will be considered an original, approved labor certification by USCIS. The Final Determination must be completed and electronically signed by the DOL and additionally signed by the foreign worker, the employer, and, if applicable, the employer’s attorney or representative.

The FRN also provides specific guidance for certain categories of petitions:

  1. Schedule A Occupations: These petitions must include a completed, uncertified Form ETA-9089 (with all relevant appendices), a signed Final Determination, and a valid prevailing wage determination tracking number in Section E, Item 1 of Form ETA-9089.
  2. National Interest Waiver Requests: These petitions must include a copy of Form ETA-9089, Appendix A, and the signed Final Determination.

USCIS has been adjudicating Form I-140 petitions involving permanent labor certifications, Schedule A applications, and NIW requests in line with the revised Form ETA-9089 and its appendices since June 1, 2023. Therefore, the FRN does not introduce operational or procedural changes but instead aims to inform the public about the documentary requirements associated with the FLAG system.

These updates are intended to ensure transparency and consistency in the submission and adjudication process for Form I-140 petitions.

Christianity’s Decline in America: Analyzing Pew’s Projections for 2070

In 1741, Jonathan Edwards, a young preacher, described the spiritual condition of American Christians as precarious, likening them to individuals standing “on slippery, declining ground, on the edge of a pit.” He observed that believers prioritized wealth, violated the Sabbath, questioned predestination, and believed good deeds alone could secure salvation. His vivid sermon, “Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God,” vividly portrayed sinners dangling over hellfire like spiders over a flame. This terrifying imagery ignited the Great Awakening, a revival that reshaped Christian faith throughout the 18th century.

Were Edwards alive today, he might view the latest Pew Research Center analysis of U.S. religious trends as a continuation of the decline he once decried. The report matter-of-factly states that American Christians “keep leaving religion” and warns that if current trends persist, “Christians could make up less than half of the U.S. population within a few decades.”

The report, “Modeling the Future of Religion in America,” released in September 2022 as part of the Pew-Templeton Global Religious Futures Project, paints a stark picture. In the early 1990s, nine out of 10 American adults identified as Christian. Over the last three decades, however, “large numbers of Americans have left Christianity to join the growing ranks of U.S. adults who describe their religious identity as atheist, agnostic, or nothing in particular.”

For years, polls have chronicled America’s declining religiosity. Pew’s forward-looking analysis has heightened awareness of this shift. Christianity Today noted the significance of these findings, commenting, “If you’re trying to predict the future religious landscape in America, according to Pew, the question is not whether Christianity will decline—it’s how fast and how far.”

To explore potential futures, Pew researchers developed eight scenarios modeling how religion in the U.S. might evolve. These projections are not predictions but hypothetical outcomes based on varying assumptions about religious affiliation and switching. In every scenario, Christianity’s share of the U.S. population declines. Depending on whether religious switching continues, accelerates, or ceases entirely, Christians could comprise anywhere from 54% to 35% of Americans by 2070.

Unlike previous global projections, which covered regions like Eastern Europe and sub-Saharan Africa, this analysis focuses exclusively on the U.S. Alan Cooperman, Pew’s director of religion research, highlighted the unprecedented depth of this study: “What we’ve done this time is draw on the enormous amount of fine-grained data we have on the dynamics of religious change in the U.S.”

A key factor in these projections is the rate at which U.S. parents pass their religion to their children by age 13 and the rates of religious switching—particularly during ages 15 to 29, when disaffiliation commonly occurs. Pew’s research team modeled various scenarios to see what would happen if switching rates remained constant, accelerated, or hit certain limits.

One scenario envisions a world where no Americans switched religious identities after 2020. In this case, Christians would still form a slim majority (54%) of the U.S. population in 2070. More realistic scenarios, however, show sharper declines:

  1. Status Quo: If switching rates remain constant—31% of young adult Christians disaffiliate while 21% of “nones” convert to Christianity—Christians would make up 46% of Americans in 2070.
  2. Moderate Acceleration: If more Christians disaffiliate before age 30 and fewer “nones” convert—but switching is capped so that no more than 50% of Christians leave—Christians would constitute 39% of the population in 2070.
  3. Unlimited Switching: If switching rates continue rising without limits, Christians could shrink to 35% of Americans by 2070.

Researchers also explored four additional scenarios that modified factors like intergenerational religious transmission, fertility rates, immigration, and switching after age 30. These “experiments” provided insights but had minimal impact on the overarching pattern of Christianity’s decline.

David Voas, a demographer and sociologist at University College London, praised the report for its rigor. “The first thing you note is the thoroughness of the analysis,” he remarked. “They’ve used the most complete scenario-building you can imagine, trying out all the main variations we find remotely plausible about these things, from differential fertility to religious switching to migration.” Voas found the results compelling, noting they captured the most likely trajectories for America’s religious future.

Conrad Hackett, Pew’s associate director of research and senior demographer, acknowledged that previous projections underestimated the growth of the religiously unaffiliated, or “nones.” The earlier projections, included in the 2015 global report “The Future of World Religions: Population Growth Projections, 2010-2050,” could not deeply analyze individual countries like the U.S. Hackett explained, “It’s not feasible to do eight scenarios for every country when you’re studying nearly two hundred countries. But for the U.S., we had the data, and we knew it would be interesting.”

As expected, the 2022 analysis yielded significantly different projections. The 2015 report predicted that two-thirds of Americans would remain Christian in 2050. By contrast, the latest study suggests that under the most likely scenario, only 47% of Americans will identify as Christian by midcentury, dropping further to 39% by 2070.

Nearly three centuries after Edwards’ fiery sermon, these findings might leave him disheartened. Yet, Pew researchers caution against assuming inevitability in these trends. Social upheavals, such as armed conflicts, social movements, rising authoritarianism, natural disasters, or economic crises, could alter the trajectory of religious affiliation in unexpected ways.

While no new Great Awakening seems imminent, the authors leave open the possibility of unforeseen shifts. “New patterns of religious change could emerge at any time,” they write, acknowledging the unpredictable nature of societal transformations.

Ultimately, the report underscores the fluidity of American religious identity, shaped by individual choices, cultural dynamics, and broader historical forces. Whether the decline of Christianity accelerates or stabilizes, its trajectory will continue to reflect the complex interplay of faith, identity, and social change.

Garcetti Highlights US-India Ties and Cricket’s Olympic Dream in Farewell Address

US Ambassador to India Eric Garcetti, in an emotional farewell address at the United States-India Educational Foundation (USIEF) in New Delhi on January 13, highlighted cricket’s growing significance in the United States and reflected on his contributions to the US-India relationship. Addressing diplomats, scholars, and guests at Fulbright House, he underscored how sports diplomacy, particularly cricket, has strengthened bilateral ties.

“Years from now, when nobody remembers anything else that I did as ambassador, Indians will remember that I helped put cricket into the Olympics for LA in 2028,” Garcetti remarked. His term as ambassador concludes this month, but he expressed pride in his efforts to integrate cricket into American sports culture. The ambassador noted the United States’ role in hosting the T20 World Cup and celebrated the Los Angeles Knight Riders’ championship victory, a team owned by Bollywood star Shah Rukh Khan.

Garcetti reflected on the framework that guided his diplomatic mission, emphasizing the “four Ps” that form the cornerstone of US-India relations: preserving peace, pursuing joint prosperity, protecting the planet, and promoting people-to-people connections. “Standing here today is somewhat bittersweet,” he shared, reflecting on his tenure. “In the blink of an eye, this humbling opportunity to serve my beloved United States of America as ambassador to this exceptional country is finally nearing its end.”

Having first visited New Delhi at the age of 14, Garcetti shared how deeply his time as ambassador has moved him. He recounted the joy of meeting people from all across India who shared stories of their transformative experiences in the United States. “One of the best parts of traveling across India was meeting people in every single state who told me about the time they had been in Colorado or California, or the town they went to in Iowa or Maryland, where they met someone who they still counted as a friend, and how that trip changed their lives,” he said.

A key focus of his address was the importance of expanding people-to-people ties. Garcetti emphasized immigration’s vital role in strengthening bilateral relations and highlighted milestones achieved during his tenure. “I’m proud that since becoming ambassador, India has become the number one source of higher education students in the United States. Now, 23 percent of all foreign students studying at American universities are proudly Indian students, enriching our universities and bringing some of the brightest minds into our classrooms,” he said.

Garcetti also reflected on memorable moments from his extensive travels in India. “From meeting with health activists in the jungle villages of Nagaland, laughing with my daughter with first-in-their-family female students at a school on the edge of the desert in Rajasthan, sipping chai with brave soldiers at 17,000 feet in the cold winter of Ladakh, or bathing in the warm waters of Kanyakumari, our time together has touched my heart more deeply than I could have imagined,” he said.

Cultural preservation emerged as another significant theme in Garcetti’s address. He commended the US-India Cultural Property Agreement, a landmark initiative aimed at preventing the illegal trade of cultural artifacts and streamlining the return of looted antiquities. “Since 2016, the United States has returned 578 priceless cultural artifacts to India, with more than half returned during Prime Minister Modi’s official state visit just last year,” he noted.

Highlighting the robust cultural exchanges between the two nations, Garcetti celebrated collaborations in film, art, and sports. “We’re filling theaters in America with Indian movies, and India remains one of the most faithful overseas audiences for Hollywood blockbusters,” he said, emphasizing the shared cultural appreciation that has strengthened ties.

Addressing practical challenges, the ambassador acknowledged the pressing issue of visa processing, a critical aspect of people-to-people connections. “Since becoming ambassador, we’ve increased our visas by more than 60 percent and eliminated wait times for all visa types except for first-time visitor visas, where the wait time is down 75 percent from our peak. Still much further to go, but a great accomplishment,” he stated.

Garcetti concluded his address by calling for further efforts to deepen the US-India relationship. “Because through education and through culture, through sports and through travel, we connect not just two countries, but two people together, two loving people whose hearts have never been more aligned,” he said, leaving the audience with a poignant reminder of the shared values that unite the two nations.

As Garcetti’s tenure comes to an end, his contributions, from championing cricket’s inclusion in the Olympics to fostering educational and cultural exchanges, underscore the growing significance of the US-India partnership in a rapidly changing global landscape.

India Hosts Inaugural Kho Kho World Cup Amid Hopes for Olympic Recognition

Indian Olympic Association (IOA) president PT Usha has expressed her enthusiasm for the inaugural Kho Kho World Cup, emphasizing the importance of promoting this indigenous sport as India aims to host the 2036 Olympics. The tournament, a milestone for the sport, began with a grand opening ceremony in New Delhi on Monday, January 13, 2025, and will continue until January 19.

The opening day witnessed India’s men’s team securing a significant victory against Nepal. In women’s action, England and Australia are set to face off on Tuesday, further broadening the sport’s international appeal.

Sharing her thoughts on the occasion, Usha reflected on her own experiences with the sport, stating, “I am so happy. This is so nicely organized. I played Kho Kho and enjoyed it. When you will start playing it, you would not worry about anything, will go all out and later get pain everywhere. Every part of body is at work. It is in the National Games as well. It should be in the Olympics soon.” She highlighted the physical intensity and appeal of the game, advocating for its inclusion in prestigious global sporting events such as the Olympics, Commonwealth Games, and Asian Games.

Usha also reiterated the seriousness of India’s aspirations to host the Olympics in 2036, describing it as a vision championed by Prime Minister Narendra Modi. “We always want our homegrown sports to be a part of big events like Commonwealth Games, Asian Games, Olympics etc. Kho Kho has to be promoted. There is still a long way to go (on India’s bid to host the 2036 Olympics). This is Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s vision and we are really serious about it,” she said, linking the promotion of indigenous sports to India’s broader sporting ambitions.

The event garnered further support from World Wrestling Entertainment (WWE) Hall of Famer and former World Heavyweight Champion Dalip Singh, famously known as “The Great Khali.” Singh attended the opening ceremony and match, voicing his happiness at the enthusiastic response from fans.

“It feels good. This is our sport which was slowly getting extinct. But I saw immense craze and excitement among people. It was really great. It is nice that Kho Kho has been given such a big platform. This will help misguided youth stay away from all the vices, get jobs and play,” Singh remarked, expressing hope for the sport’s revival and its potential societal benefits.

He further noted, “It will raise the popularity of the sport. Like cricket is watched worldwide, the same will be the case with Kho Kho in coming years.” Singh’s comments underlined the importance of events like the World Cup in providing a global stage for indigenous sports, fostering pride, and generating opportunities for youth.

India’s men’s team delivered an impressive start to their campaign, edging out Nepal with a hard-fought 42-37 victory at the Indira Gandhi Indoor Stadium. Under the leadership of captain and team Wazir Pratik Waikar, India showcased an all-around performance that electrified the opening day and established them as strong contenders for the championship title. Their coordinated efforts set a solid foundation for the rest of the tournament, exemplifying the skill and dedication the sport demands.

The Kho Kho World Cup 2025 marks a significant step in the sport’s journey towards greater international recognition. As fans cheered from the stands, the event served as a reminder of the rich heritage of this fast-paced game and its potential to captivate audiences worldwide. With efforts underway to raise the profile of Kho Kho, there is optimism that it will soon join the ranks of globally celebrated sports.

Community Honors Manmohan Singh’s Legacy at Memorial in New Jersey

A heartfelt tribute to India’s former Prime Minister, the late Manmohan Singh, took place at a special prayer meeting on Saturday, January 11, 2025, at the Royal Albert’s Palace in New Jersey. The event, organized by the New Jersey Chapter of the Indian Overseas Congress (IOC) and the Indo-American Cultural Society USA, Inc., brought together over 500 attendees, including community leaders, local and federal officials, and prominent IOC members, to commemorate the life and contributions of a leader often hailed as the architect of modern India’s economy.

The gathering featured distinguished IOC leaders from the United States and India. Among those present were IOC National Vice President John Joseph, Karnataka President Rajiv Gowda, Punjab President Gurmeet Singh Gill, Telangana President Rajeshwar Reddy, and Andhra Pradesh President Sriniwasarao Bhimineni. Additional greetings were extended by IOC Joint Secretary Arjumand Juveria, General Secretary Harbachan Singh, and Pomposh Sheikh, who shared personal recollections of Singh. IOC National President Mohinder Singh Gilzian and NJ Chapter Vice Presidents Anil Patel, Mahesh Patel, and Manmit Singh Vasdev were also in attendance.

The event commenced with a poignant video message from Sam Pitroda, President of IOC Global and USA. Pitroda paid tribute to Singh’s transformative impact on India’s economy and governance. Video clips featuring interviews with Singh conducted by renowned Indian journalists, including Punya Prasun Vajpai, Ashok Vankhede, and Abhisar Sharma, highlighted the former Prime Minister’s visionary leadership.

Speakers reflected on Singh’s enduring legacy, emphasizing his pivotal role in reshaping India through groundbreaking economic reforms. Pradeep Peter Kothari, President of the Indo-American Cultural Society USA, and Pardip Samala, IOC Working President, spoke of Singh’s leadership and his impact on the nation. North Brunswick Council Member Rajesh Mehta and Woodbridge Township Council Member Viru Patel, along with former New Jersey Governor Jim McGreevey, NJ Senator Owen Henry, and community leader Upendra Chirukula, shared their perspectives on Singh’s achievements.

Jim McGreevey, a former New Jersey Governor, described Singh as a “Gentle Giant.” He highlighted how former U.S. President Barack Obama, in his memoir A Promised Land, praised Singh as “wise, thoughtful, and scrupulously honest.” McGreevey remarked, “Singh understood the critical importance of economic reforms and drafted what economists consider one of the most radical budgets in India’s history in 1991.” He credited Singh with initiating India’s economic transformation, enabling it to emerge as a global economic power.

Woodbridge Township Council Member Viru Patel applauded Singh’s role in fostering cooperation among nations of the global south, including Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Korea. Patel stated, “Through South-South cooperation, Singh laid the groundwork for a dynamic and vigorous global economy.”

Community leader Upendra Chirukula emphasized Singh’s visionary approach, citing his efforts to dismantle the License Raj, combat corruption, and revive India’s economy. “He made life significantly better for the people of India. Singh’s legacy should be celebrated, not mourned,” Chirukula affirmed.

Kothari commended Singh for his tenure as an economist, Reserve Bank of India chairman, Finance Minister, and Prime Minister. He stated, “This prayer meeting is a sincere effort to honor Singh’s decade of service to the world.” Rajesh Mehta echoed this sentiment, describing Singh as “one of India’s finest Prime Ministers.”

NJ Senator Owen Henry expressed deep admiration for Singh, noting, “I will pray to him every day for strength and courage to make tough decisions as he did for India.” Drawing a parallel with former U.S. President Jimmy Carter, Henry remarked, “Singh and Carter are shining examples of how we can make the world a better place.”

The event concluded with a moving rendition of India’s national anthem, followed by prayers and bhajans. A vote of thanks was delivered by Kothari and Mukesh Kashiwala, who expressed gratitude to the organizing committee members of the IOC and the Indo-American Cultural Society USA for their efforts in creating a fitting tribute.

Manmohan Singh’s legacy as a statesman, economist, and leader continues to inspire millions. This memorial served as a testament to his profound impact on India and the world, celebrating a life dedicated to the service of humanity.

Microsoft Unveils New AI App Stack, Led by Indian-Origin Leader Jay Parikh

On the morning of January 13, 2025, Microsoft Chairman and CEO Satya Nadella announced a groundbreaking development to employees: the launch of a new AI app stack aimed at driving “the next innings” in the AI platform. This major initiative will be spearheaded by Jay Parikh, an Indian-origin technology leader whom Nadella brought on board in 2024.

“As we begin the new year, it’s clear that we’re entering the next innings of this AI platform shift. 2025 will be about model-forward applications that reshape all application categories,” Nadella wrote in his communication to employees. According to him, this strategic shift has been in the making for over two years, signaling Microsoft’s dedication to staying ahead in AI innovation.

Nadella elaborated on the company’s vision to build what he described as “agentic applications.” These applications will be equipped with memory, entitlements, and action space, enabling them to leverage powerful model capabilities. “We will adapt these capabilities for enhanced performance and safety across roles, business processes, and industry domains,” he explained.

The initiative will bring together several critical units within the company, including the Dev Div, AI Platform, and select teams from the Office of the CTO, such as AI Supercomputer, AI Agentic Runtimes, and Engineering Thrive. Their combined mission is to develop a comprehensive Copilot and AI stack for both Microsoft’s first-party products and third-party customers. This robust stack will enable the creation and deployment of advanced AI apps and agents.

Nadella also emphasized the importance of GitHub Copilot, stating, “This group will also build out GitHub Copilot, thus having a tight feedback loop between the leading AI-first product and the AI platform to motivate the stack and its roadmap.”

At the forefront of this ambitious undertaking is Jay Parikh, who will serve as the Executive Vice President (EVP) of CoreAI – Platform and Tools. Parikh, a former executive at Meta, will lead a team that includes Eric Boyd, Jason Taylor, Julia Liuson, and Tim Bozarth, along with their respective teams. Nadella described Parikh’s role as pivotal in optimizing Microsoft’s tech stack for both performance and efficiency.

Parikh’s responsibilities extend beyond AI platform development. He and his team will also drive advancements in developer productivity and Engineering Thrive across Microsoft. Nadella highlighted the importance of this initiative, noting, “Our success in this next phase will be determined by having the best AI platform, tools, and infrastructure. We have a lot of work to do and a tremendous opportunity ahead, and together, I’m looking forward to building what comes next.”

Jay Parikh’s appointment to lead this transformative effort reflects Nadella’s confidence in his capabilities. In a blog post dated October 31, 2024, when Parikh was hired, Nadella praised his new recruit, saying he had long admired Parikh’s achievements as a technology leader.

Parikh boasts an impressive resume. He previously served as the global head of engineering at Facebook, now Meta, and was most recently the CEO of Lacework, a cloud security company. Nadella highlighted Parikh’s unique blend of experience in building and scaling technical teams that cater to both commercial customers and consumers.

“His deep connections across the start-up and VC ecosystems, coupled with his leadership roles at Akamai and Ning, will bring valuable perspective to Microsoft,” Nadella wrote in the earlier blog post.

As Microsoft embarks on this new chapter in AI innovation, the company’s leadership is focused on leveraging its existing strengths while adapting to emerging opportunities. The collaboration between teams and leaders under Parikh’s guidance underscores Microsoft’s commitment to building a robust AI platform for the future.

Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak to Make History at Presidential Inaugural Parade

On January 20, the Presidential Inaugural Parade following the swearing-in of President Donald J. Trump and Vice President J.D. Vance is set to showcase a grand celebration of America’s cultural diversity and unity. Among the highlights of this event is the participation of Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak, a Dallas-based Indian-American drum ensemble, marking a historic first as the inaugural Texas-based Indian diaspora group to join the esteemed procession.

Renowned for their captivating fusion of traditional Indian rhythms with contemporary global percussion, the group will bring a distinctive cultural element to the 60th U.S. Presidential Inauguration. With prior performances at major events such as the Howdy Modi rally, NBA and NHL halftime shows, and the ICC T20 World Cup opening ceremony, their inclusion highlights the growing recognition of Indian-Americans in national events.

“This is a proud moment for our community,” stated a spokesperson for Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak. “It’s an honor to showcase the vibrancy of Indian culture on such a monumental stage.”

The parade will feature nearly 7,500 participants from 23 states, encompassing a variety of groups such as veterans, first responders, school and university bands, equestrian teams, and cultural ensembles. Co-chairs of the inaugural committee, Steve Witkoff and Kelly Loeffler, underscored the importance of this tradition in fostering national unity. “We are overwhelmed by the response from across the country,” they said in a statement. “This parade will celebrate America’s diversity and mark the beginning of a new Golden Era.”

Indian-Americans, a steadily growing demographic in the U.S., are gaining increasing prominence in cultural and national platforms. Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak’s participation represents a significant step in illustrating the contributions of the Indian-American community to the broader cultural and political narrative of the United States. Their dynamic performance is expected to be a memorable highlight of the parade, exemplifying the harmony between traditional and contemporary identities.

Other participants in the parade include groups like the Butler County First Responders from Pennsylvania, marching in tribute to a fallen colleague, and the Benedictine Schools of Richmond, making their debut appearance. Additional notable participants include the NYPD Emerald Society Pipes & Drums, the Ross Volunteer Company from Texas A&M University, and the Diamond D Cowgirls from Georgia, contributing to the parade’s rich tapestry of participants.

Musical performances will also enliven the event, with stars like Carrie Underwood performing “America the Beautiful” and the Village People delivering their iconic hit “Y.M.C.A.” These acts are expected to add a celebratory tone to the inaugural festivities.

Inaugural parades have long been a significant tradition in American history, dating back to the time of President George Washington, though formalized parades began with President James Madison in 1809. This year’s event holds added importance, aiming to bridge divides and celebrate the nation’s resilience and unity.

Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak’s inclusion has sparked a wave of pride among Indian-Americans across the country. Their performance along Pennsylvania Avenue is anticipated to infuse the parade with energy while serving as a vivid representation of the multiculturalism that defines the United States today.

For the Indian-American community, the significance of this moment extends beyond the parade’s festivities. It stands as a testament to their expanding role in shaping the evolving American narrative, blending heritage with modern-day contributions to the nation.

Resolution Introduced to Declare January as Tamil Language and Heritage Month

Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi, a Democrat representing Illinois, introduced a bipartisan resolution on January 14 to designate January as Tamil Language and Heritage Month. The initiative received widespread support from lawmakers across party lines, including Representatives Nicole Malliotakis (R-NY), Shri Thanedar (D-MI), Ro Khanna (D-CA), Suhas Subramanyam (D-VA), Pramila Jayapal (D-WA), Ami Bera (D-CA), Ilhan Omar (D-MN), Yvette Clarke (D-NY), Sara Jacobs (D-CA), Deborah Ross (D-NC), Danny Davis (D-IL), Dina Titus (D-NV), Don Davis (D-NC), and Summer Lee (D-PA).

In a statement, Rep. Krishnamoorthi emphasized the significance of the Tamil language, which is spoken by more than 80 million people globally, including 360,000 individuals in the United States. He highlighted that Tamil is one of the oldest languages in the world and plays an integral role in preserving cultural heritage.

The resolution aligns with Pongal, a prominent Tamil festival celebrated in mid-January. Pongal symbolizes gratitude, prosperity, and unity as families, friends, and communities come together to honor their traditions.

“As a Tamil American, I am proud to introduce this bipartisan resolution honoring the Tamil language, heritage, and culture here at home in the United States and around the world,” said Congressman Krishnamoorthi. He described the United States as “a mosaic of different languages, cultures, ideas, and traditions,” expressing hope that the resolution would illuminate the rich history and achievements of Tamil Americans. “I encourage my colleagues in Congress to swiftly take up this resolution to recognize the impact Tamil Americans have in our communities,” he added.

Organizations supporting the resolution lauded its introduction, underscoring the importance of recognizing Tamil heritage and contributions to society. Tamil Americans United PAC expressed gratitude to Congressman Krishnamoorthi and other members of Congress for their efforts. “This significant legislation highlights the rich history of the ancient Tamil people and their invaluable contributions to the modern world,” the organization stated. They encouraged Tamil Americans to actively support the resolution’s passage through Congress.

The Federation of Tamil Sangams of North America (FeTNA) echoed these sentiments, declaring strong support for the resolution. “As proud Tamil Americans, we strongly support Rep. Krishnamoorthi’s resolution to create a Tamil Language and Heritage Month,” the organization said. They added that sharing Tamil history, language, and culture with fellow citizens would allow Tamil Americans to make meaningful contributions to their adopted homeland.

The U.S. Tamil Action Group (USTAG) also applauded the initiative. “We thank Rep. Krishnamoorthi for spearheading the effort to designate January as Tamil Language and Heritage Month and urge the U.S. Congress to pass this resolution with all due speed,” the group stated. They highlighted the pride Tamil Americans take in their ancient language, traditions, and culture, noting how these enrich America’s diverse cultural landscape.

PEARL (People for Equality and Relief in Lanka) praised Congressman Krishnamoorthi’s leadership in advancing the resolution. “The resolution celebrates the invaluable contributions of the Tamil community to the United States across generations,” the organization stated. It also emphasized how the resolution reinforces the importance of diversity in American society, while celebrating the extensive history and cultural richness of Tamil people.

The resolution serves as a testament to the enduring significance of Tamil heritage in the United States and globally. By recognizing January as Tamil Language and Heritage Month, the proposed legislation not only honors the contributions of Tamil Americans but also celebrates the broader cultural diversity that strengthens the fabric of American society.

Ashfaq Syed Honored with Muslim Heritage Month Proclamation from DuPage County Board

Naperville, IL –Jan 14th, 2025, Ashfaq Syed was honored to receive the Muslim Heritage Month Proclamation from DuPage County Board Chair Deborah A. Conroy at the DuPage County Bord meeting. This recognition celebrates the contributions of Muslim Americans to DuPage County and beyond, highlighting their impact across various fields.

The proclamation was presented by DuPage County Board Commissioner Sadia Covert to recognize organizations and community leaders who have dedicated themselves to serving the residents of DuPage County. Ashfaq Syed expressed gratitude for the recognition, saying:

Dupage County Board Pic 1“It has been a privilege to contribute to our community over the years in various capacities, and I am truly humbled to stand alongside so many remarkable individuals who share a commitment to service. I want to extend my heartfelt thanks to Commissioner Sadia Covert for her unwavering leadership and support.”

Ashfaq Syed joined fellow honorees and Commissioners Sadia Covert and Saba Haider in accepting this prestigious recognition. The event highlighted the importance of diversity and the value of cultural contributions in building stronger communities.

About Muslim American Heritage Month:
In December 2021, Governor JB Pritzker proclaimed January as Muslim American Heritage Month in Illinois, recognizing the meaningful contributions of Muslim Americans to society. This month encourages celebrations through cultural arts, community discussions, and public recognition of Muslim leaders, artists, educators, entrepreneurs, and athletes.

This proclamation is a reminder of the shared goal of fostering understanding, embracing diversity, and celebrating the unique contributions of all members of the community.

Study Reveals Higher Dementia Risk Than Previously Estimated

The likelihood of developing dementia during one’s lifetime may be significantly greater than earlier estimates, according to a study published in Nature Medicine. Past research suggested that 14% of men and 23% of women would develop dementia. The new findings place this lifetime risk at approximately 42% for both genders.

Dr. Ted Huey, director of the memory and aging program at Butler Hospital in Rhode Island, remarked, “I think this is going to be a very important study, and I think it is going to change the way we look at dementia.”

Increasing Cases with Longer Lifespans

The study, led by Dr. Josef Coresh, director of the Optimal Aging Institute at NYU Grossman School of Medicine, highlights that the rising number of dementia cases correlates with increased life expectancy. “Just the fact that the population is going to get older will mean the number of dementia cases will double overall,” Coresh explained. Among Black Americans, who face a higher risk, cases are expected to triple by 2060.

Currently, about 10% of Americans aged 65 and older have dementia, with nearly 7 million people in the U.S. affected by Alzheimer’s, the most common type.

The research tracked over 15,000 U.S. participants for more than two decades, with around a quarter of them being Black and more than half women, both groups known for elevated dementia risks.

Lifetime Dementia Risk

On average, a 55-year-old has a 42% risk of developing dementia during their lifetime. However, this risk is age-dependent. From ages 55 to 75, the likelihood is 4%. By 85, the risk rises to 20%, and it reaches 42% by age 95.

For Black Americans, the risk increases more sharply:

  • 7% by age 75,
  • 28% by age 85,
  • 42% by age 95.

Similarly, women face higher risks, with estimates of:

  • 3% by age 75,
  • 21% by age 85,
  • 48% by age 95.

“We need to think about the causes for this risk and how to prevent it,” Coresh emphasized.

Factors Behind Increased Risk

Several factors contribute to the heightened dementia risk, especially among Black Americans and women. Elevated rates of diabetes and hypertension among Black Americans, often linked to unequal healthcare access and systemic racism, are key contributors. Stress from structural inequities further exacerbates the problem.

For women, longer life expectancy partially explains their higher risk, but other factors, such as genetic predispositions, also play a role. A genetic variant called APOE-4, associated with Alzheimer’s, may increase women’s susceptibility to the disease more than men’s. Researchers are also exploring whether pregnancy could influence dementia risk, though findings remain inconclusive.

Why Are the Numbers Higher Now?

The 42% lifetime risk identified in this study is notably higher than earlier estimates, which ranged from 14% to 23%. This discrepancy can be attributed to differences in study design and population diversity.

Older studies, such as the Framingham Heart Study and the Rotterdam Study from the late 1990s, were geographically limited and included less diverse participants. This lack of diversity is a recurring issue in dementia research, according to experts.

Dr. Monica Parker, a neurology associate professor at Emory University’s Goizueta Alzheimer’s Disease Research Center, highlighted the challenges of inclusivity. “Most of our academic health centers aren’t set up to see non-English-speaking people,” she noted, adding that this segment of the population is often excluded from research.

Another reason for the higher risk found in the new study is improved participant follow-up. Dr. Huey acknowledged, “The researchers in this study did a very good job of following people.”

Additionally, most dementia research focuses on Alzheimer’s disease, leaving out other forms of dementia caused by cardiovascular or neurological conditions. “Saying dementia is like saying cancer. You have a lot of subtypes,” explained Michelle Mielke, a professor at Wake Forest University School of Medicine.

The Role of Comorbidities

The aging population brings an increase in age-related diseases like stroke, which heightens the risk of vascular dementia. “Sometimes we are a victim of our own success. People are living longer with a lot more comorbidities,” Mielke noted. These comorbidities, such as high blood pressure, diabetes, and stroke, significantly elevate dementia risk.

Another contributing factor is improved screening. Since 2011, Medicare has reimbursed providers for annual wellness visits, which include cognitive decline screenings. Dr. Peter Whitehouse of Case Western Reserve University observed, “If more people are coming into a physician’s office, they may be screening more, and more cases will show up.”

Dementia Is Not Inevitable

Despite the stark numbers, experts caution against assuming that dementia is an unavoidable part of aging. “Less than half of people who make it to age 95 will have dementia,” said Dr. Andrea Bozoki, division chief of cognitive and behavioral neurology at the University of North Carolina School of Medicine.

While some risk factors, like genetics and air pollution exposure, are uncontrollable, there are ways to mitigate risk. Controlling hypertension and diabetes can help, as can maintaining good sleep hygiene and addressing conditions like sleep apnea.

A healthy diet also plays a significant role. “As a rule of thumb, what’s good for the heart is also good for the brain,” Coresh remarked. “We know that the vascular risk factor modifications that help your heart also help your brain.”

Hope for Prevention

The study’s findings highlight the importance of prevention and early intervention. Researchers and healthcare providers stress the need to address underlying conditions, particularly in vulnerable populations. Increasing access to care and targeting modifiable risk factors can help reduce the growing burden of dementia.

As Bozoki pointed out, “Dementia is not an inevitable part of aging, no matter how old you are.”

Joe Biden’s Tumultuous Presidency: Achievements, Missteps, and the Road to Trump’s Return

Standing at a lectern in Washington’s National Cathedral, Joe Biden eulogized former President Jimmy Carter as three former presidents—Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, and Barack Obama—and Donald Trump looked on. Biden, like Carter, is a one-term president. The parallels were evident as Biden paid tribute to Carter, commending his foresight and achievements in civil rights, peace, nuclear non-proliferation, and environmental protection.

“Many think he was from a bygone era, but in reality, he saw well into the future,” Biden said.

Earlier that week, Biden reflected on his own presidency. “I hope history says I came in with a plan to restore the economy and America’s global leadership,” he stated in an interview. “And I hope it records that I did it with honesty and integrity.”

As Biden prepares to leave office with approval ratings near their lowest at 39%, history’s judgment remains uncertain. His presidency ends with his 2020 opponent, Donald Trump, poised to reclaim power, framing Biden’s tenure as a bridge between Trump’s two terms.

Author and strategist Susan Estrich summarized Biden’s legacy as one tied to Trump. “He’d like his legacy to be that he rescued us from Trump. But sadly, for him, it’s Trump again.”

Early Missteps and Challenges

Biden’s presidency faced setbacks from its early days. The chaotic withdrawal from Afghanistan in August 2021 was a turning point. Though the Trump administration had negotiated the exit, Biden approved it despite military advisors’ warnings. The resulting turmoil in Kabul damaged Biden’s approval, which fell below 50% and never recovered.

Domestically, inflation surged past 5% for the first time in 30 years by mid-2021. Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen and Biden initially called it “transitory,” a stance contradicted by economists like Larry Summers. By June 2022, inflation peaked at 9.1%, forcing the administration to concede its miscalculations. Although inflation later dropped below 3%, public sentiment remained pessimistic.

The administration also struggled with the post-Covid surge in undocumented migration and was unprepared for Republican-led efforts to relocate migrants to northern cities. Other crises—shortages in Covid tests, rising egg prices, and the overturning of Roe v. Wade—compounded public dissatisfaction.

While many challenges were global in scope, including the wars in Ukraine and Gaza, they heightened the stakes for Biden, who sought to position Democrats as a competent counterweight to authoritarian regimes.

Biden’s Public Perception

Biden’s communication skills, once praised, appeared diminished. A senior White House official noted, “Watching Biden speak, I’m like, oh my God, this is a different person.” Special counsel Robert Hur’s report on Biden’s handling of classified documents described him as an “elderly man with a poor memory,” reinforcing Republican attacks on his age.

The administration restricted Biden’s media interactions and carefully scripted his public appearances. Yet verbal gaffes and stumbles became ammunition for opponents. Biden’s age became a defining issue, particularly as his performance in public events appeared inconsistent.

Legislative Wins and Long-Term Goals

Despite challenges, Biden’s administration achieved significant legislative milestones. Early successes included the $2 trillion American Rescue Plan, which funded Covid vaccine distribution and reduced child poverty to record lows. His bipartisan infrastructure bill allocated $1 trillion to transportation, clean energy, and broadband expansion.

However, critics like historian Brent Cebul argued that the administration’s focus on long-term policy outcomes was out of sync with voters’ immediate needs. Biden himself admitted the delay in tangible benefits during a later interview.

Internal Struggles and Political Battles

Biden’s team excelled at navigating narrow congressional majorities, but internal dynamics became strained over time. A senior official admitted that as progress stalled, “infighting and frustration” grew. The administration faced mounting Republican opposition, including hearings on Afghanistan, Hunter Biden’s business dealings, and an impeachment inquiry in September 2023.

Biden’s presidency was marked by two distinct phases, says Cebul. The early period saw major accomplishments, but the later years were defined by less focus and greater public dissatisfaction.

A Beleaguered Re-election Campaign

On April 25, 2023, Biden announced his re-election campaign, framing it as a battle against Trump’s “extremists.” He championed “Bidenomics,” touting economic growth and inflation reduction. However, his message failed to resonate with many Americans.

During a June 2023 trip to Chicago, Biden emphasized restoring the American dream. “Bidenomics is about the future,” he declared. Yet his halting delivery and missteps undermined the message. Cebul criticized Biden’s focus on economic success, calling it “discordant” given public sentiment.

Despite internal and external doubts, Biden maintained he was the best candidate to defeat Trump. “I’m not a young guy,” he acknowledged in a campaign ad, “but I understand how to get things done for the American people.”

New Crises: Hamas and Hunter Biden

The October 7 Hamas attack on Israel added another challenge to Biden’s presidency. While Biden cautioned Israel against overreach, domestic support for his handling of the conflict waned.

Meanwhile, Hunter Biden’s legal troubles, including a gun charge conviction and tax-related indictments, became a distraction. Biden’s decision to pardon his son after November’s election drew widespread criticism.

The End of a Presidency

Biden’s campaign effectively ended during a June debate with Trump in Atlanta. His confused performance reinforced concerns about his age and capabilities. Trump’s subsequent resurgence, marked by a unified party convention and response to an assassination attempt, solidified his lead.

In July, Biden withdrew from the race. Kamala Harris, Biden’s chosen successor, lost to Trump in the general election, sealing the final judgment on Biden’s political career as one of defeat.

Reflecting on Biden’s decision to seek re-election, Estrich argued, “We should have had primaries. His successor would have had time to make the case.”

Biden’s Legacy in Retrospect

Had Biden stepped aside after one term, his legacy might have been different. Avoiding a grueling campaign could have allowed him to be remembered for legislative achievements rather than missteps.

With Trump’s imminent return to office, much of Biden’s work faces potential dismantling. Attorney General Merrick Garland succinctly captured the uncertainty surrounding Biden’s legacy: “I’ll leave that to the historians.”

As Biden departs the White House, his presidency is framed by the successes of his early years and the challenges that defined its conclusion. His ultimate place in history rests on how the next chapter of American politics unfolds.

Wind-Fueled Wildfires Threaten Los Angeles Area, Push Firefighters to Their Limits

A growing force of firefighters arrived in the Los Angeles area on Monday, preparing for another round of fierce winds expected to spark new wildfires and potentially undo recent progress in battling devastating blazes. These wildfires have already claimed at least 24 lives and destroyed thousands of homes.

Reinforcements, including water trucks and planes loaded with fire retardants, came from across the United States as well as Canada and Mexico. The National Weather Service warned that conditions over the next few days could turn “particularly dangerous,” with gusts in the mountains expected to reach up to 65 mph (105 kph). Dennis Burns, a fire behavior analyst, cautioned at a community meeting on Sunday night that Tuesday would likely be the most perilous day.

Sunday’s relative lull allowed some evacuees to return home, but the respite also brought grim news: the death toll rose late Sunday after a report from the Los Angeles County medical examiner. Authorities revealed that 16 people remained missing, with the number expected to climb further as search efforts continued.

In a chilling reminder of the destruction, a car drove past homes and vehicles reduced to ash by the Palisades Fire in the Pacific Palisades Bowl Mobile Estates on Sunday, January 12, 2025. The area has become emblematic of the destruction caused by the Santa Ana winds, which have been a key factor in turning last week’s small wildfires into raging infernos.

The fires have ravaged areas around Los Angeles, a region that has seen no significant rainfall for over eight months. In less than a week, four major wildfires have consumed more than 62 square miles (160 square kilometers), an area roughly three times the size of Manhattan.

The Eaton Fire near Pasadena and the Palisades Fire along the Pacific Coast have been particularly destructive. While firefighters have made significant strides in containing these blazes, with the Eaton Fire now about one-third contained, the forecasted high winds could exacerbate the situation. These conditions may lead to rapid fire growth and spark new blazes in areas that have so far remained unscathed, creating additional challenges for already exhausted crews.

“We are prepared for the upcoming wind event,” said Los Angeles County Fire Chief Anthony C. Marrone. He confirmed the arrival of 70 additional water trucks to bolster efforts against flames that could spread quickly with the renewed gusts. Fire retardants dropped by aircraft are being deployed to create barriers along vulnerable hillsides, offering some hope of limiting the damage.

Meanwhile, residents have taken matters into their own hands in some areas. In Topanga Canyon, a community of artists, musicians, and friends joined forces to prevent fires from spreading by shutting off gas lines and propane tanks. Their quick actions may have saved several homes, according to Derek Mabra, who witnessed the devastation firsthand.

“We helped hopefully save a couple of houses, and we put out a couple of spot fires,” Mabra said as he drove along the coast, surveying the destruction. “It’s complete and total devastation.”

As the battle against these wildfires continues, firefighters and residents alike brace for the dangerous winds ahead, knowing that their efforts over the coming days could be the difference between further catastrophe and eventual recovery.

President Biden Awards Pope Francis the Presidential Medal of Freedom with Distinction

In a momentous announcement on January 11, President Joe Biden honored Pope Francis with the Presidential Medal of Freedom with Distinction, the highest civilian accolade in the United States. This marks the first time President Biden has bestowed this exceptional level of recognition during his presidency. The award underscores Pope Francis’s profound influence on global peace, humanitarian principles, and the promotion of unity across diverse cultures and religions. President Biden personally informed the Pope of this honor during a telephone call on Saturday, January 11.

A Testament to Global Solidarity

The Presidential Medal of Freedom recognizes individuals who have made remarkable contributions to society by advancing prosperity, ensuring security, or fostering global peace. The “with Distinction” designation, an exceedingly rare honor, emphasizes the unparalleled impact of Pope Francis on critical global issues such as poverty, climate change, and the importance of compassion in a fractured world.

Praising the Pope’s unwavering dedication to uplifting human dignity, President Biden remarked, “His Holiness Pope Francis embodies the moral clarity and humility that inspire not only Catholics but people of all faiths around the world. He is a beacon of hope and a reminder of the transformative power of love and service.”

Change of Plans: A Missed Opportunity for a Vatican Meeting

The honor was originally intended to coincide with a private meeting between President Biden and Pope Francis at the Vatican on January 11. However, due to unforeseen circumstances, the meeting had to be canceled. President Biden adjusted his schedule to address the catastrophic wildfires devastating parts of Los Angeles, California.

Despite the change in plans, the announcement of the award carried significant symbolic weight. It underscored the shared values of the two leaders and highlighted their mutual commitment to fostering global peace and human dignity. While the Pope’s response to this recognition has not yet been publicly disclosed, Vatican officials have indicated his deep gratitude for the acknowledgment, which reflects their shared aspirations for a more compassionate world.

A History of Shared Goals and Warm Relations

President Biden and Pope Francis share a history rooted in mutual respect and shared values. Their relationship has consistently been characterized by a focus on the roles of faith and morality in global leadership. In their past meetings, the two leaders have discussed pressing global issues such as combating climate change, alleviating poverty, and advocating for marginalized communities.

For President Biden, a devout Catholic, honoring the Pope with this award carries profound personal and symbolic significance. It reflects not only a gesture of respect but also recognition of Pope Francis’s relentless efforts to bridge divisions and promote inclusivity.

A Rare and Exceptional Honor

The Presidential Medal of Freedom with Distinction is reserved for individuals whose contributions transcend borders and resonate with universal human values. Past recipients of this rare honor include luminaries such as Mother Teresa and Nelson Mandela, whose legacies have left indelible marks on humanity.

Pope Francis now joins this illustrious group, an acknowledgment of his tireless work as a global leader advocating for justice, solidarity, and compassion. His leadership, characterized by powerful encyclicals on environmental stewardship and calls for social and economic justice, aligns closely with the Biden administration’s priorities of fostering unity and addressing shared global challenges.

By recognizing Pope Francis, President Biden has reaffirmed the importance of moral leadership in a time of division and uncertainty, signaling that the transformative power of love, service, and solidarity remains a guiding principle in addressing the world’s most pressing issues.

Oxford University Ranks First Among Billionaire-Producing British Universities

Not all universities are equal in terms of outcomes, and even Ivy League schools no longer guarantee a six-figure salary. However, one institution in England stands out for its potential to boost your chances of success after graduation: The University of Oxford.

A recent study by educational experts at Edumentors has identified the University of Oxford as the leading British institution for producing billionaires. The research analyzed the Forbes global billionaire list, focusing on individuals who pursued their bachelor’s, master’s, or PhD degrees in the United Kingdom.

Oxford has produced 10 billionaires whose collective wealth amounts to $47.1 billion. Among its notable billionaire alumni are Alex Beard and Sir Michael Jonathan Moritz.

Beard, one of Britain’s youngest billionaires with a net worth of approximately $1.8 billion, graduated from Oxford in 1989. He began his career at BP before joining Glencore, where he climbed to the position of CEO. In 2019, Beard departed Glencore to establish his investment firm, Adaptogen Capital.

Another prominent Oxford alumnus is Moritz, whose investments in companies such as Google, LinkedIn, and PayPal have helped him accumulate a net worth of $6.8 billion.

While Oxford boasts these billionaires, its famous alumni also include Emma Watson and Hugh Grant, although neither are billionaires.

Despite Oxford’s distinction as the top British billionaire-producing university, those aiming to achieve greater wealth might look to its historic rival, the University of Cambridge.

“Even though Oxford University has more billionaires among its alumni, Cambridge University, with two fewer magnates, comes out ahead and ranks first in terms of wealth, totaling an outstanding $92.6 billion, $45.5 billion more than its rival,” explained Tornike Asatiani, CEO of Edumentors.

This comparison underscores Cambridge’s financial dominance. With eight billionaires, Cambridge alumni collectively amass wealth comparable to Stanford University’s richest graduates. Notably, Stanford is the second-highest billionaire-producing university in the United States, despite having 12 more billionaires than Cambridge.

Across the Atlantic, American universities lead in terms of both the number of billionaires and their collective wealth. According to Forbes’ list of top colleges for billionaires (June 2024), the University of Pennsylvania is the top U.S. institution, with 36 billionaire alumni whose combined fortunes total $367 billion.

Following closely are Stanford University, with 30 billionaires worth $90 billion, and Harvard University, which has 28 billionaires amassing $261 billion. Yale University and Cornell University round out the top five with 19 and 13 billionaires, respectively, with combined wealths of $149 billion and $60.4 billion.

The rankings of billionaire-producing universities in Britain, as determined by Edumentors, are as follows:

  1. University of Oxford
  2. Number of billionaires: 10
  3. Combined wealth: $47.1 billion
  4. University of Cambridge

Number of billionaires: 8

Combined wealth: $92.6 billion

  1. London School of Economics (LSE)

Number of billionaires: 8

Combined wealth: $37.8 billion

  1. University of London

Number of billionaires: 4

Combined wealth: $9.6 billion

  1. London Business School

Number of billionaires: 3

Combined wealth: $23.1 billion

In comparison, the top billionaire-producing universities in the U.S., as ranked by Forbes, include:

  1. University of Pennsylvania

Number of billionaires: 36

Combined wealth: $367 billion

  1. Stanford University

Number of billionaires: 30

Combined wealth: $90 billion

  1. Harvard University

Number of billionaires: 28

Combined wealth: $261 billion

  1. Yale University

Number of billionaires: 19

Combined wealth: $149 billion

  1. Cornell University

Number of billionaires: 13

Combined wealth: $60.4 billion

These rankings reveal a stark contrast in the concentration of wealth between British and American universities, reflecting the significant influence of the U.S. on global billionaires. While British universities such as Oxford and Cambridge stand out for their historical prestige and influence, their American counterparts dominate in terms of sheer numbers and collective financial power.

For students aspiring to join the billionaire ranks, selecting a university may play a pivotal role. Both Oxford and Cambridge offer historical legacies and strong alumni networks, while institutions like Harvard and Stanford provide unparalleled opportunities and connections in the U.S. tech and business sectors.

Ultimately, the path to wealth and success is influenced by a mix of education, ambition, and opportunity, and these universities remain key platforms for ambitious individuals aiming to make their mark on the world.

Millions Gather at Prayagraj for Maha Kumbh, the World’s Largest Religious Festival

On Monday, millions of Hindu devotees, mystics, and holy figures from across India assembled in Prayagraj, marking the beginning of the Maha Kumbh festival. This event, regarded as the largest religious gathering globally, will unfold over six weeks, drawing Hindu pilgrims to the confluence of three sacred rivers: the Ganges, the Yamuna, and the mythical Saraswati. Participants engage in sacred rituals aimed at achieving liberation from the cycle of rebirth, a fundamental goal in Hindu philosophy.

A Confluence of Faith and Tradition

For Hindus, rivers hold profound spiritual significance, particularly the Ganges and the Yamuna. Many believe that immersing oneself in their waters can cleanse sins and break the cycle of reincarnation, especially during auspicious days determined by astrological cycles. The Maha Kumbh Mela, held every 12 years, is a grand festival centered on these rituals.

Dating back to medieval times, this festival involves ritualistic baths by Hindu sadhus (holy men) and pilgrims at the sacred confluence in Prayagraj. It is believed that the Saraswati river once flowed here alongside the Ganges and the Yamuna, forming a trinity of sacred waters.

While bathing is performed daily, certain auspicious days see dramatic rituals, with ash-smeared monks dashing into the rivers at dawn. Many pilgrims remain for the festival’s entirety, practicing austerity, offering alms, and bathing at sunrise. One pilgrim, Bhagwat Prasad Tiwari, shared, “We feel peaceful here and attain salvation from the cycles of life and death.”

The festival’s origins lie in Hindu mythology, which recounts how the god Vishnu seized a golden pitcher containing the nectar of immortality from demons. According to tradition, drops of this nectar fell in four locations: Prayagraj, Nasik, Ujjain, and Haridwar, making them the sites of the Kumbh festival for centuries. The festival rotates among these four cities approximately every three years based on astrological dates.

This year’s Maha Kumbh is considered the largest and most significant of these gatherings. In 2019, during a smaller version of the festival called Ardh Kumbh, 240 million visitors participated, with 50 million bathing on the busiest day.

A Gathering on an Unparalleled Scale

The Maha Kumbh is expected to host an astounding 400 million people over 45 days, surpassing the annual Hajj pilgrimage to Mecca and Medina, which drew around 2 million last year. This staggering scale underscores the festival’s logistical and cultural significance.

Authorities face a monumental challenge in managing this event, which combines religious devotion, tourism, and large-scale crowd control. A vast 40-square-kilometer area along the riverbanks has been transformed into a tent city, equipped with over 3,000 kitchens, 150,000 restrooms, and essential amenities like housing, roads, electricity, and water. Communication towers, murals depicting Hindu scriptures, and 11 hospitals have also been established.

Indian Railways has introduced more than 90 special trains making nearly 3,300 trips to transport devotees, supplementing regular train services. Security has been ramped up, with 50,000 personnel—50% more than in 2019—stationed in the city. Over 2,500 cameras, some powered by artificial intelligence, monitor crowd movements, providing real-time data to central control rooms for quick response and to prevent stampedes.

A Political Undertone

Historically, Indian leaders have leveraged the Kumbh festival to strengthen ties with the nation’s Hindu majority, comprisingnearly 80% of the population. Under Prime Minister Narendra Modi, the festival has become a key element of his party’s promotion of Hindu nationalism. Modi’s government views Indian civilization as deeply intertwined with Hinduism, though critics argue that this stance promotes Hindu supremacy.

Uttar Pradesh’s state government, led by Adityanath—a prominent Hindu monk and hard-line politician in Modi’s party—has allocated over $765 million to this year’s event. Giant billboards and posters featuring Adityanath and Modi adorn the city, highlighting their government’s welfare policies alongside religious imagery.

The festival bolsters the Bharatiya Janata Party’s (BJP) strategy of promoting Hindu cultural symbols to solidify its support base. However, recent Kumbh gatherings have sparked controversies. In 2019, Modi’s government renamed the city from Allahabad to Prayagraj, a move critics linked to its broader effort to replace Mughal-era names with Hindu ones. This decision preceded both the festival and the national election, which the BJP won.

In 2021, the government faced criticism for not canceling the festival in Haridwar despite a surge in COVID-19 cases. Many viewed this decision as an attempt to avoid backlash from religious leaders in the Hindu-majority nation.

A Celebration of Faith Amid Challenges

The Maha Kumbh remains a vibrant testament to Hinduism’s rich cultural heritage, drawing millions to Prayagraj in pursuit of spiritual fulfillment. While the festival presents logistical challenges and serves as a platform for political narratives, its essence lies in the timeless tradition of devotion and the pursuit of liberation.

As the sacred waters of the Ganges, Yamuna, and Saraswati continue to draw pilgrims from across the nation, the Maha Kumbh stands as a remarkable convergence of faith, culture, and humanity.

S Jaishankar to Attend Donald Trump’s Swearing-In as 47th U.S. President

India’s External Affairs Minister (EAM) S. Jaishankar is set to represent the country at Donald Trump’s inauguration as the 47th President of the United States on January 20, 2025. The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) confirmed the announcement on Sunday, noting that Jaishankar’s visit follows an invitation from the Trump-Vance Inaugural Committee.

“During the visit, EAM will also have meetings with representatives of the incoming administration, as also some other dignitaries visiting the US on that occasion,” the ministry stated. This significant occasion underscores the strengthening diplomatic ties between India and the United States.

Preparations Ahead of Trump’s Return

Ahead of the inauguration, Jaishankar undertook a six-day trip to Washington, D.C., from December 24 to 29, 2024. During this visit, he met with key members of the outgoing Biden administration, including Secretary of State Antony Blinken and National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan. These discussions revolved around various facets of the India-U.S. strategic partnership.

Earlier, on December 9, Jaishankar engaged in detailed discussions with Sullivan to evaluate the progress of bilateral relations in areas such as defense, technology, and trade. These meetings highlight India’s proactive approach to ensuring continuity and advancement in its partnership with the U.S., regardless of administration changes.

World Leaders Gather for Trump’s Inauguration

Donald Trump’s second inauguration is poised to be a high-profile event, attracting leaders from across the globe. Reflecting Trump’s international alliances, many of the attendees represent the nationalist and conservative political spectrum.

China was initially invited to send President Xi Jinping, marking a potential diplomatic step toward easing ongoing trade and geopolitical tensions. However, Xi declined the invitation and is expected to send either Vice President Han Zheng or Foreign Minister Wang Yi in his stead.

The event will also see the participation of prominent global figures. Argentinian President Javier Milei, recognized for his libertarian economic policies, has confirmed his attendance. El Salvador’s President Nayib Bukele, known for his aggressive anti-crime measures and centralized leadership style, is another key attendee.

Italy’s far-right Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni has been invited and is expected to attend, barring any scheduling conflicts. Hungary’s nationalist Prime Minister Viktor Orbán, a critic of the European Union and an advocate of conservative policies, is also expected to be present.

Former Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro, despite facing legal challenges in his home country, has received an invitation, although his attendance remains uncertain. French far-right politician Éric Zemmour, aligning with the conservative ideologies represented at the event, has also been invited.

India’s Diplomatic Outreach

Jaishankar’s participation in Trump’s swearing-in ceremony signifies India’s commitment to strengthening ties with the incoming U.S. administration. Over recent years, the India-U.S. relationship has grown substantially, marked by increased collaboration in defense, technology, and trade.

By engaging with Trump’s team early, India aims to reinforce these ties and ensure smooth continuity in key bilateral initiatives. Jaishankar’s scheduled meetings with members of the new administration are expected to address strategic priorities and explore opportunities for future cooperation.

The inclusion of high-ranking officials from various nations at this inauguration reflects Trump’s continued influence on global conservative politics. For India, this occasion presents an opportunity to align with key global players and further its strategic interests on the world stage.

Inside Shein’s Supply Chain: A Peek Into the “Shein Village” Powering the Global Fashion Giant

The constant hum of sewing machines fills the air in parts of Guangzhou, a bustling port city along the Pearl River in southern China. This relentless sound resonates from the open windows of factories from early morning until late at night, as workers tirelessly craft t-shirts, shorts, blouses, pants, and swimwear destined for wardrobes in over 150 countries.

This is the soundtrack of Panyu, a neighborhood widely referred to as the “Shein village.” This dense network of factories is at the core of Shein’s meteoric rise, a global fast-fashion juggernaut. “If there are 31 days in a month, I will work 31 days,” one worker told the BBC. Most workers said they get only a single day off each month.

A BBC investigation spent days in Panyu, visiting 10 factories, speaking to four owners, and interviewing more than 20 workers. Labor markets and textile suppliers were also part of the inquiry, uncovering a grueling reality—factory workers put in about 75 hours a week, violating Chinese labor laws.

The Heartbeat of Fast Fashion

Excessive working hours are not uncommon in Guangzhou, a hub for migrant workers seeking better wages, nor are they unusual across China, the world’s manufacturing powerhouse. But Shein’s rapid growth has attracted scrutiny regarding its labor practices. Once a little-known Chinese startup, Shein is now valued at £54 billion ($66 billion) following a 2023 fundraising round and is eyeing a potential listing on the London Stock Exchange.

This success, however, has been shadowed by controversy, including allegations of forced labor and the employment of underage workers. In 2022, Shein admitted to discovering children working in its factories.

In response to the BBC, Shein stated, “Shein is committed to ensuring the fair and dignified treatment of all workers within our supply chain” and emphasized its investment of tens of millions of dollars in strengthening governance and compliance. The company added, “We strive to set the highest standards for pay and require that all supply chain partners adhere to our code of conduct.”

The Business Model

Shein’s triumph is built on volume and affordability. Its online inventory features hundreds of thousands of items, offering dresses for £10, sweaters for £6, and other products averaging below £8. The brand’s revenue has surged past competitors like H&M, Zara, and Primark, thanks to its cost-efficient suppliers in the Shein village, which houses some 5,000 factories.

These buildings, stripped down to accommodate sewing machines and fabric rolls, operate as round-the-clock production hubs. Deliveries and collections occur throughout the day, with factory doors wide open to ensure seamless operations. Even as the clock strikes 10:00 p.m., the hum of sewing machines persists, with fabric-laden trucks arriving to replenish supplies.

“We usually work 10, 11, or 12 hours a day,” a 49-year-old worker from Jiangxi shared. “On Sundays, we work around three hours less.” Workers earn wages per piece, with simpler items like t-shirts fetching one to two yuan (less than a dollar) per piece.

Many workers, particularly migrants, rely on these earnings to support families back home. A woman from Jiangxi explained, “The cost of living is now so high. I hope to make enough to send back to my two children living with their grandparents.”

Long Hours, Low Pay

The BBC found that the standard workday extends from 8:00 a.m. to past 10:00 p.m., a finding echoed by a report from Public Eye, a Swiss advocacy group. Public Eye noted that workers’ base pay—2,400 yuan (£265; $327) without overtime—is far below the 6,512 yuan identified by the Asia Floor Wage Alliance as a “living wage.”

David Hachfield from Public Eye called the conditions “an extreme form of exploitation,” adding, “These hours are not unusual, but it’s clear that it’s illegal and violates basic human rights.” Chinese labor laws stipulate a 44-hour workweek, with at least one rest day. Overtime is only permissible for special reasons.

The Global Implications

Although Shein has relocated its headquarters to Singapore, most of its production remains firmly rooted in China. The company has also drawn scrutiny in the U.S., where politicians like Senator Marco Rubio have expressed concerns about Shein’s connections to the Chinese government. Rubio alleged, “Slave labor, sweatshops, and trade tricks are the dirty secrets behind Shein’s success.”

Rights groups acknowledge that while terms like “slave labor” may not entirely apply, the exploitative working hours in Guangzhou warrant serious attention. “The machines dictate the rhythm of the day,” one worker said, describing the regimented schedules punctuated only by quick meals in factory canteens or on the street.

Shein’s practices have also been criticized for sourcing cotton from Xinjiang, a region accused of using forced labor involving Uyghur Muslims—a claim Beijing has repeatedly denied. Sheng Lu, a fashion professor at the University of Delaware, believes transparency is the key to addressing such concerns: “Unless you fully release your factory list and make your supply chain more transparent, it will be challenging for Shein.”

The Competitive Edge

Despite the controversies, China’s comprehensive supply chain infrastructure gives Shein a significant advantage. Unlike competitors in Vietnam or Bangladesh, which rely on Chinese imports for raw materials, Chinese factories have local access to everything from fabric to zippers. This enables Shein to quickly scale production based on real-time consumer demand, monitored through its algorithm.

“When shoppers repeatedly click on a certain dress or spend longer looking at a wool sweater, the firm knows to ask factories to make more—and fast,” Sheng explained.

However, this efficiency comes at a cost. Factory owners often struggle to maintain profitability. “Shein controls the price, and you have to think about ways to reduce the cost,” said a factory owner, noting that temporary workers are often brought in to meet surging demand.

A Mixed Reputation

For some factory owners and workers, Shein represents stability and opportunity. “Shein is a pillar of the fashion industry,” said supplier Guo Qing E. “It pays on time, no matter the amount.”

Yet for many workers, the grueling hours and modest pay overshadow the company’s reliability. As a 33-year-old factory supervisor summed up, “The hours are long, but we get on well with each other. We are like a family.”

Even late into the night, factories remain lit as some workers voluntarily stay on to earn more money. Their efforts fuel a global demand for Shein’s affordable fashion, with an average of one million packages shipped daily.

“This is the contribution we Chinese people can make to the world,” the supervisor added.

For Shein, the challenge lies in maintaining its dominance while addressing ethical concerns. With plans for a public listing, the stakes have never been higher. As Sheng Lu noted, “If Shein successfully achieves an IPO, it will signify recognition as a reputable company. But to retain investor confidence, they must take responsibility.”

For now, as the sewing machines continue to hum in Panyu, Shein’s rapid ascent remains both a testament to Chinese manufacturing and a stark reminder of the human cost behind fast fashion.

Laurene Powell Jobs to Embrace Hindu Rituals at Maha Kumbh 2025 with New Name ‘Kamala’

Laurene Powell Jobs, widow of late Apple co-founder Steve Jobs, has been given the Hindu name ‘Kamala’ ahead of her participation in the Maha Kumbh 2025, set to begin in Prayagraj on January 13. The billionaire philanthropist, known for her interest in spirituality and humanitarian work, is currently in Varanasi and will join the grand Hindu festival to immerse herself in traditional rituals under the guidance of her guru, Swami Kailashananda.

Swami Kailashananda, the ‘Mahamandaleshwar’ of the Niranjani Akhara, confirmed her new name and her spiritual journey. Speaking to Hindustan Times, he said, “Laurene has a deep interest in Sanatan Dharma and treats me like a father. I also give her the same love as a daughter.” He added that she had been given a new name after receiving her guru’s Gotra, symbolizing her spiritual inclusion. “She is coming to visit her guru here. We have named her Kamala, and she is like a daughter to us. This is the second time she is coming to India… Everyone is welcome in Kumbh,” he told ANI.

Laurene’s visit to India is not her first encounter with the country’s spiritual practices. She previously visited India and has been deeply connected to Sanatan Dharma, as emphasized by her guru. Her upcoming participation in the Maha Kumbh will include her taking part in the Akhara’s Peshwai ritual and adopting the saffron robes of a sanyasin. She is expected to perform the royal dip, or Shahi Snan, on two key dates – January 14 (Makar Sankranti) and January 29 (Mauni Amavasya).

The Maha Kumbh, held every 12 years, is a significant event in Hindu culture and is considered the largest human gathering in the world. This year’s event, running from January 13 to February 26, is projected to attract around 400 million pilgrims to Prayagraj in Uttar Pradesh. It is a time for spiritual cleansing, meditation, and devotion, where saints, seers, devotees, and VIPs gather to perform rituals along the sacred rivers.

Laurene’s engagement in the festival will also include observing the ancient tradition of Kalpvas. This practice involves a month-long period of devotion and ascetic living, observed by devotees known as Kalpvasis. It begins on Paush Purnima and concludes on Maghi Purnima, with participants dedicating themselves to prayers, meditation, and rituals by the riverbanks.

Before arriving in Prayagraj, Laurene visited the Kashi Vishwanath Temple in Varanasi on Saturday. Accompanied by her guru, she offered prayers at the revered shrine. However, adhering to temple traditions, she was only allowed to view the sacred Shivling from outside, as touching the holy symbol of Lord Shiva is restricted to certain devotees.

Preparations for the Maha Kumbh are nearing completion, with the Uttar Pradesh government sparing no effort to ensure a successful event. State Chief Secretary Manoj Kumar Singh revealed that the budget allocated for the 45-day festival is approximately Rs 7,000 crore. This year’s Kumbh Mela will be the first to incorporate advanced technology, including artificial intelligence and chatbots, to enhance the experience and ensure seamless management of the massive crowds.

Security has been a top priority, with the UP Police implementing a multi-layered system to safeguard the millions of pilgrims expected to converge on Prayagraj. The main bathing rituals, or Shahi Snan, will take place on three auspicious dates: January 14 (Makar Sankranti), January 29 (Mauni Amavasya), and February 3 (Basant Panchami). These royal baths are the highlight of the festival, drawing devotees seeking spiritual merit.

Laurene Powell Jobs’ participation in the Maha Kumbh underscores her deep respect for Indian spirituality and traditions. Her spiritual journey reflects the growing global fascination with Hindu practices and the cultural significance of events like the Kumbh Mela. As she takes the name Kamala and dons the saffron attire of a sanyasin, her presence adds an international dimension to the festival, further highlighting its universal appeal.

Swami Kailashananda expressed his joy at welcoming her to the Maha Kumbh, emphasizing the inclusive nature of the festival. “Everyone is welcome in Kumbh,” he reiterated, underscoring the event’s spiritual openness and significance. The seer also mentioned her intent to meditate and participate fully in the rituals during her stay, aligning with the essence of the Maha Kumbh – a convergence of faith, devotion, and humanity.

The Maha Kumbh 2025 promises to be a historic and spiritually enriching event, with millions gathering to seek blessings and participate in the age-old traditions that define Hinduism’s rich cultural heritage.

Trump’s Renewed Focus on Greenland Sparks Global Debate

In recent weeks, US President-elect Donald Trump has reignited discussions about Greenland, a semi-autonomous Danish territory in the Arctic. Known as the world’s largest island, Greenland is 80% covered by ice but holds significant untapped mineral resources. Trump initially expressed interest in purchasing the territory in 2019 during his presidency. However, his recent refusal to rule out economic or military measures to gain control of Greenland has amplified tensions between the US and Denmark.

Danish and European officials have firmly rejected the idea, emphasizing Greenland’s territorial integrity. This situation raises questions about the future of Greenland, its relationship with Denmark, and its aspirations for independence after three centuries under Danish control. The following explores four possible outcomes for Greenland’s fate.

Trump Loses Interest and Status Quo Prevails

Some analysts suggest that Trump’s statements might be strategic, aimed at pressuring Denmark to bolster Greenland’s security amid growing Russian and Chinese interests in the Arctic. Denmark recently announced a $1.5 billion military package for the Arctic, prepared before Trump’s remarks but viewed as coincidentally timed. Danish Defense Minister described the timing as an “irony of fate.”

Elisabet Svane, chief political correspondent for Politiken newspaper, believes Trump’s comments underline Denmark’s obligation to strengthen its Arctic defenses or allow the US to step in. Marc Jacobsen, associate professor at the Royal Danish Defence College, suggests Trump’s stance may be part of positioning himself before taking office. He also notes that Greenland is leveraging the moment to gain international recognition, a critical step toward independence.

Even if Trump eventually loses interest, as Jacobsen predicts, his remarks have spotlighted Greenland’s strategic importance. Meanwhile, Greenland’s push for independence persists. “The Greenland PM is calmer in his comments—yes, we want independence, but in the long run,” notes Svane.

Greenland Secures Independence and Aligns Closer with the US

Independence is a widely supported goal among Greenland’s 56,000 residents, and experts agree that Denmark would respect a referendum favoring it. However, financial concerns remain a significant barrier. Greenland relies on Danish subsidies to fund healthcare and welfare services. Without guarantees to maintain this financial support, independence could seem unattainable.

“The Greenland PM may call for a referendum, but he will need a compelling narrative to secure Greenland’s economy and welfare system,” says Ulrik Gad, a senior researcher at the Danish Institute for International Studies.

One potential compromise is a free association arrangement, akin to the US’s relationships with the Marshall Islands, Micronesia, and Palau. While Denmark has historically opposed this status for Greenland, current Prime Minister Mette Frederiksen may be open to negotiation. Dr. Gad suggests Denmark’s understanding of its colonial legacy has evolved.

“Danish understanding of Greenland’s historical experience is far better than it was 20 years ago,” he observes, adding that maintaining a looser connection with Greenland might be preferable to losing all influence in the Arctic.

Even with Danish ties severed, Greenland would likely remain under US influence. The US gained strategic control of Greenland during World War II and views it as critical to national security. A 1951 agreement affirmed Denmark’s sovereignty while granting the US broad privileges on the island. Dr. Gad confirms, “Greenland officials now understand the US will never leave.”

Trump Increases Economic Pressure

Some speculate that Trump could use economic leverage to coerce Denmark into concessions over Greenland. A sharp increase in tariffs on Danish or European Union goods is one potential move. Trump’s threat of universal 10% tariffs on US imports could disrupt European economies, forcing Denmark to reconsider its stance.

Danish governments have prepared for such scenarios. Jacobsen points out that US tariffs could significantly impact Danish industries like pharmaceuticals. Denmark exports essential products such as hearing aids, insulin, and Novo Nordisk’s diabetes drug Ozempic to the US. Any resulting price hikes could be unpopular with American consumers.

Benjamin Cote, of international law firm Pillsbury, notes that invoking the 1977 International Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA) is one option for raising tariffs. Still, analysts believe economic measures targeting Danish goods would provoke backlash within the US.

Military Action: The Extreme Option

While military intervention might seem improbable, Trump’s refusal to rule it out has raised concerns. The US already maintains military bases and troops in Greenland, making a potential takeover logistically straightforward. “The US has de facto control already,” says Jacobsen.

Nevertheless, such an action would spark an international crisis. Elisabet Svane warns that invading Greenland would violate NATO’s collective defense clause under Article 5, creating an unprecedented conflict within the alliance. “If they invade Greenland, they invade NATO. That’s where it stops,” she asserts.

Dr. Gad draws parallels between Trump’s rhetoric and the territorial ambitions of China’s Xi Jinping regarding Taiwan or Russia’s Vladimir Putin regarding Ukraine. “He’s saying it’s legitimate for us to take this land. If we take him seriously, this is a bad omen for the Western alliance,” he cautions.

Why Greenland Matters

Trump’s interest in Greenland underscores its strategic and economic significance. The island’s location is vital for Arctic security, and its untapped resources, including rare minerals, add to its appeal. However, Greenland’s population and Danish officials remain united against a sale or forced acquisition.

As the world watches this unusual geopolitical clash unfold, the outcome will hinge on Greenland’s aspirations, Denmark’s strategies, and Trump’s next moves. Regardless of the immediate resolution, Greenland’s future has undeniably taken center stage in international discussions.

India to Locally Manufacture Stryker Armored Fighting Vehicles in Landmark Agreement with the U.S.

In November 2023, India and the United States entered into a significant agreement to locally produce 8×8 Stryker Armored Fighting Vehicles (AFVs). This collaboration positions India as the world’s first global manufacturer of this wheeled combat vehicle, marking a notable milestone in the defense relationship between the two nations.

During a recent visit to New Delhi, U.S. National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan underscored the importance of this partnership. Speaking at the Indian Institute of Technology, he highlighted the expanding defense production ties between the two countries and the opportunities they create. Sullivan pointed out the role of American companies in Indian defense programs, including the Light Combat Aircraft (LCA) Tejas and its upcoming variants.

He remarked, “The Biden administration has approved technological proposals that will enable India to become the first global producer of Stryker combat vehicles, a prominent manufacturer of advanced ammunition systems, and the first foreign producer of next-generation maritime systems.” His comments reflected the broader ambitions of the partnership, which extends beyond Strykers to advanced weaponry and naval technologies.

The agreement reached in 2023 includes provisions for local production of up to 1,000 Stryker AFVs in India, with reports suggesting that these vehicles will come in various configurations. These configurations are expected to focus on enhancing the vehicles’ anti-tank capabilities, which are of particular relevance to India’s military needs.

According to Sullivan, these combat vehicles hold significant strategic value for India, especially in addressing challenges along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) with China. He emphasized the Stryker’s potential to enhance India’s military capabilities in regions where tensions with the People’s Republic of China (PRC) persist.

Secretary of State Antony Blinken echoed these sentiments during his visit to India in 2023, noting, “The Stryker has great potential in the future to give India more capabilities in areas particularly relevant along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) and some of the challenges it faces with the PRC.” His statement reaffirmed the alignment of U.S. defense support with India’s strategic needs.

Despite the significant developments, certain details of the agreement remain undisclosed. The Indian Ministry of Defense has yet to confirm specifics such as the exact number of Strykers to be produced, the local company that will oversee production, and the total scale of investments. However, the initiative is widely viewed as a crucial step toward bolstering India’s defense manufacturing sector and reducing dependence on foreign imports.

This agreement aligns with India’s broader push for self-reliance in defense production under the “Make in India” initiative. By partnering with the U.S., India is not only gaining access to advanced technologies but also strengthening its position as a global player in the defense industry.

With the production of Stryker AFVs, India is poised to modernize its armed forces and address emerging security challenges effectively. The collaboration underscores the deepening strategic partnership between India and the United States, emphasizing shared goals of regional stability and technological advancement.

As further details emerge, the local production of Stryker vehicles is expected to set the stage for future defense collaborations between the two countries, solidifying their partnership in an increasingly complex geopolitical landscape.

Ten Indian Films Competing for Oscars 2025 Amid Diverse Global Entries

India’s official entry for the 2025 Oscars, Laapataa Ladies, failed to make it to the Best Picture shortlist. However, the nation still boasts a strong presence at this prestigious event, with ten films bearing Indian connections competing in various categories. This includes eight Indian films among Oscar-qualifying titles, a Hindi movie shortlisted for the International Feature Film category, and a short film, Anuja, in contention for Live Action Short Film.

Indian Films in the Oscars 2025 Race

Out of ten films connected to India, one is the UK’s official entry to the Oscars. Santosh, a British production, made the shortlist for Best International Feature Film, while Anuja was shortlisted for Live Action Short Film. The remaining Indian films feature on the Academy’s reminder list, which includes hundreds of titles eligible for this year’s nominations.

Globally, 323 feature films qualified for Oscar consideration, though only 207 can compete for Best Picture due to additional eligibility requirements.

Eligibility for Best Picture

According to the Academy’s rules, motion pictures must run longer than 40 minutes and be released in 35mm or 70mm formats. They need to screen in specific U.S. cities—Los Angeles, New York, Bay Area, Dallas-Fort Worth, Chicago, and Atlanta—three times daily for at least seven consecutive days. Moreover, producers or distributors must submit an official application for eligibility, alongside meeting technical specifications for audio and visuals.

The ten Indian-linked films vying for Oscars 2025 are:

  1. Swatantrya Veer Savarkar
  1.  Randeep Hooda’s directorial debut, Swatantrya Veer Savarkar, explores the life of Vinayak Damodar Savarkar, a significant figure in India’s freedom struggle. While the narrative highlights key moments of Savarkar’s activism, critics have noted its overly dramatic tone. An impressive cast, including Amit Sial, Rajesh Khera, Brajesh Jha, Mrinal Dutt, and Ankita Lokhande, helps elevate this otherwise uneven period drama.
  1. Girls Will Be Girls

Directed by Shuchi Talati, Girls Will Be Girls delves into female sexuality and coming-of-age themes, steering away from societal expectations. Instead, it focuses on the perspectives and desires of its female protagonists. Kani Kusruti and Preeti Panigrahi’s portrayal of a mother-daughter duo lends emotional depth to the story. The film earned accolades at the Sundance Film Festival and MAMI Mumbai Film Festival.

  1. Santosh

Sandhya Suri’s Hindi-language crime drama, Santosh, set in Uttar Pradesh, has been shortlisted for Best International Feature Film. Featuring Shahana Goswami as a widowed police officer, the film has won awards at the National Board of Review, Tokyo FILMeX, and British Independent Film Festival. It was also nominated in Cannes’ Un Certain Regard category and recognized at the BFI London Film Festival and European Film Awards.

  1. Putul

Putul, a directorial debut by Indira Dhar, premiered at the Cannes Film Festival in 2024. With performances by Sujan Mukherjee, Tanusree Shankar, Indroneel Mukherjee, and Mumtaz Sorcar, the film marks Dhar’s first venture as both director and producer. The music, composed by Arghyakamal Mitra and Sayan Ganguly, enhances the narrative.

  1. Aadujeevitham: The Goat Life

Blessy’s adaptation of Benyamin’s acclaimed novel, Aadujeevitham, narrates the harrowing journey of a Malayali migrant laborer in the Gulf. Despite facing bans in certain Gulf nations, the film won recognition at the Hollywood Music in Media Awards and Kerala State Film Awards.

  1. All We Imagine As Light

Payal Kapadia’s All We Imagine As Light is an Indo-French production featuring Kani Kusruti, Chhaya Kadam, and Divya Prabha. Although it didn’t become India’s official Oscar entry, the film earned critical acclaim, winning the Grand Prix at Cannes. Garnering awards from the New York Film Critics Circle and National Board of Review, it also secured Golden Globe nominations and remains a strong contender for Best Picture.

  1. Band of Maharajas

Directed by Girish Malik, Band of Maharajas stars Shraddha Pandey, Arun Bajwa, and Kuwarjeet Chopraa.

  1. Kanguva

Starring Tamil actor Suriya alongside Bollywood stars Bobby Deol and Disha Patani, Kanguva depicts the struggles of a tribal warrior. Directed by Siva, the film faced initial criticism for excessive audio effects, leading to a re-edited version. Supporting actors KS Ravikumar, Yogi Babu, and Redin Kingsley contribute to the narrative.

  1. The Zebras

Aneek Chaudhuri’s The Zebras features Sharib Hashmi and Priyanka Sarkar in significant roles. It is competing in categories such as Best Director, Best Cinematography, and Best Original Screenplay.

  1. Anuja

The short film Anuja, backed by producers Guneet Monga and Priyanka Chopra Jonas, is directed by Adam J. Graves and Suchitra Mattai. Set in Delhi, it has been shortlisted for the Live Action Short Film category.

Upcoming in Oscars 2025

The Academy initially planned to announce the 2025 Oscar nominations on January 17. However, due to California wildfires, the voting period and announcement date were shifted to January 19. The awards ceremony will take place on March 2 in a live event.

Mumbai Airport Becomes India’s First to Achieve Top Global Customer Experience Accreditation

Mumbai’s Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj International Airport (CSMIA) has reached a remarkable milestone, becoming the first airport in India and just the third worldwide to secure Level 5 Accreditation for Airport Customer Experience from the Airports Council International (ACI). This honor represents the highest level of recognition in the global airport sector and marks a significant achievement in passenger satisfaction and service excellence.

The airport celebrated the accolade with an announcement on Instagram, emphasizing its commitment to enhancing customer experiences. The post stated, “The credit for this milestone goes to our data-driven, digital-first, and passenger-focused approach that puts you at the heart of everything we do. Here’s to smoother journeys, happier passengers, and setting new standards in excellence!”

The recognition is a result of the airport’s dedicated efforts to prioritize passenger comfort and adopt innovative, data-centric strategies. CSMIA’s success highlights its status as a global leader in providing exceptional customer service, reinforcing its role as a gateway that sets new benchmarks in the aviation industry.

The airport is managed by Adani Airport Holdings Ltd (AAHL), a subsidiary of the Adani Group, led by business tycoon Gautam Adani. Sharing his pride in this accomplishment, Adani expressed, “There is no greater manifestation of business success than a company’s ability to serve its customers. Every moment, it is this guiding principle that I urge all members of Adani Airports to dedicate their hours to. Not only are we the first airport in India but also only the third in the world to do so.”

This achievement not only enhances Mumbai Airport’s global standing but also underscores the importance of customer experience in the competitive aviation industry. The Level 5 Accreditation recognizes the airport’s exceptional focus on passenger satisfaction, making it a trailblazer in the sector.

Mumbai Airport’s efforts to blend technology and customer-centricity reflect a forward-thinking approach that sets a precedent for other airports in India and across the globe.

Paris Hilton Shares Heartbreak Over Malibu Home Lost in Pacific Palisades Fire

Paris Hilton has shared her grief and devastation over the Pacific Palisades Fire, returning to the ruins of her Malibu home and expressing hope that Los Angeles will rebuild and recover from this tragedy.

The socialite and reality television star posted a video of herself walking through what remains of her once-beautiful home. The clip captures the heartbreaking scene, with walls reduced to rubble and small flames still smoldering amid the destruction. “There’s nothing left to destroy,” she revealed, as the fire had consumed everything.

In an emotional caption accompanying the video shared Thursday night, Paris described her pain as “indescribable” and likened it to her heart shattering into “a million pieces.” She reflected on the cherished memories she created in the home with her family, noting how the loss was even harder to bear knowing that thousands of others are enduring the same sorrow.

Despite the tragedy, Paris acknowledged her fortune in the midst of such devastation, emphasizing the safety of her loved ones, including her children and pets. “I am so grateful that everyone I love is safe,” she wrote, extending her heartfelt gratitude to the first responders who have risked their lives to battle the flames and protect others.

In a message of resilience, Paris promised that Los Angeles would rise again. “We will rebuild, heal, and rise like a phoenix from the ashes,” she stated, urging people to hold their loved ones close and to treasure every moment.

Earlier this week, Paris learned of her Malibu property’s destruction. While the beachfront home was not her primary residence, its loss remains deeply personal. Paris, known for her luxurious lifestyle and multiple homes, has shown that even icons of glamour are not immune to the impact of such disasters.

In the wake of the tragedy, Paris has received an outpouring of support from her famous friends. Celebrities like Jessica Alba and Gigi Gorgeous have reached out on social media, sending love and strength during this challenging time.

The Pacific Palisades Fire continues to rage, having already burned through nearly 20,000 acres of land. The fire is one of several blazes wreaking havoc across the region, including the Eaton Fire in northeastern Los Angeles. As these wildfires persist, they serve as a stark reminder of the immense challenges communities face in recovering and rebuilding.

Paris Hilton’s story reflects not only her personal loss but also the collective grief and resilience of those affected by this devastating natural disaster.

Sweden Reintroduces Traditional Books in Schools After Digital-Only Education Experiment

In 2009, Sweden embarked on a bold journey to digitize its classrooms, aiming to revolutionize the way students learn. The government envisioned a future where computers and tablets would transform education into an interactive and accessible experience. By replacing traditional textbooks with digital alternatives, Sweden sought to make learning more dynamic while preparing students for the digital demands of the 21st century. Advocates of educational technology praised this move, considering it a forward-thinking approach to modern education.

Dr. Anna Lindström, an education expert at the Swedish National Institute of Education, stated, “The integration of digital tools was expected to enhance personalized learning and make education more dynamic.” The vision was clear: to equip students with the digital skills necessary for the modern workforce and foster an engaging, tech-savvy learning environment.

Challenges of Digital-Only Learning

Despite the initial optimism, the digital transition did not deliver the anticipated results. While Sweden maintained its high ranking in global education standards, studies and feedback from educators and parents revealed several challenges. One significant issue was the decline in essential skills such as reading and writing. Teachers noticed that students struggled to concentrate and retain information when using screens compared to traditional paper-based learning methods.

Research by the Swedish Research Council for Health, Working Life and Welfare (Forte) supported these observations, finding that excessive screen time hindered students’ ability to focus and process complex information. “The impact of backlit screens on concentration and comprehension was far more significant than we anticipated,” noted Dr. Lindström.

Distractions from digital devices further compounded the problem. While computers and tablets were intended for learning, students often used them for gaming or browsing the internet during school hours, reducing classroom engagement. Many parents voiced their concerns about the unintended consequences of the digital shift. Maria Svensson, a mother, shared, “I noticed my child getting distracted by games and social media during school hours, which affected their academic performance.”

A Shift Back to Traditional Learning

Recognizing these challenges, Sweden has decided to reverse course and reintroduce traditional books in classrooms. From 2022 to 2025, the government will invest €104 million to provide every student with paper textbooks for each subject. The funds will also support awareness campaigns and assist schools during the transition.

“This move is about finding a balance,” said Education Minister Lena Johansson. “We’re not abandoning digital tools altogether, but rather ensuring that they complement rather than replace the foundational aspects of learning.”

The decision reflects the government’s understanding that while technology has its advantages, traditional teaching methods are vital for fostering critical thinking and comprehension skills. By reinstating books, Sweden hopes to rebuild fundamental learning skills while continuing to use digital tools where they can add value.

Dr. Erik Andersson, a curriculum developer, explained, “Books offer a tactile experience that screens simply cannot replicate. They help improve focus and enhance memory retention, which are essential for academic success.”

The Importance of Balance

Sweden’s decision to reintroduce books highlights the importance of balance in integrating technology into education. The country’s initial experiment showed that while digital tools can enhance learning, relying on them exclusively can lead to unintended consequences. The new approach aims to harmonize digital and traditional methods to create a more comprehensive educational experience.

Organizations like the International Society for Technology in Education (ISTE) have long advocated for such a balanced approach. They emphasize that technology should serve as a tool to enhance learning rather than dominate it. By revisiting its strategy, Sweden is setting a precedent for other nations on how to effectively integrate technology while preserving the benefits of traditional educational practices.

Conclusion

Sweden’s bold leap into digital-only education, followed by its decision to reintroduce traditional books, underscores the complexities of modernizing education. While the initial goal of embracing innovation was commendable, the outcomes revealed the importance of adapting policies to what truly benefits students. The €104 million investment to bring back books demonstrates a commitment to a holistic approach that values both tradition and innovation.

Dr. Lindström summarized the lesson well: “This experience shows that technology, while powerful, cannot replace the foundational aspects of education that have stood the test of time.” By striking a balance between digital and traditional methods, Sweden is paving the way for an education system that prepares students for both present challenges and future opportunities.

As the world continues to navigate the integration of technology into various sectors, Sweden’s experience offers a valuable lesson in the importance of flexibility, adaptability, and a balanced approach to educational policies.

Trump Sentenced in “Hush Money” Case, Escapes Jail Time

On Friday, President-elect Donald Trump appeared virtually from his Mar-a-Lago residence for his sentencing in the New York “hush money” case. He was granted an unconditional discharge, meaning he faced no jail time or other restrictions ahead of his inauguration on January 20. Justice Juan Merchan, who had made a promise a week earlier, adhered to his commitment by giving Trump a sentence free of any conditions that could hinder his presidency.

Merchan explained that the decision stemmed from his belief that it was the only legal option, considering Trump was just 10 days away from assuming office. He remarked that while the trial had been extraordinary in nature, the trial itself had followed normal legal procedures. However, Merchan noted that the circumstances surrounding Trump’s sentencing were unprecedented due to his imminent return to the presidency. He clarified that the extraordinary nature of the case was not linked to Trump, but rather the legal protections afforded by the office of the president. “This has been a truly extraordinary case,” Merchan remarked. “But because of the office you once occupied and will soon occupy again, the legal protections afforded to the office were extraordinary.”

The judge emphasized that these protections, although significant, were not a mitigating factor. They did not reduce the seriousness of the crimes Trump was convicted for, nor did they erase the jury’s verdict. Merchan concluded that the only lawful sentence, one that did not encroach on the office of the president, was an unconditional discharge. He stated that had Trump been a civilian, he may not have received such leniency.

During the proceedings, Trump was seen virtually alongside his attorney, Todd Blanche. Trump had the opportunity to address the court, describing the trial as “a very terrible experience” and “a tremendous setback for New York.” He expressed his frustration at being indicted for what he believed was a legitimate expense. “With all the horrible things that are going on, I got indicted for calling a legal expense a legal expense,” Trump stated, referring to the falsified reimbursements that formed the heart of the case.

Trump called the investigation a “political witch hunt” aimed at damaging his reputation and preventing his victory in the 2016 election. “It was done to damage my reputation so that I’d lose the election, and obviously, that didn’t work,” he added. Trump also maintained his innocence, stating, “The fact is I’m totally innocent. I did nothing wrong.”

Prosecutor Joshua Steinglass, ahead of the sentencing, accused Trump of attacking the judicial system and prosecutors. He argued that Trump’s actions had been a direct assault on the rule of law and that the former president had not expressed any remorse for his crimes. “Far from expressing any kind of remorse for his criminal conduct, the defendant has purposefully bred disdain for our judicial institutions and the rule of law,” Steinglass stated. “He’s done this to serve his own ends, and to encourage others to reject the jury verdict that he finds so distasteful.”

Steinglass further argued that Trump’s actions had caused lasting harm to public perception of the criminal justice system, endangering officers of the court. Manhattan District Attorney Alvin Bragg was present in the courtroom but chose not to address the court during the proceedings.

Trump’s lawyer, Todd Blanche, disagreed with Steinglass’ assessment, claiming that not only Trump but also experts and many American citizens, particularly those who voted for Trump, felt the case should never have been pursued. He asserted that the prosecution was unjust and echoed Trump’s sentiment that the case was politically motivated. “It’s not just Trump and experts cited by Trump who feel the case should not have been brought, but the majority of the American people, particularly those who voted for the Republican in November,” Blanche stated.

Trump’s legal team had been battling Manhattan prosecutors since 2018, when the “hush money” investigation began. They contested subpoenas and rulings by Merchan, even taking their case to the U.S. Supreme Court multiple times. One such instance occurred earlier this week, when the court refused to intervene on Trump’s behalf, clearing the way for the sentencing.

After the high court’s decision, Trump expressed his thoughts, admitting that he found the Supreme Court’s decision fair. “I thought it was a fair decision, actually,” Trump said, noting that the justices had pointed out that Trump could appeal the case. However, he made it clear that an appeal was forthcoming. “But we’re going to appeal anyway,” he stated. “So, I’ll do my little thing tomorrow. They can have fun with their political opponent,” Trump added.

The courtroom, although without cameras, was the site of significant public interest. While the trial had attracted large crowds in earlier proceedings, the general public line for the sentencing was notably sparse. No onlookers were visible outside the courthouse on Friday morning, with no large crowds forming in the park across the street, a stark contrast to previous days.

In May, Trump had been found guilty by a jury of 34 felonies, including his role in authorizing a scheme to falsify records. This was done to cover up reimbursements for the $130,000 hush money payment made to adult film star Stormy Daniels, who testified during the trial. Trump’s former lawyer Michael Cohen, who acted as his “fixer,” also provided testimony, confirming that the reimbursement was to silence Daniels regarding an alleged affair with Trump prior to the 2016 election. Multiple witnesses testified that Trump was relieved that the story did not break before the election.

Throughout the trial, Trump had been held in contempt 10 times by Merchan for violating a gag order that prevented him from making public statements about court witnesses, staff, and others involved in the case. The 10th contempt citation, which came just before sentencing, foreshadowed the likelihood of the discharge sentence. Merchan had made it clear during the trial that he was reluctant to imprison Trump. “The last thing I want to do is to put you in jail,” Merchan had said earlier in the proceedings.

As the sentencing concluded, Merchan extended a final remark to Trump, saying, “the only lawful sentence that permits entry of a judgment of conviction without encroaching on the highest office in the land is an unconditional discharge. Godspeed as you assume your second term in office.”

Los Angeles Residents Mourn the Loss of Historic Landmarks and Cultural Institutions Amid Devastating Wildfires

As wildfires continue to ravage the Los Angeles area, several beloved landmarks and cultural treasures have been destroyed, leaving residents grieving the loss of places that were integral to the community.

One of the major casualties of the ongoing fires is the Will Rogers ranch house, a state park named after the early 20th-century actor and columnist. The ranch, located in the Pacific Palisades, once belonged to Rogers, who is also known as a “cowboy philosopher.” California State Parks confirmed that the ranch house was completely destroyed by the flames. In addition, the Palisades Fire claimed other structures within Will Rogers State Historic Park and the nearby Topanga State Park. California State Parks Director Armando Quintero expressed his sorrow, stating, “We grieve for these invaluable natural and cultural assets, and our thoughts are with everyone affected by the catastrophic fires in the Los Angeles region.”

Another cherished local spot, the Rosenthal Wine Bar & Patio in Malibu, was also engulfed by the flames. The wine bar, located along the scenic Pacific Coast Highway, was a favorite destination for wine lovers and those seeking stunning views of the ocean. Following the destruction, Paige Johanna North, a regular patron, shared her heartbreak on Instagram, writing, “I am absolutely heartbroken over the loss of Rosenthal Wines. I’ve spent so many wonderful afternoons there over the years, from tastings with family to my bachelorette party. This is so terrible.” The wine bar’s social media pages were filled with similar tributes and memories, with images and videos showcasing the warm, laid-back atmosphere that made Rosenthal a beloved spot.

The Pasadena Jewish Temple and Center was another institution destroyed in the Eaton Fire. In a heartfelt letter posted on the center’s website, its leadership expressed the gravity of the loss, stating, “This is beyond devastating and heartbreaking for us all.” Thankfully, the temple managed to rescue all Torah scrolls from the sanctuary, chapel, and classrooms. Despite the destruction, the temple’s leadership has vowed to rebuild, focusing on both recovery and supporting congregants, some of whom have lost their homes.

The historic Topanga Ranch Motel, a group of bungalow-style cabins nestled in the Malibu hills, was also consumed by the Palisades Fire. Originally built nearly a century ago and once owned by newspaper magnate William Randolph Hearst, the motel had served as a retreat for workers constructing the Pacific Coast Highway, as well as a getaway for families and filmmakers. Though the motel had been shuttered for some time, there were plans to restore some of its cabins for public use. Esotouric, a local tour company, fondly remembered the motel, stating, “If you’ve ever eaten at the Reel Inn on PCH (RIP), you probably admired the time capsule Topanga Ranch Motel cottages just off the parking lot.”

The Pacific Palisades community theater, Theatre Palisades, was another victim of the fire, which struck just days before the theater was set to debut its new production, “Jest a Second!” Kentwood Players, another local theater company, expressed its condolences on social media, stating, “We are so deeply saddened to hear of the loss of our sister theater company, Theatre Palisades. This tragedy not only impacts the incredible performances they’ve brought to life but also the vibrant community they’ve fostered over the years.”

Altadena residents also suffered the loss of a beloved institution, the Altadena Hardware store, which was destroyed in the Eaton Fire. The store, a fixture in the community for more than 80 years, had been a go-to destination for residents in need of tools, gardening supplies, and more. Writer Peachy Keenan shared her sorrow on Twitter, recalling, “Altadena Hardware, run by the local Orlandini family for many years, where two of my kids worked, where one kid was working just last night selling emergency supplies to people, is gone.”

The Altadena Community Church also fell victim to the flames in the Eaton Fire. In a post on its Facebook page, the church expressed its sadness, stating, “It is with great sadness that we announce the loss of our church building to the Eaton fires.” The church, which had been a pillar in the community for over 80 years, was known for its outreach programs, including a food pantry and preschool. The church’s leadership assured the public, “We will regroup to find our path forward. Until then, we may be pretty silent as we each work through this tragedy individually and together in spirit.”

Another victim of the Palisades Fire was Palisades Charter High School, affectionately known as “Pali High.” The school, which has been an academic and cultural fixture in Los Angeles, was heavily damaged by the fire. In a letter to parents and students, Principal Pam Magee assured the community that, despite significant damage, 70% of the campus remained intact and that plans were in place to reopen the school the following week.

The loss of Fox’s Restaurant, a landmark in Altadena, has left the community heartbroken. The restaurant, known for its hearty breakfasts and classic diner fare, had been a local staple since the 1950s. Co-owners Monique King and Paul Rosenbluh, who revitalized the diner in 2018, expressed their devastation over the fire. “It’s so they can figure out what’s next,” King shared, referring to the GoFundMe campaign launched to support the restaurant’s employees, many of whom had worked there for over 30 years.

Another beloved Altadena institution, The Bunny Museum, was also destroyed in the fires. Co-founded by Steve Lubanski and Candace Frazee, the museum, which housed over 45,000 rabbit-themed artifacts, had delighted visitors for nearly three decades. In a post on social media, a fan expressed hope for the museum’s future, writing, “We will help you and your family rebuild The Bunny Museum!” The museum’s owners shared their plans to launch a fundraising campaign with hopes of rebuilding and creating a 501(c)3 non-profit museum.

The iconic Malibu restaurant Moonshadows, perched over the Pacific Ocean, was another casualty of the fire. Known for its chic patio and seafood offerings, the restaurant had been a staple in the community since 1966. Jenny Turnbull, a longtime patron, tweeted in tribute, “We only have ash covered decks and cars here. Remembering countless special occasions and carefree Sundays along PCH in Malibu.” The restaurant’s owners had previously faced hardship when it was damaged in the 2018 Woolsey Fire.

Finally, the Getty Villa, a cultural institution in Pacific Palisades, narrowly avoided destruction as the flames of the Palisades Fire came dangerously close to its grounds. Thanks to years of fire mitigation efforts, including clearing brush and installing fire prevention systems, the museum and its priceless collection of ancient artifacts were spared. Getty President and CEO Katherine E. Fleming confirmed that while vegetation on the property had burned, “Getty structures have been unaffected, and thankfully, both staff and the collections are safe.”

The fires that have devastated the Los Angeles area have left a trail of destruction, affecting not only the physical spaces but also the communities tied to these landmarks and institutions. As residents reflect on the loss, the shared memories of these cherished places continue to resonate, offering solace in the face of calamity.

First Lady Dr. Jill Biden Receives 7.5-Carat Lab-Grown Diamond as Part of 2023 Gifts from World Leaders

First Lady Dr. Jill Biden was presented with a 7.5-carat lab-grown diamond, valued at $20,000, by Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, according to a report released by the U.S. State Department on January 2, 2025. The diamond, which was given during Modi’s state visit to the United States on June 22, 2023, became the most expensive gift received by either President Joe Biden or the First Lady from a foreign leader in 2023. The State Department mentioned that the diamond is “retained for official use in the East Wing.”

In addition to the diamond, other notable gifts were “retained for official use.” These include a piece of calligraphy titled “The Ship in the Sky,” presented by Sugako Hamazaki, wife of Japanese Prime Minister Kishida Yuko, on June 13, 2023. This gift, valued at $2,500, is also kept for official use. Another significant item, a “Steel Fragment Forget-Me-Not Flower Brooch,” gifted by Ukraine’s Ambassador to the U.S., Oksana Markarova, on February 7, 2023, is worth $14,063 and was retained for official use as well.

While most gifts presented to the President and First Lady have already been transferred to the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA), the First Lady’s diamond is expected to be transferred to NARA once the President and First Lady leave office. U.S. officials are also allowed to purchase gifts from the federal government at the market value. Other gifts received by Dr. Biden, which have already been transferred to NARA, include items such as a Delvaux pouch, a Brown Lip Shell Jewelry Box, a Swarovski Necklace, Earrings, Ring, an Eye of Horus Necklace, an Egyptian Wood Inlaid Shell Purse, a Scarf, a book titled “Carthage – Fact and Myth,” a Sculpture, traditional sweets, wine, handkerchiefs, and a pair of bangles.

Each year, the State Department’s Chief of Protocol compiles a list of gifts received by U.S. officials from foreign governments, which includes tangible items and travel-related gifts exceeding a minimum threshold value of $480. The report for 2023, which includes a full list of these gifts, is set to be published in the Federal Register on January 3, 2025, and will be made available online for public access.

In addition to Dr. Biden’s gifts, Prime Minister Modi also presented President Joe Biden with several items during his state visit on June 22, 2023. These included a “Carved Sandalwood Box,” a book titled “The Ten Principal Upanishads,” a statue, and an oil lamp, collectively valued at $6,232. These gifts, like Dr. Biden’s, were transferred to NARA for official documentation and preservation. Additionally, on November 15, 2022, President Biden received a painting from Prime Minister Modi, valued at $1,000, which was also sent to NARA.

Aside from the gifts presented by Prime Minister Modi, other international leaders also presented items to U.S. officials. For example, Deputy Assistant to the President and Coordinator for Indo-Pacific Affairs, Kurt Campbell, was gifted a “Wall Hanging” by Modi on August 1, 2023, valued at $850. This gift is still pending transfer to the General Services Administration (GSA). National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan received a “Wooden Elephant Sculpture,” valued at $638, from India’s National Security Advisor, Ajit Doval, on July 1, 2023. This gift is also pending transfer to GSA. Doval presented another gift to Sullivan, a “Silver Jaguar Statue” worth $485, on January 31, 2023, which is likewise awaiting transfer to GSA.

On September 23, 2022, Homeland Security Advisor Elizabeth Sherwood-Randall was given a “Silver Elephant Sculpture” valued at $3,980 by Deputy National Security Advisor Rajinder Khanna. This gift is also pending transfer to GSA. Furthermore, Khanna presented another gift to Anne Neuberger, Deputy Assistant to the President and Deputy National Security Advisor for Cyber & Emerging Technology, on July 1, 2022. This included a “Silver Candlestick” and a “Silver Picture Frame,” valued at $515. This gift is also pending transfer to GSA.

In addition to gifts from Indian leaders, international figures from other countries have also presented gifts to President Biden. For instance, Rishi Sunak, the Indian-origin former Prime Minister of the United Kingdom, gave a “Glass Thomas Lyte Bowl” to President Biden on July 10, 2023. Valued at $900, this gift has already been transferred to NARA. Additionally, Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif of Pakistan presented a “Rug in Velvet Case” valued at $525 to President Biden on October 20, 2022, which was also transferred to NARA.

Gifts from heads of state and government from other nations, including Ukraine, China, Pakistan, Germany, Israel, Ireland, Egypt, Ghana, Tunisia, Mauritius, Brazil, Australia, South Korea, Japan, and the Philippines, have also been presented to President Biden. These items have varied in nature and value, but many are retained for official use or have already been documented and transferred to NARA.

The gifts presented to the President and First Lady serve as symbols of diplomatic relations between the U.S. and foreign governments. These presents, including the high-value diamond from Prime Minister Modi, are carefully cataloged and preserved for official use, and in many cases, are eventually transferred to the National Archives for posterity. The report also highlights the practice of documenting such gifts for transparency, with the 2023 compilation expected to be available to the public in early 2025.

Microsoft Commits $3 Billion to India’s AI and Cloud Expansion, Aims to Train 10 Million by 2030

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella announced that the tech giant plans to invest $3 billion in India over the next two years to bolster cloud and artificial intelligence (AI) infrastructure. This investment, which will include the establishment of new data centers, represents the company’s largest single expansion in the region. Nadella also revealed that Microsoft is committed to equipping 10 million individuals in India with AI skills by 2030.

Addressing an audience of over 3,000 developers at an exhibition center in Bengaluru, Nadella expressed his enthusiasm for India’s rapid adoption of AI. “The diffusion rate of AI in India is exciting. This is the golden age for systems when it comes to innovation,” he stated.

Microsoft’s India Journey and Nadella’s Vision

During his tenure as CEO, now spanning nearly 11 years, Nadella has redefined Microsoft by focusing on cloud computing and AI. This approach, coupled with fostering a culture of collaboration, has propelled the company to become the second in the world to achieve a $3 trillion market capitalization, following Apple.

Microsoft’s workforce in India has been a crucial driver of its global operations, and the company views the country as a highly promising market. “I had a chance to meet Prime Minister Modiji yesterday, and it was fantastic. It’s great to listen to his vision of how he wants to drive AI missions. It’s the combination of the Yojanas (schemes), the India Stack, the entrepreneurial energy in this country, and the demographics on both the consumer and business sides that are all coming together in a virtuous cycle,” Nadella shared.

Infrastructure Reimagined for AI

Emphasizing the transformative role of AI in shaping economies, Nadella explained that modern infrastructure must be conceived differently from traditional systems. “With infrastructure, there’s a new formula for any country or company. I think of that formula as tokens per dollar per watt,” he said. This concept measures how efficiently an AI system generates information (tokens) for every dollar spent on computing power, factoring in energy consumption (watts). The focus, he added, must be on cost-effective and energy-efficient AI performance.

Nadella highlighted Microsoft’s innovation across every layer of this new infrastructure and stressed its importance as a priority for both countries and businesses.

Microsoft Copilot and AI Transformation

Microsoft has been at the forefront of South Asia’s AI transformation, supporting over 800 customers in the region. Nadella mentioned that the company’s investments in generative AI (GenAI) have yielded fivefold returns, with 70% of customers reporting increased productivity. Microsoft’s AI-powered tool, Copilot, has seen a tenfold growth in adoption across India and South Asia.

Describing Copilot as the “new UI (user interface) for AI,” Nadella detailed its benefits, including providing users with more relevant answers, enhanced efficiency, creative possibilities, and tailored content for work tasks.

India: A Global AI Use Case Leader

In a discussion with Infosys co-founder and chairman Nandan Nilekani, Nadella explored the potential of AI in India. Drawing an analogy to a “swarm of AI agents,” Nadella envisioned this as the next frontier in productivity. Nilekani echoed this sentiment, stating, “I think India will be the use case capital of AI in the world. We have several things working for us. We have 15 years of experience in building population-scale digital infrastructure, which makes it cheaper and allows for high-volume, billions of transactions. We know that game well.”

Nilekani credited India’s tech-savvy political leadership for its approach to balancing AI innovation with safeguards. “In some parts of the world, they are saying safeguards first without worrying about innovation. We know the right balance between responsible AI and innovation,” he remarked.

Nilekani also highlighted Indians’ adaptability to new technologies, citing the rapid adoption of the Unified Payments Interface (UPI). “UPI was launched about seven years ago, and now there are 400 million users and 16 billion transactions a month. It’s unbelievable that this can happen. I think AI is at that spot, and we must make it work,” he said.

India’s advancements in AI-backed systems were evident in initiatives like Aadhaar’s biometric liveness detection, which prevents spoofing, and AI-powered tax systems, which have improved fraud detection and increased revenue collection.

Advice for Global CEOs

When asked for his advice to global leaders, Nadella emphasized the challenge of managing change. He noted that tools like Copilot require new workflows to realize their full potential. “At Microsoft, for instance, the efficiency gains in various functions – customer service, internal IT, and others – all show double-digit improvements. These improvements directly influence budgetary decisions,” he explained.

From a CEO’s perspective, Nadella outlined the importance of setting specific targets for operational growth. “This translates to setting specific targets, such as 10 points or 300 basis points of operating leverage for the upcoming year, with a five-year compound growth plan. Thanks to capital markets, what they expect of CEOs is miracles every 90 days,” he observed.

Conclusion

Microsoft’s $3 billion investment and its vision for AI and cloud infrastructure in India signify a landmark move in its global strategy. With initiatives like training millions in AI skills and fostering technological innovation, the company is positioning itself as a key player in India’s digital future. Meanwhile, the collaboration between Indian innovation and Microsoft’s global expertise sets the stage for transformative advancements in AI and cloud computing.

Chandra Arya Announces Candidacy for Canadian Prime Minister

Chandra Arya, an Indian-origin Canadian Member of Parliament (MP) with strong ties to Justin Trudeau’s leadership, has officially announced his candidacy for the position of Prime Minister of Canada in the upcoming federal elections. Arya, who has long been known as a Trudeau loyalist, is now seeking to lead the country through a transformative period, as he looks to bring about significant changes within the government.

Arya’s announcement comes at a time when Justin Trudeau, facing growing dissatisfaction within the Liberal Party regarding his leadership, has stepped down, thereby opening the path for a new leader to be chosen. This decision has created an opportunity for fresh candidates to emerge, and Arya is seizing the moment to put forward his vision for Canada’s future.

In a post on the social media platform X, Arya outlined his goals and motivations for entering the race. He expressed his desire to lead the country by offering “a small, more efficient government” that would focus on rebuilding the nation and ensuring prosperity for future generations. “I am running to be the next Prime Minister of Canada to lead a small, more efficient government to rebuild our nation and secure prosperity for future generations,” Arya said in his statement.

Chandra Arya, who currently represents his constituency in the House of Commons, has a strong political background, having been elected in both the 2015 and 2019 federal elections. Born in Dwarlu village in Sira Taluk, located in Karnataka’s Tumkur district, Arya immigrated to Canada in 2006. He completed his Masters in Business Administration (MBA) from the Kousali Institute of Management Studies in Dharwad before making the move to Canada.

Arya has been a steadfast supporter of Trudeau’s leadership in the past, but his recent political maneuvers indicate a shift as he takes on the challenge of leading Canada himself. He has expressed his commitment to delivering bold political decisions if elected the leader of the Liberal Party. He emphasized the importance of making tough choices to address critical issues facing the country, particularly those related to the economy and opportunities for all Canadians. “Canada deserves leadership that isn’t afraid to make the big decisions. Decisions that rebuild our economy, restore hope, create equal opportunities for all Canadians, and secure prosperity for our children and grandchildren. Bold political decisions are not optional—they are necessary,” Arya stated.

Beyond his political views, Arya’s public persona has been shaped by his active engagement with cultural and community issues. In November of the previous year, he attracted attention by raising a triangular saffron flag with the symbol ‘Om’ outside the House of Commons, symbolizing his pride in his Indian heritage. This act highlighted his connection to his roots while also reflecting his ongoing efforts to bridge cultural and political gaps within Canada.

Arya’s career has also been marked by his advocacy on key issues affecting the Indian diaspora in Canada. He is often vocal in his opposition to the Khalistani movement and other divisive elements within the country. His public stance against these groups has resonated with many within the Indian community, further solidifying his image as a leader committed to unity and progress.

His use of Kannada in the Canadian House of Commons in 2022 also made headlines, as it became a viral moment that showcased his pride in his regional heritage. The move was a testament to his cultural pride and his desire to represent the diversity of his constituents. Arya’s presence in the political landscape, marked by both his business acumen and cultural advocacy, has set the stage for what could be a historic shift in Canadian politics.

If successful in his campaign, Arya has vowed to bring a fresh perspective to the leadership of the Liberal Party. He has highlighted his expertise in various sectors, promising to use his knowledge to make decisive and bold choices that will benefit Canadians in the long term. His goal, he has said, is not only to address current challenges but to pave the way for a prosperous future for upcoming generations.

As Arya seeks to gather support for his candidacy, he faces significant competition, particularly from other prominent figures within the Liberal Party. However, his background, vision, and commitment to leadership suggest that he could be a formidable contender in the race for the country’s top office. His focus on delivering change, coupled with his strong cultural identity, positions him as a unique and potentially transformative figure in Canadian politics.

Chandra Arya’s candidacy marks the beginning of a new chapter for Canada, with his promises of bold political decisions and an emphasis on rebuilding the nation’s economy. Whether or not he succeeds in his bid for the prime ministership, his entry into the race adds an exciting new dynamic to the upcoming federal elections.

Through his announcement, Arya has made it clear that his vision is centered on a smaller, more efficient government, focused on creating equal opportunities and ensuring that future generations can enjoy prosperity. His platform suggests a pragmatic approach to leadership, one that seeks to balance the demands of the present with the needs of the future.

In the coming months, Arya will undoubtedly be a key figure to watch as the election campaign unfolds. His ability to present himself as a leader who can navigate the complexities of both the political and economic landscape will likely determine his success or failure in securing the top leadership role in the country. Regardless of the outcome, Arya’s candidacy represents a significant moment in Canadian politics, signaling potential changes and new ideas in the country’s political future.

As the race for the next Prime Minister heats up, Arya’s message of bold, decisive leadership and commitment to a prosperous future for all Canadians will continue to resonate with voters. Whether he can build on this momentum and secure the support needed to win the election remains to be seen, but his entry into the race has already set the stage for an intriguing political battle in the months ahead.

Historic Sentencing Marks a New Chapter for Trump: A Conviction Without Punishment

Donald Trump faced a historic and unprecedented sentencing on Friday in the New York hush money case, one that came after his felony conviction and just days before he was set to become president once again. Judge Juan Merchan addressed the former president, emphasizing that it was the office of the presidency, not the individual holding it, that required him to impose no punishment for Trump’s actions, thus allowing Trump to avoid jail time or other legal penalties. Despite the weight of this ruling, Trump remained defiant and unrepentant, continuing to attack the case as a “political witch hunt.”

Trump had been convicted in May on 34 counts of falsifying business records, and despite his continued efforts to challenge the verdict in court, Friday’s sentencing cemented his status as the first convicted felon set to hold the presidency. Though the decision did not include any penalty, it marked a significant moment in his legal battles.

A Historic Sentence Without Punishment

Judge Merchan had already indicated that no punishment, including jail time, would be imposed on Trump. This was affirmed in a recent ruling by the U.S. Supreme Court, which, in a 5-4 decision, allowed the sentencing hearing to proceed. Trump appeared remotely from his Mar-a-Lago estate in Florida, and his speech during the session was notably less combative than his past public statements, although he still launched into attacks on the case and the individuals involved.

“This has been a very terrible experience,” Trump said at one point, continuing to frame the legal proceedings as part of a broader political conspiracy against him. He finished his remarks by asserting that his return to the presidency was a direct result of the trial, claiming that voters had been following the case and understood its implications. “The voters had been watching your trial so they understood it,” he stated, implying that the case helped secure his re-election.

The Legal Protections of the Presidency

While Judge Merchan did not criticize Trump directly, he focused on the unique nature of the case, acknowledging the exceptional legal protections afforded to the office of the president. “It is the legal protections afforded to the office of the president of the United States that are extraordinary, not the occupant of the office,” Merchan explained during the hearing. He emphasized that those protections were a legal mandate that he, as a judge, was bound to respect and uphold, despite the unusual circumstances of the case.

This legal framework, according to the judge, was what prevented him from imposing any penalties on Trump. “The considerable – indeed, extraordinary – legal protections afforded by the office of the chief executive is a factor that overrides all others,” Merchan elaborated. He pointed out that, while the situation was remarkable, the case was still conducted like any other in New York’s court system once the courtroom doors were closed.

A Defiant Trump and the Prosecutors’ View

Despite the judge’s explanation, prosecutors remained critical of Trump’s behavior throughout the case, especially in the aftermath of the verdict. Assistant District Attorney Josh Steinglass argued that Trump had undermined the rule of law with his refusal to accept the jury’s decision. “Far from expressing any kind of remorse for his criminal conduct,” Steinglass said, “Trump encouraged others to reject the jury verdict.” The prosecutor added that Trump’s actions had caused “enduring damage to the public perception of the criminal justice system.”

The unconditional discharge sentence means that Trump walks away from the case without any further consequences, though his conviction stands. This decision allows Trump to pursue appeals without the threat of immediate punishment. The defense team, led by top lawyers like Todd Blanche and Emil Bove, is expected to continue challenging the conviction through the legal system, possibly taking the case to higher courts if necessary.

Trump’s Felony Conviction and His Return to the Presidency

With this ruling, Trump’s status as a convicted felon is firmly established, even as he prepares to take office again. The sentence serves as a final procedural judgment in the case, though Trump’s legal team will continue their appeals. They argue that a Supreme Court ruling last summer granting broad presidential immunity should result in the dismissal of the case. This defense strategy hinges on the assertion that actions taken before Trump became president should not be subject to legal scrutiny while he holds office.

Steinglass, however, reaffirmed that the jury’s decision was clear and should be respected. “The jury’s verdict in this case was unanimous and decisive and it must be respected,” he asserted. Judge Merchan, for his part, agreed with the jury’s findings but made it clear that even the office of the presidency could not erase such a verdict. “One power they do not provide is the power to erase a jury verdict,” Merchan stated.

What Could Have Been: A Delayed Sentencing and Speculation on Public Reaction

The delay in Trump’s sentencing created an air of uncertainty, particularly regarding how the public might have reacted had the sentencing occurred before the election. Originally scheduled for July 11, the sentencing was postponed multiple times, largely due to the ongoing legal debates about presidential immunity. This delay allowed Trump’s victory to minimize the potential impact of any legal penalties, such as prison time or probation, which he might have faced had the case been resolved earlier.

Legal experts had speculated about whether Trump’s convictions, which carry a maximum sentence of four years, would have warranted jail time. However, the low-level nature of the felonies and the lack of prior legal punishment for similar offenses made it unlikely that Trump would have been sentenced to prison, even if the case had proceeded sooner.

The Long Road Ahead for Trump’s Legal Battles

Despite the lack of immediate punishment, Trump made it clear that he would continue to fight the conviction. “We’re going to appeal anyway, just psychologically, because frankly, it’s a disgrace. It’s a judge that shouldn’t have been on the case,” Trump stated from Mar-a-Lago ahead of the sentencing. As president, Trump’s legal team is expected to pursue every available option to overturn the conviction, with the case likely stretching out for years.

If lower courts uphold the conviction, Trump could appeal to New York’s highest court and, if necessary, seek to bring the case before the U.S. Supreme Court. His legal challenges could continue for an extended period, potentially affecting his time in office.

In closing, Judge Merchan acknowledged the unique situation facing Trump, wishing him well in his upcoming presidency: “Sir, I wish you Godspeed as you assume your second term in office.”

Thus, Trump enters his second term with a conviction but no immediate punishment, and his legal battles are far from over. The unfolding legal drama continues to cast a shadow over his return to the White House, leaving questions about the long-term implications of his actions and his fight against the justice system.

Supreme Court Weighs TikTok Ban Over National Security Concerns

In a critical session, the U.S. Supreme Court seems inclined to uphold the controversial ban on TikTok due to concerns over its connection to China. During over two hours of oral arguments, justices voiced skepticism about whether the law that mandates TikTok’s Chinese parent company, ByteDance, divest from the platform truly raises First Amendment concerns. Instead, they appeared to view the law as an effort to control potential foreign influence on an app used by millions of Americans.

The law, passed by Congress in April, would restrict TikTok’s operations in the U.S. unless ByteDance sells the app. Set to take effect on January 19, it could be blocked temporarily by the Court if justices intervene. A decision could come swiftly, before the Court addresses the broader issue of free speech protections related to the app.

Both former President Donald Trump and current President Joe Biden have expressed concerns about TikTok’s data collection practices and the potential for content manipulation. TikTok has strongly rejected these claims, arguing they are speculative and denying that the Chinese government controls what content appears on the app. The following are key takeaways from the oral arguments:

Roberts Questions First Amendment Relevance

The majority of justices expressed doubt about whether the First Amendment even applies in this case. Chief Justice John Roberts questioned TikTok’s argument, emphasizing that Congress was focused not on restricting expression but on addressing the national security risk posed by the app’s connection to a foreign adversary. “They’re not fine with a foreign adversary, as they’ve determined it is, gathering all this information about the 170 million people who use TikTok,” Roberts said.

Roberts further probed TikTok’s lawyer, questioning whether there was any precedent for striking down a law that regulates a company’s corporate structure based on First Amendment grounds. Justice Elena Kagan echoed these concerns, suggesting that the law targets a foreign company that doesn’t have First Amendment rights. “The law is only targeted at this foreign corporation, which doesn’t have First Amendment rights,” Kagan noted.

Kavanaugh Highlights National Security Risks

Justice Brett Kavanaugh and other conservative justices appeared more focused on national security concerns, a domain where the Court has traditionally deferred to the other branches of government. Solicitor General Elizabeth Prelogar, representing the Biden administration, argued that TikTok’s vast data collection on Americans posed a significant national security threat. “For years, the Chinese government has sought to build detailed profiles about Americans – where we live and work, who our friends and coworkers are, what our interests are and what our vices are,” Prelogar said.

Kavanaugh seemed particularly swayed by these arguments, stressing that the information TikTok collects could be used for espionage or blackmail. “China was accessing information about millions of Americans – tens of millions of Americans – including teenagers, people in their twenties,” Kavanaugh said. He expressed concerns that this data could be exploited by China to manipulate individuals in positions of power, such as future members of the FBI or the CIA.

Gorsuch and Kagan Express Concerns About Ban

Justice Neil Gorsuch, who often champions First Amendment rights, raised concerns about the sweeping nature of the ban. He suggested that the appropriate remedy for problematic speech might not be a ban but rather counter-speech or a warning label. “Don’t we normally assume that the best remedy for problematic speech is counter speech?” Gorsuch asked. He further noted that TikTok had proposed a solution, saying the platform could add a disclaimer indicating potential Chinese manipulation.

Gorsuch also posed a hypothetical scenario to the Court, questioning whether the government could shut down a foreign-owned newspaper on the same grounds. Prelogar countered that social media platforms like TikTok differ from traditional media because of their interactive nature, where users are influenced by algorithms rather than receiving one-way communication, as with newspapers.

Justice Kagan also voiced concerns, drawing parallels to the U.S. government’s historical tolerance of foreign propaganda. She referred to the Cold War era, when communist propaganda potentially tied to the Soviet Union was freely distributed in the U.S. “You know, in the mid-20th century, we were very concerned about the Soviet Union, and what the Soviet Union was doing in this country,” Kagan remarked, questioning whether Congress would have been right to demand the Communist Party sever ties with the Soviet Union at the time.

TikTok’s Future on January 19

Unless the Supreme Court intervenes, TikTok is set to be banned in the U.S. starting January 19. TikTok’s attorney, Noel Francisco, stated that the app would “go dark” if the law takes effect, with the potential for the app to be removed from app stores and no longer accessible for new downloads. While current users could still access the app, it would become increasingly vulnerable to bugs and security issues due to a lack of updates from the app stores. Francisco, a former solicitor general, warned of far-reaching consequences for service providers that continue to support TikTok in violation of the law.

However, even if the Court upholds the ban, there remains uncertainty about TikTok’s future. Francisco noted that former President Trump, who once expressed support for saving TikTok, could potentially alter the timeline for the divestiture requirement, particularly after January 19. “It is possible that come January 20th, 21st, 22nd, we might be in a different world,” Francisco said.

Trump’s Influence on the Case

Despite not being in office at the time of the arguments, former President Trump made his influence felt by filing a brief urging the Court to delay the ban’s implementation so that he could negotiate with TikTok. Justice Samuel Alito asked whether the Court could grant an administrative stay to pause the law’s implementation. Prelogar acknowledged that the Court had the authority to do so but emphasized that the case had been fully briefed and argued.

As the arguments concluded, Justice Sonia Sotomayor raised concerns about companies relying on promises from a president-elect to ignore laws. “I am a little concerned that a suggestion that the president-elect or anyone else would not enforce the law, when a law is in effect and is prohibitive of certain action, that a company would choose to ignore enforcement on any assurance, other than a change in that law,” she warned.

In conclusion, the justices’ questions and concerns during Friday’s oral arguments suggest a strong possibility that the Court may uphold the TikTok ban due to national security risks. With the law set to take effect on January 19, TikTok’s future in the U.S. hangs in the balance, and the Court’s decision could have lasting implications for the intersection of national security and free speech.

Seth Abramson Raises Alarms Over Elon Musk’s Influence and Mental Health

Seth Abramson, a biographer of Elon Musk, has made bold claims about the Tesla and SpaceX CEO, asserting that his mental health and decision-making could pose a significant threat to the United States. In a series of posts on X, the social media platform owned by Musk, Abramson suggested that Musk may be “going mad” and urged immediate government action to address the potential risks posed by the billionaire’s behavior and influence.

Abramson, who says he has monitored Musk’s actions closely for two years, highlighted Musk’s acknowledged struggles with mental health, drug use, and stress as key concerns. “I’m a Musk biographer who has been tracking his online behavior for the last two years—and given that he’s admitted to all of mental illness, heavy drug use, and crippling stress, it is now reasonable to fear he is deeply unwell,” Abramson wrote. He added a stark warning: “Protect America from Elon Musk.”

The biographer emphasized Musk’s immense influence across critical industries, including aerospace, electric vehicles, artificial intelligence, and social media. Additionally, he cited Musk’s role as the incoming head of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) under the Trump administration, a position Abramson claims could compound the risks. “His holdings across many civilization-essential industries and the fact that he’s the incoming POTUS mean that his madness and increasing incitement of violence endanger us all,” Abramson argued.

According to Abramson, Musk’s unparalleled control over industries vital to modern society creates a precarious situation. He called on the current administration to act decisively in its remaining time to mitigate these risks. Specifically, he proposed measures such as terminating government contracts with Musk and pursuing legal action against initiatives he described as unconstitutional under DOGE. “For 14 days more, the administration is in a position to take urgent action to protect America from Elon Musk,” Abramson wrote.

Abramson’s remarks come amid a period of heightened controversy surrounding Musk’s public behavior and statements on X. The billionaire has been increasingly outspoken, engaging in divisive debates and making polarizing comments on a variety of issues. For instance, he recently criticized the UK government for rejecting demands for a public inquiry into a grooming scandal in Oldham. Musk also accused UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer of failing to prosecute offenders during his tenure as Director of Public Prosecutions, labeling the incidents as a “massive crime against humanity.”

In addition to these criticisms, Musk has voiced support for Tommy Robinson, the founder of the far-right English Defence League, who is currently serving an 18-month jail sentence for contempt of court. This endorsement has further fueled debates about Musk’s political inclinations and judgment.

Abramson’s warnings have ignited significant discussion among users on X. While some individuals echoed his concerns and criticized Musk’s seemingly erratic behavior, others defended the billionaire, highlighting his vision and contributions to technological advancements. One user described Musk as a “thin-skinned, drug-addled Bond villain,” while another speculated that Musk sees himself as a protector of Western culture.

Musk’s mental health has long been a topic of public speculation. Reports last year suggested he experienced a mental breakdown after being publicly booed at a Dave Chappelle show in San Francisco. This incident occurred shortly after Musk acquired Twitter, now rebranded as X, in a $44 billion deal.

As debates continue to swirl around Musk’s influence and conduct, Abramson’s pointed critique underscores broader concerns about the responsibilities and potential dangers of individuals wielding extraordinary power across multiple critical domains.

Trump to Inherit Strong Labor Market as Biden Prepares to Exit

As President Biden prepares to step down, President-elect Donald Trump will take office amid a robust labor market. December’s job report from the Labor Department reveals over 250,000 new jobs were created, surpassing expectations and bringing the unemployment rate down to 4.1%. Here are four key takeaways about the state of the job market and the broader economic picture.

The American Job Market’s Resilience

While the pace of hiring in the U.S. has slowed compared to earlier months, it remains steady. Over the past six months, employers added an average of 165,000 jobs monthly. This figure, though lower than the 207,000 monthly average during the previous six months, is sufficient to keep unemployment at historically low levels.

The job growth in December was broad-based, with notable gains in healthcare and government sectors, which typically remain stable regardless of economic fluctuations. Even industries sensitive to economic cycles, like restaurants and retail, contributed tens of thousands of jobs. Construction, often affected by high interest rates, added 8,000 jobs. However, manufacturing faced challenges, losing 13,000 jobs during the same period.

Wage Growth Persists, but at a Slower Pace

Wages continued to rise in December, albeit more modestly. Average wages were 3.9% higher than a year ago, slightly down from November’s annual increase of 4%. Employers are not struggling to find workers as much as they did in recent years, leading to the gradual slowing of wage growth.

Despite the slower increase, wages have consistently outpaced inflation, allowing workers to maintain better purchasing power. For 19 consecutive months through November, wages grew faster than consumer prices. December’s inflation data, expected next week, will likely affirm this trend, offering some relief to households grappling with rising living costs.

The Federal Reserve’s Cautious Stance on Interest Rates

The Federal Reserve, which had raised interest rates to their highest levels in two decades to combat inflation, has lowered them by a full percentage point since September. However, with inflation remaining above the central bank’s 2% target, the Fed is unlikely to cut rates aggressively. The latest jobs report underscores the strength of the labor market, reinforcing the Fed’s cautious approach.

The central bank must balance its efforts to curb inflation without prompting layoffs. A significant weakening in the job market would increase pressure on the Fed to reduce interest rates. However, December’s robust employment figures suggest the Fed can afford to proceed with caution.

This measured stance on interest rates has disappointed investors. On Friday, the Dow Jones Industrial Average plunged over 600 points within the first 90 minutes of trading, reflecting concerns about prolonged high borrowing costs.

Uncertainty Looms Over the Economic Outlook

While the labor market remains strong and inflation has shown signs of cooling, political changes in Washington have introduced new uncertainties for the economy. President-elect Trump has pledged tax cuts and deregulation, which could spur economic growth but might also rekindle inflation. Additionally, his proposals for higher tariffs and stricter immigration policies could exert upward pressure on prices.

The extent of these policy shifts remains unclear, leaving businesses and Federal Reserve policymakers in a state of anticipation as the nation transitions to a new administration and a new year begins.

President-elect Trump will inherit a thriving labor market, but the broader economic outlook will depend on how his policies unfold and their subsequent impact on growth and inflation.

Travis Kelce Pursues Super Bowl Glory While Taylor Swift Breaks Records

Travis Kelce, the highest-paid tight end in the NFL, is fully focused on leading the Kansas City Chiefs to another Super Bowl victory. Meanwhile, his girlfriend, Taylor Swift, continues her streak of breaking records in the music industry. Recently, Taylor released her Lover (Live From Paris) heart-shaped vinyl, which has taken the music world by storm by selling 200,000 copies within just two days in the U.S.

Although neither Taylor nor her team has officially confirmed the sales figures, reports suggest she has set a new benchmark. According to these reports, Taylor broke the record for the “single-week vinyl sales of any other artist” in history. The overwhelming demand for the vinyl has left fans scrambling, as all copies sold out quickly after it became available on Tuesday. The frenzied rush to secure this limited-edition record underscores Taylor’s enduring popularity and record-breaking abilities.

One excited fan expressed their enthusiasm online, saying, “Oh y’all have been craving for that heart-shaped vinyl HARD😭.” Another added, “Considering there was like no promotion for this, it’s safe to say it’s a good testament to Taylor and her legacy.” Fans are eagerly awaiting their copies, which are expected to start shipping on January 20.

The Lover (Live From Paris) vinyl features eight versions of songs from Taylor’s Lover album, recorded during her 2019 Paris concert. That performance was meant to be part of a larger tour planned for 2020, but the global lockdown forced Taylor to cancel those plans.

For Taylor, breaking records has become routine. Over the past few years, the pop superstar has continuously set and shattered records, solidifying her place in music history. Although she and her team have remained silent on this recent achievement, fans have flooded social media with praise, celebrating her artistry and influence.

While Taylor continues to achieve milestones in her career, she has also taken a step back to recharge after the grueling Eras Tour. The tour, described as “exhausting,” prompted Taylor to retreat to her $50 million apartment in New York City during the final days of December. However, she soon shifted her focus to spending time with Travis Kelce.

Taylor reportedly accompanied Travis to his $6 million mansion in Kansas City to ring in the New Year with him. Speculation is rife that she plans to remain in Kansas City for the duration of the 2024 NFL season. This decision appears to reflect her desire to support Travis as he navigates the playoffs and works toward winning another Super Bowl title for the Chiefs.

Meanwhile, fans are buzzing with anticipation over Taylor’s next potential project. Rumors suggest she may soon release Reputation (Taylor’s Version), a re-recording of her 2017 album. However, Taylor has yet to confirm these plans, leaving her fanbase eagerly awaiting any updates.

As Travis Kelce keeps his sights set on NFL glory, Taylor Swift continues to redefine success, breaking barriers and captivating audiences worldwide. The duo’s combined achievements are a testament to their unparalleled dedication and talent in their respective fields.

Russia Introduces Cash Incentives to Combat Declining Birthrates Amid Demographic Crisis

Russia has joined the ranks of countries like China and Japan in grappling with plummeting birthrates, launching measures aimed at reversing the downward trend. Among these efforts is a new initiative in Karelia, a Russian region offering a financial incentive of 100,000 rubles (around Rs 81,000) to young women under the age of 25 who give birth to a healthy child. The Moscow Times reported that the program specifically targets full-time students enrolled in local universities or colleges and who are residents of the region.

To be eligible for the payout, applicants must meet stringent criteria. They need to be under 25 years old, studying full-time at an institution in Karelia, and give birth to a healthy child. The legislation explicitly excludes mothers whose babies are stillborn from receiving the benefit. However, ambiguity surrounds whether payments could be rescinded in the event of the child’s death due to Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS). Additionally, the policy leaves unanswered questions about whether mothers of children born with disabilities qualify for the incentive or if supplementary bonuses are provided to help with the associated costs of child care and recovery after childbirth.

This initiative comes as Russia grapples with its lowest birth rate in a quarter-century. Statistics reveal that only 599,600 babies were born in the first half of 2024, a drop of 16,000 compared to the same period in 2023. Dmitry Peskov, a Kremlin spokesperson, characterized this alarming trend as “catastrophic for the future of the nation” during remarks made in July 2024, according to Fortune.

The Karelia initiative is not an isolated effort. Several other regions in Russia have introduced similar programs to encourage young women to start families. In the central city of Tomsk, a comparable scheme is in place, and reports indicate that at least 11 regional governments have launched financial incentives targeting female students who give birth.

On a national level, the Russian government is also increasing its maternity payments in a bid to stem the population decline. From 2025, first-time mothers will receive a payment of 677,000 rubles (about $6,150), a significant rise from 630,400 rubles provided in 2024. Mothers welcoming their second child will benefit from even larger payouts, with the amount increasing from 833,000 rubles in 2024 to 894,000 rubles (roughly $8,130) in 2025.

Despite these financial incentives, Russia faces a multifaceted demographic crisis. Low birth rates are compounded by high adult mortality rates and widespread emigration. The war in Ukraine has further worsened the situation, leading to significant casualties and prompting large numbers of citizens to flee abroad.

The Russian government has long attempted to address the declining population through various measures, including cash bonuses and housing support programs. However, these policies have yielded limited results. Experts argue that such initiatives fail to tackle deeper societal and economic issues that deter young couples from starting families. Critics have called the government’s approach shortsighted, pointing to the need for more comprehensive strategies that address underlying factors such as economic uncertainty, lack of affordable child care, and limited career opportunities for women.

The demographic crisis is not just a statistical problem but one that holds profound implications for Russia’s future. With fewer births and a shrinking workforce, the country’s long-term economic stability and geopolitical influence could be at risk. In response, the government has emphasized the urgency of reversing these trends. However, whether the latest initiatives will be enough to overcome the challenges remains uncertain.

Russia’s situation is part of a broader trend affecting several nations, particularly developed countries, where falling birthrates pose significant demographic and economic challenges. Like Russia, China and Japan have introduced policies aimed at encouraging childbirth, though with varying levels of success. These initiatives often focus on financial incentives and social support, but experts agree that reversing birthrate declines requires addressing a complex interplay of cultural, economic, and social factors.

While financial bonuses like those in Karelia provide immediate relief, their effectiveness in fostering long-term demographic stability remains questionable. Young women may still face barriers such as insufficient support for working mothers, limited maternity leave, and societal expectations that prioritize traditional roles over professional ambitions. Additionally, concerns about the quality of education, health care, and job prospects may discourage many from taking advantage of such programs.

As Russia continues to implement these measures, the global community watches closely to see whether the country’s efforts will yield measurable improvements or if the demographic crisis will persist.

Cape Verde Hotspot: A Hidden Force Behind the Formation of the Great Lakes

The discovery of a geological hotspot beneath the ancient supercontinent Pangaea has revolutionized our understanding of the Earth’s geological history. Research published in Geophysical Research Letters reveals that the Cape Verde hotspot, an active geological feature currently located in the Central Atlantic, played a significant role in shaping the Great Lakes region millions of years ago.

The Role of the Cape Verde Hotspot in the Great Lakes’ Formation

Hotspots are plumes of molten material rising from the Earth’s mantle. As these plumes interact with the Earth’s crust, they often create prominent geological features like volcanoes and large depressions. While the Earth’s tectonic plates move, hotspots remain stationary, leaving a trail of geological changes. The Cape Verde hotspot, situated near the Cape Verde Islands in the Atlantic Ocean today, is one such feature.

Millions of years ago, when the Earth’s continents formed the supercontinent Pangaea, the Cape Verde hotspot lay beneath the area that is now the Great Lakes. The hotspot’s heat caused the Earth’s crust to weaken and stretch, leading to the formation of a depression. This initial depression laid the groundwork for the Great Lakes’ eventual development. “The stretching and weakening of the Earth’s crust by the hotspot were instrumental in shaping the foundations of the Great Lakes,” explain researchers.

Glaciers and the Great Lakes

While the Cape Verde hotspot provided the foundation, the glacial movement during the last Ice Age completed the formation of the Great Lakes. Massive glaciers advanced across much of North America, scraping and reshaping the land. As they moved, these glaciers eroded the depression created by the hotspot and carved out even deeper basins.

When the ice sheets began to melt approximately 20,000 years ago, the meltwater filled these basins with freshwater. This process gave rise to the Great Lakes as we know them today. “The interplay between ancient geological forces and glaciation has created one of the most remarkable freshwater systems on Earth,” noted the study authors.

Evidence Linking the Cape Verde Hotspot to the Great Lakes

Recent research into the region’s seismic activity provided the strongest evidence of the Cape Verde hotspot’s influence on the Great Lakes. Scientists identified unusual seismic anomalies in the area, characterized by a phenomenon known as radial anisotropy. This occurs when seismic waves, generated by earthquakes or other activities, travel at different speeds depending on the direction through the Earth’s crust.

Radial anisotropy is often a sign of past deformation in the Earth’s lithosphere, which includes the crust and the upper mantle. “The seismic patterns beneath the Great Lakes point to significant lithospheric deformation, likely caused by the Cape Verde hotspot,” the study explains. By using plate reconstruction models, researchers linked these anomalies to the hotspot’s historical presence beneath the Great Lakes region.

Tracing the Movement of the Cape Verde Hotspot

The Cape Verde hotspot’s influence on the Great Lakes dates back nearly 300 million years when North America was part of Pangaea. As tectonic plates shifted over time, the hotspot traveled beneath regions that would become Lake Superior, Lake Huron, and Lake Erie. It continued to move westward, eventually reaching areas now known as New York and Maryland.

“This discovery not only highlights the hotspot’s role in shaping the Great Lakes but also provides a glimpse into the dynamic movement of tectonic plates over geological timescales,” remarked one of the lead researchers.

Expanding Research on Hotspots and Freshwater Lakes

The findings have opened new research avenues into how hotspots influence the formation of freshwater basins. Scientists are now exploring whether the Cape Verde hotspot’s impact extended into other parts of the Great Lakes region. They are also investigating whether a broader trend connects ancient hotspots with the formation of large lakes.

“If hotspots are indeed linked to the creation of significant freshwater basins, this could reshape how we understand the development of Earth’s surface features,” the researchers suggested. Studying ancient hotspots might reveal not only the origins of lakes like the Great Lakes but also broader patterns of Earth’s geological evolution.

Unraveling the Link Between Hotspots and Continental Movements

The connection between the Cape Verde hotspot and the Great Lakes provides critical insights into Earth’s geological processes. By tracing the movements of hotspots beneath ancient supercontinents, scientists gain a better understanding of how the Earth’s crust and mantle interact to form landscapes.

Additionally, studying ancient hotspots sheds light on tectonic plate movements and continental drift. These processes have shaped Earth’s surface over millions of years. “This research highlights the interplay of volcanism, tectonic shifts, and glaciation in forming one of Earth’s most significant freshwater systems,” said the study authors.

The Broader Implications of Hotspot Research

Further investigation into ancient hotspots may help uncover other regions where similar geological forces have influenced the landscape. Understanding how hotspots interact with tectonic plates and glaciers could illuminate new aspects of Earth’s history.

For the Great Lakes, the discovery underscores that their formation was not solely due to glacial activity but also influenced by ancient volcanism related to the Cape Verde hotspot. “This dual influence of hotspots and glaciation greatly enhances our understanding of the dynamic processes that shaped these massive geological features over time,” concluded the researchers.

The study’s findings remind us that Earth’s surface is shaped by a complex interplay of forces that operate over millions of years. From molten plumes deep within the Earth to massive glaciers on its surface, these forces converge to create landscapes that remain vital to life today.

By unraveling the mysteries of the Cape Verde hotspot, scientists have taken a significant step toward understanding the intricate processes that have shaped our planet’s surface.

Indian Director Payal Kapadia Wins Best International Feature at NYFCC Awards

Indian director Payal Kapadia’s film All We Imagine As Light has won the Best International Feature award at the prestigious New York Film Critics Circle (NYFCC) Awards. This achievement marks a significant milestone for Indian cinema and highlights Kapadia’s growing reputation as an influential filmmaker on the global stage.

Kapadia, an alumna of the Film and Television Institute of India (FTII), gained international recognition with her directorial debut. The film has been celebrated worldwide, including a notable victory at the 2024 Cannes Film Festival, where it received the Grand Prix award. During the NYFCC awards ceremony, Kapadia expressed her excitement and shared a personal moment, revealing that celebrated actress Jodie Foster had watched the film twice. The anecdote further underscored the film’s widespread appeal and impact.

The NYFCC also shared Kapadia’s acceptance speech on the platform X, previously known as Twitter, giving audiences a glimpse into her heartfelt gratitude and pride in the recognition her work has received.

Kapadia’s All We Imagine As Light was also a formidable contender at the 82nd Golden Globe Awards, securing nominations in two major categories: Best Director (Motion Picture) and Best Motion Picture – Non-English Language. The film’s nominations were a testament to its artistic brilliance and the depth of Kapadia’s vision.

Despite its critical acclaim, the film did not win in either category at the Golden Globes. The Best Motion Picture – Non-English Language award went to Emilia Pérez, a Spanish-language French musical crime comedy directed by Jacques Audiard. Meanwhile, the Best Director award was claimed by Brady Corbet for his work on The Brutalist.

While the Golden Globe outcomes were disappointing for Kapadia and her fans, the film’s victory at the NYFCC Awards has reaffirmed its status as a cinematic masterpiece. This honor has also highlighted Kapadia’s extraordinary talent and further solidified her standing as a noteworthy figure in international filmmaking.

Kapadia’s journey from an FTII graduate to an internationally celebrated filmmaker demonstrates the power of Indian cinema to resonate with audiences worldwide. All We Imagine As Light continues to be a source of pride for Indian cinema, serving as an example of how storytelling can transcend cultural and linguistic boundaries.

Reflecting on her achievements, Kapadia’s success at the NYFCC Awards not only celebrates her individual brilliance but also serves as a reminder of the increasing global recognition of Indian filmmakers. As she continues to break barriers and push creative boundaries, Kapadia is undoubtedly a name to watch in the years to come.

This remarkable trajectory underscores her contribution to Indian cinema and its growing presence on the global stage, proving that stories rooted in local experiences can hold universal appeal. Her film’s journey has left an indelible mark, inspiring aspiring filmmakers and bringing Indian cinema closer to a worldwide audience.

By securing the NYFCC Best International Feature award, Kapadia has achieved yet another milestone, cementing her place in the pantheon of directors who are redefining the cinematic landscape.

Indian Diaspora’s Role in Global Sustainability Highlighted at Pravasi Bharatiya Divas

The second day of the 18th Pravasi Bharatiya Divas Convention on January 10 showcased the vital contributions of the Indian diaspora to global sustainability through a panel discussion titled “Green Connections: The Indian Diaspora’s Contributions to Sustainable Development.” The event emphasized the diaspora’s potential in advancing sustainable development across the world.

The session brought together global leaders and experts to examine how the Indian diaspora can catalyze green growth and sustainable initiatives on a global scale. Pradip Kumar Das, chairman and managing director (CMD) of the Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency (IREDA), moderated the discussion. The panel delved into India’s role as a leader in the worldwide transition to green energy.

Ashwini Vaishnaw, Minister of Railways, Information & Broadcasting, and Electronics & Information Technology, chaired the session and began with an overview of India’s ambitious renewable energy targets for 2030. He outlined goals such as increasing the share of renewable energy to 50% of the country’s total power capacity, achieving technological self-sufficiency in innovations like hydrogen trains, and creating a comprehensive value chain for sustainable energy.

The panel featured prominent leaders and thinkers from countries such as Mauritius, Norway, Mexico, Vietnam, Switzerland, Nigeria, Sri Lanka, and Canada. Indian dignitaries, including Odisha’s Deputy Chief Minister Kanak Vardhan Singh Deo and Member of Parliament Sujeet Kumar, were also present. The participants provided perspectives on how the Indian diaspora can utilize cutting-edge technologies, strategic investments, and global collaborations to support sustainable growth on an international level.

During the discussion, Das highlighted India’s expanding leadership in the green energy sector. As of November 2024, India had achieved an installed renewable energy capacity of 206 GW. He noted the ambitious national target of reaching 500 GW from non-fossil fuel sources by 2030. “IREDA has been instrumental in driving India’s green energy financing efforts,” said Das, emphasizing the agency’s role as India’s largest specialized green financing Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC). IREDA currently manages assets worth $8.3 billion (INR 69,000 Crore) and has cumulatively sanctioned over $28.6 billion (INR 2.39 Lakh Crore) for renewable energy projects.

The panel also explored how the Indian diaspora can lead development and investment in sustainable innovations. Discussions spanned various sectors, including agriculture, real estate, electric mobility, and micro, small, and medium enterprises (MSMEs). The participants stressed the importance of greater collaboration between the diaspora and Indian startups to promote sustainability.

In his concluding remarks, Minister Vaishnaw underscored the need for stronger global partnerships in areas such as technology, innovation, and the development of green skills. He reiterated the pivotal role of the Indian diaspora in shaping a sustainable future and reaffirmed India’s commitment to fostering international cooperation for a greener world.

AAHOA Charitable Foundation Launches Hope & Haven California Wildfire Recovery Initiative

Atlanta, GA – JANUARY 10, 2025 – AAHOA (Asian American Hotel Owners Association), the nation’s largest hotel owners association, has announced the launch of the Hope & Haven: California Wildfire Recovery Initiative, powered by the AAHOA Charitable Foundation (ACF) to support communities devastated by the ongoing wildfires in California.

As the wildfires continue to displace families and impact lives across the state, AAHOA Members and the broader hospitality industry are stepping up to provide critical aid. Recognizing the hospitality industry’s profound role during such a crisis, this campaign aims to rally resources for relief and recovery efforts, including room-night donations, fundraising, and community engagement.

“AAHOA Members and the hospitality industry as a whole have always stepped up in times of crisis, and the California wildfires are no exception,” said AAHOA Chairman Miraj S. Patel. “Hoteliers across the state are opening their doors to provide shelter and refuge for families displaced by these devastating fires. True hospitality plays a profound role in offering safety, care, and hope during challenging times, and this initiative is a testament to the compassion and leadership of AAHOA Members and hotel owners who continue to be a lifeline for their communities.”

“The hospitality industry has long been a source of stability and hope in times of crisis,” said AAHOA President & CEO Laura Lee Blake. “The AAHOA community extends its deepest gratitude to the brave firefighters, first responders, and countless others who are working tirelessly to protect lives and property. We are also praying for those who have lost their homes, loved ones, and livelihoods. Our members’ generosity in providing shelter, donations, and community support underscores their unwavering commitment to serving those in need. Through this initiative, we are proud to give hoteliers the opportunity to make a meaningful difference and help families rebuild their lives during this challenging time.”

The wildfires have displaced countless families, highlighting the urgent need for shelter, resources, and relief. AAHOA and ACF are taking a leading role in coordinating efforts with state and local government agencies to ensure resources are mobilized effectively.

“The AAHOA Charitable Foundation is rooted in the mission of making a meaningful difference, and this initiative exemplifies the core of who we are,” said AAHOA Charitable Foundation Chairman Nishant (Neal) Patel. “In the face of the devastating California wildfires, our foundation is proud to support efforts that bring relief and hope to those affected. From providing room nights to raising critical funds, this campaign demonstrates the collective strength and compassion of AAHOA Members and the hospitality industry at large. Together, we are not only offering immediate shelter but also helping to lay the foundation for recovery and the resilience of the communities we serve.”
AAHOA is the largest hotel owners association in the world, with member-owned properties representing a significant part of the U.S. economy. AAHOA’s 20,000 members own 60% of the hotels in the United States and are responsible for 1.7% of the nation’s GDP. More than 1 million employees work at AAHOA Member-owned hotels, earning $47 billion annually, and member-owned hotels support 4.2 million U.S. jobs across all sectors of the hospitality industry. AAHOA’s mission is to advance and protect the business interests of hotel owners through advocacy, industry leadership, professional development, member benefits, and community engagement.AAHOA is the largest hotel owners association in the world, with member-owned properties representing a significant part of the U.S. economy. AAHOA’s 20,000 members own 60% of the hotels in the United States and are responsible for 1.7% of the nation’s GDP. More than 1 million employees work at AAHOA Member-owned hotels, earning $47 billion annually, and member-owned hotels support 4.2 million U.S. jobs across all sectors of the hospitality industry. AAHOA’s mission is to advance and protect the business interests of hotel owners through advocacy, industry leadership, professional development, member benefits, and community engagement.

Learn More – Hope & Haven: The ACF California Wildfire Recovery Initiative

  • Room Night Donation Program: Hotel owners are donating complimentary room nights to provide temporary housing for wildfire victims and their families. These efforts are critical in ensuring displaced individuals have a safe place to stay as they begin their recovery process.
  • Join the Program: Donate room nights by completing the Hope & Haven: California Wildfire Recovery Room Night Donation Form.
  • Fundraising: The Hope & Haven: The ACF California Wildfire Recovery Initiative Relief Fund is accepting donations to provide financial support for rebuilding homes, restoring businesses, and assisting affected families.
  • Make a Donation: Contribute to the Hope & Haven: The ACF California Wildfire Relief Fund using this link.
  • Community Engagement: AAHOA encourages its members to participate in local community service efforts, including volunteering at shelters, distributing supplies, and supporting relief programs.
  • Take Action: Join AAHOA’s mobilization efforts and amplify the spirit of hospitality.

Exploring the Depths of the Human Psyche: A Look at the Malayalam Psychological Thriller ‘Athiran’

Psychological thrillers have long captivated audiences seeking a unique and intense cinematic experience. Over time, the Malayalam film industry has contributed some remarkable films to this genre. If you’re looking for a movie that will leave you on the edge of your seat, ‘Athiran,’ currently streaming on Disney+ Hotstar, is an excellent choice for your next chilling film session.

Released in 2019, ‘Athiran’ is a Malayalam psychological thriller that stars Fahadh Faasil and Sai Pallavi in the leading roles, supported by an ensemble cast including Atul Kulkarni, Renji Panicker, Shanthi Krishna, Sudev Nair, and Prakash Raj in a special cameo. Directed by Vivek, the film is produced by Raju Mathew and is noted for its striking parallels with the 2014 Hollywood film Stonehearst Asylum.

Set in an isolated hospital in the remote hills of Kerala, the story follows a psychiatrist who uncovers the dark past of an autistic patient with extraordinary abilities. The film weaves together themes of mental illness, power dynamics, and the complexities of the human mind, keeping the audience engrossed with its unpredictable storyline and shocking revelations.

‘Athiran’ marks the directorial debut of Vivek, who drew inspiration for the film from real-life experiences. Speaking about the origins of the story, Vivek shared, “The story idea came up after I went to a Kalari school in Thrippunithura, Kerala, where autistic students were performing with the same prowess as the school’s other students.” This unique perspective on autism, combined with the thriller’s chilling atmosphere, adds depth to the narrative, making it more than just a typical psychological thriller.

Fahadh Faasil, who plays the role of the psychiatrist in the film, continues to impress with his versatility. Recently, Faasil starred in Pushpa 2: The Rule, where he portrayed the antagonist, Bhanawar Singh Shekhawat. The film became a massive success, earning over Rs 1000 crore in just two weeks, and Faasil’s performance was widely praised. The actor’s growing reputation is set to reach new heights with his upcoming Bollywood debut in a film directed by Imtiaz Ali, featuring Triptii Dimri. Production for this project is slated to begin in early 2025, and anticipation is already building for Faasil’s performance in a new language and genre.

Sai Pallavi, who stars alongside Faasil in Athiran, is another standout performer in the film. Known for her expressive and natural performances, Pallavi was last seen in the 2022 Tamil film Gargi, where she received significant attention for her portrayal of a complex character. She is now gearing up for her next project, a film directed by Chandoo Mondeti, where she will share the screen with actor Naga Chaitanya. This collaboration has already generated excitement among fans of both actors, and their chemistry in the film is keenly anticipated.

Set against the backdrop of Kerala’s serene yet eerie landscape, Athiran uses the environment to its full advantage. The secluded hospital, far from civilization, is an apt setting for a story that delves into the mind’s darkest corners. As the psychiatrist, played by Faasil, begins to probe deeper into the patient’s past, he uncovers disturbing secrets that blur the line between reality and delusion. The film explores the delicate balance of power between the doctor and the patient, questioning the role of authority figures in the mental health system and their influence on those they are meant to help.

The film’s focus on mental illness is not just a plot device but an exploration of the human psyche. Athiran challenges the audience to consider the complexities of mental health and how society perceives those who struggle with it. As the narrative unfolds, the psychiatrist’s own understanding of mental illness begins to evolve, as he realizes that the mind is capable of both immense strength and profound fragility.

One of the most compelling aspects of Athiran is its unexpected twists. The film constantly keeps viewers on their toes, never allowing them to settle into a predictable narrative. Each scene adds another layer of mystery, and just when the audience thinks they have unraveled the truth, new revelations turn everything on its head. This unpredictable nature of the plot makes Athiran a gripping watch, one that will leave viewers thinking long after the credits roll.

While Athiran has drawn comparisons to Stonehearst Asylum, it manages to carve out its own identity through its unique setting, characters, and cultural context. The film takes the familiar framework of a psychological thriller and infuses it with elements that are distinctly Malayalam, including the regional setting and the nuanced portrayal of mental illness. This cultural grounding adds authenticity to the narrative, making it resonate deeply with local audiences while also appealing to fans of the genre globally.

Vivek’s direction is another highlight of the film. As his directorial debut, Athiran shows a confident hand at crafting tension and suspense. The pacing is deliberate, allowing the tension to build gradually before exploding in moments of shocking revelation. The film’s atmosphere is suffused with an eerie stillness that heightens the sense of unease, while the performances from the cast elevate the material. Fahadh Faasil and Sai Pallavi, in particular, shine in their respective roles, bringing emotional depth and complexity to the characters.

The supporting cast, including Atul Kulkarni, Renji Panicker, and Shanthi Krishna, contribute strong performances that enrich the film’s narrative. Kulkarni’s portrayal of a key character adds layers of intrigue, while Panicker and Krishna provide emotional depth that grounds the film’s more fantastical elements. Prakash Raj’s cameo adds an extra layer of star power, though it is his subtle yet impactful performance that leaves a lasting impression.

In conclusion, Athiran is a psychological thriller that offers much more than just suspense and thrills. It is a thought-provoking exploration of the human mind, mental illness, and the power dynamics that shape our interactions with others. With standout performances, an unpredictable narrative, and a haunting atmosphere, the film stands as one of the best examples of Malayalam cinema in the psychological thriller genre. For those seeking a film that will keep them guessing until the very end, Athiran is a must-watch on Disney+ Hotstar.

As director Vivek aptly put it, “The story idea came up after I went to a Kalari school in Thrippunithura, Kerala, where autistic students were performing with the same prowess as the school’s other students.” This powerful quote encapsulates the film’s underlying theme of challenging perceptions and embracing the complexities of the human experience.

 Currency Performance in 2024: The U.S. Dollar Dominates Amid Global Economic Struggles

In 2024, numerous currency pairs saw unexpected declines, with the U.S. dollar strengthening significantly against major currencies. One of the most notable trends was the euro nearing parity with the dollar. This shift highlighted the strength of the U.S. economy, which stood in stark contrast to the sluggish growth in the Eurozone and subdued economic activity in China. Furthermore, the prospect of President Trump’s return to the White House added fuel to the dollar’s rally. His administration’s proposed tariffs and the renewed optimism about the U.S. economy played a significant role in driving the dollar higher.

According to data from TradingView, the graphic illustrating the performance of major currencies against the U.S. dollar in 2024 provides a detailed look at these shifts. Most currencies weakened as the U.S. dollar surged, largely due to the effects of elevated interest rates in the U.S.

Global Currency Returns in 2024

The majority of major currencies saw declines against the dollar in 2024, reflecting the broader trend of a stronger U.S. dollar. Below is a detailed table showing the performance of different currencies:

Country Currency 2024 Return
U.S. U.S. Dollar Index 7.1%
Great Britain Great British Pound -1.7%
Mexico Mexican Peso -2.0%
China Chinese Yuan -2.8%
India Indian Rupee -2.8%
South Africa South African Rand -3.7%
Eurozone Euro -6.2%
Switzerland Swiss Franc -7.3%
Canada Canadian Dollar -7.9%
Australia Australian Dollar -9.1%
Japan Japanese Yen -10.3%
New Zealand New Zealand Dollar -11.4%
South Korea South Korean Won -12.4%
Russia Russian Ruble -18.6%
Brazil Brazilian Real -21.6%

 

As one of the top-performing currencies against the dollar, the British pound only fell by 1.7% in 2024. This decline was relatively moderate, especially given the overall strength of the dollar. The resilience of the U.K. economy played a crucial role in limiting the pound’s drop. Expectations regarding U.K. and U.S. interest rates largely moved in tandem, which helped keep the exchange rates between the two currencies more stable. Bond yields generally influence demand for currencies that offer similar risk and return profiles, which was evident in the case of the pound and the dollar.

On the other hand, the Canadian dollar faced significant challenges, plunging to a multi-year low of $0.69 USD by December. This decline came amid concerns over potential tariffs. Canada, one of the largest trading partners of the U.S., saw its currency weaken as the U.S. administration proposed a 25% tariff on Canadian exports. The trade between the two countries is heavily influenced by energy commodities, and any disruption in this sector had an outsized effect on the Canadian dollar.

The Brazilian real, however, was one of the worst performers in 2024. It fell to historic lows against the U.S. dollar, driven by investor concerns over the country’s growing government deficit and persistently high inflation. The real’s depreciation was a direct result of these economic issues, which caused significant uncertainty among international investors.

Looking ahead, the Brazilian real is expected to face continued pressure. The country’s public debt remains unsustainable, and tight credit conditions are not helping the situation. In December, the Brazilian central bank raised interest rates to 12.25% in an attempt to curb inflation. However, inflationary pressures remain high, and some analysts predict that rates could increase further, possibly reaching 14.25% by March, marking the highest levels seen in the past eight years.

The U.S. dollar dominated global currency markets in 2024, while most major currencies weakened significantly against it. The resilience of the U.K. economy helped limit the British pound’s losses, while Canada’s currency struggled due to concerns over potential tariffs. The Brazilian real faced the most significant challenges, plunging to record lows amid economic instability. As we move into 2025, the outlook for many currencies remains uncertain, with global economic challenges continuing to exert pressure on currency markets.

The Top 8 College Majors with the Highest Starting Salaries

What you choose to study in college can significantly influence your potential earnings after graduation. Legacy Online School, an online K-12 school, analyzed data from the National Association of Colleges and Employers to determine which college degrees lead to the highest starting salaries for recent graduates. As expected, graduates with degrees in STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) fields are typically the ones who earn the most as they enter the workforce.

According to the analysis, the following eight majors boast the highest average starting salaries for new college graduates.

  1. Military Technology

Military Technology majors earn an average starting salary of $66,505. Graduates with this degree are often positioned to enter the defense and aerospace sectors, where technological advancements are key components of military operations. This can translate to high-paying positions, particularly in government or private sector roles that focus on national defense.

  1. Business

Business majors receive an average starting salary of $66,578. The business field is broad, offering graduates a wide array of career paths, including roles in management, finance, marketing, and operations. Given the diverse skill sets business students develop, they often secure positions in a variety of industries, contributing to their relatively high entry-level salaries.

  1. Transportation

Graduates who major in transportation report an average starting salary of $67,496. This major prepares students for careers in logistics, supply chain management, and transportation engineering. The increasing demand for efficient logistics and transportation systems, especially in industries like e-commerce, has fueled a steady need for qualified professionals, resulting in competitive starting salaries.

  1. Engineering Technology

Engineering Technology majors start their careers with an average salary of $69,162. Engineering Technology students are trained to apply engineering principles in practical environments. This major includes areas like electrical, mechanical, and civil engineering technology. As industries seek skilled workers to bridge the gap between theory and real-world application, these graduates find themselves in high demand with strong starting pay.

  1. Math

Graduates with a degree in mathematics can expect a mean starting salary of $79,859. The skills gained through a math degree are valuable across numerous fields, including finance, technology, data science, and research. As businesses and organizations increasingly rely on data-driven decision-making, math graduates are well-positioned to land lucrative roles in various sectors, boosting their earning potential.

  1. Engineering

Engineering majors lead the pack with a mean starting salary of $80,085. Engineers have long enjoyed some of the highest salaries due to the technical expertise required in their fields. Whether in civil, mechanical, electrical, or other engineering disciplines, graduates are equipped with the knowledge to solve complex problems, which makes them highly sought after in industries ranging from construction to technology.

  1. Maintenance & Repair

Maintenance & Repair majors boast an impressive average starting salary of $90,162. This major focuses on the skills needed to maintain and repair machinery, equipment, and systems in industries like manufacturing, utilities, and construction. The expertise of these graduates is crucial in maintaining operational efficiency, which explains their relatively high starting salaries compared to other non-engineering disciplines.

  1. Computer & Information Science

Topping the list with an average starting salary of $91,411, graduates in Computer and Information Science are among the highest earners right out of college. With the increasing reliance on technology across all sectors, computer science and information technology professionals are in high demand. These graduates are typically well-prepared for roles in software development, cybersecurity, and data analysis, among others, making them highly valuable to employers looking for technical expertise.

If you’re looking for a major that will provide high earning potential, pursuing a STEM-related field can significantly boost your financial prospects upon graduation. Whether in technology, engineering, or mathematics, these areas continue to produce graduates who earn some of the highest starting salaries in the job market today.

Deadly Wildfires Ravage Los Angeles County, Forcing Mass Evacuations

The ongoing wildfires in Los Angeles County have created apocalyptic scenes, with devastation widespread and authorities scrambling to respond. These infernos, which remain largely uncontained, have claimed at least five lives, though officials admit the true death toll remains uncertain. “Frankly, we don’t know,” said officials on Thursday, highlighting the unpredictability of the situation. Evacuation orders have been issued for nearly 180,000 residents as firefighters battle to contain the flames.

Thousands of Homes Destroyed by Palisades Fire

The Palisades Fire, which continues to ravage the coastal stretch between Malibu and Santa Monica, has earned the grim distinction of being the most destructive wildfire in Los Angeles County’s history. Preliminary assessments suggest the number of structures either damaged or obliterated is likely “in the thousands,” according to Los Angeles Fire Chief Kristin Crowley. Firefighters are still evaluating the extent of the damage.

A Day of Temporary Relief Amidst Persistent Danger

A slight lull in the Santa Ana winds on Thursday morning provided a window for firefighters to conduct water-dumping operations from the air. However, this respite was short-lived as strong winds, with gusts of up to 60 miles per hour, are forecast to persist throughout the day. The situation remains perilous for residents, with fire-related pollution and unsafe water supplies adding to the risks. Smoke and ash from the fires can travel far and have significant health impacts, penetrating deep into the lungs and bloodstream.

Infrastructure Severely Damaged

Mark Pestrella, Los Angeles County’s Public Works Director, reported extensive damage to the county’s sewer, power, and transportation systems. “The heat of this system, the wind that blew also knocked down thousands of trees in the roadways,” he said, emphasizing the enormous amount of debris clogging affected communities.

Efforts are underway to safely clear hazardous materials from properties, but Pestrella cautioned residents against attempting to remove debris themselves. “It is not safe to touch the debris, it is not safe to remove the debris yourselves,” he warned, describing the materials as potentially toxic.

Devastation Compared to a War Zone

Sheriff Robert Luna likened the destruction in some areas to the aftermath of a bombing. “Some areas look like a bomb was dropped in them,” he said, noting that officials are still unable to confirm the total number of fatalities. Search teams, including cadaver dogs, will eventually comb through the hardest-hit areas, though Luna expressed hope that they wouldn’t uncover many more deaths.

“We don’t know what to expect,” the sheriff admitted. “We’re working with our coroner’s office, and we’ll figure out those numbers. Right now, frankly, we don’t know yet. We eventually will.”

Evacuation Orders and Warnings Affect Nearly 380,000 Residents

As of Thursday, 179,783 residents in Los Angeles County are under mandatory evacuation orders, with another 200,000 on evacuation warnings, meaning they must be prepared to leave at a moment’s notice. Sheriff Luna urged residents to take these warnings seriously.

“The refusal of some people to heed evacuation orders is putting law enforcement officers’ lives in danger,” he said. “I cannot emphasize enough that I urge residents that are asked to evacuate to follow our warnings.”

Palisades Fire: A Historic Natural Disaster

Fire Chief Kristin Crowley described the Palisades Fire, which ignited on January 7, as “one of the most destructive natural disasters in the history of Los Angeles.” As of Thursday morning, the blaze had consumed 17,234 acres with no containment in sight.

“Extreme fire behavior continues to challenge firefighting efforts,” Crowley said, noting that fierce winds are exacerbating the situation. The destruction caused by this fire alone has left an indelible mark on the region.

Despite the ongoing battle, the safety of residents and first responders remains paramount. Crowley urged vigilance, noting the unpredictability and danger posed by these wildfires.

Active Wildfires in California Started Acres Burned Pct. Contained
Palisades Fire Jan. 7 17,234 0%
Eaton Fire Jan. 7 10,600 0%
Hurst Fire Jan. 7 855 10%
Lidia Fire Jan. 8 348 40%
Sunset Fire Jan. 8 42.8 0%

Uncertain Futures of Key Players in India’s Champions Trophy Squad

India’s ODI squad for the upcoming Champions Trophy in February faces key decisions regarding several senior players, despite the core of the batting lineup remaining intact with Rohit Sharma and Virat Kohli. However, the futures of players like KL Rahul, Mohammed Shami, and Ravindra Jadeja are uncertain as the selectors prepare to meet this weekend. These players were part of India’s World Cup squad last year, but their places in the squad for the Champions Trophy, starting on February 19, could be up for debate. Since the World Cup final, India has played six ODIs, and while Shami and Jadeja were rested, Rahul featured in both of India’s away bilateral series against South Africa and Sri Lanka. Yet, Rahul’s position remains uncertain, especially after he was dropped mid-series against Sri Lanka for failing to make a significant impact.

Rahul’s lackluster performance in the ODI against Australia on November 19, 2023, where he scored a slow half-century after facing over 100 balls, was another setback for his place in the squad. This match has been widely discussed as a key reason for India’s defeat, further fueling doubts about his inclusion in the Champions Trophy squad.

One potential replacement for Rahul is Yashasvi Jaiswal, who is being strongly considered for the ODI squad. Jaiswal’s left-handed batting could offer India a valuable option in the top four. However, this raises questions about the need for Rahul if Rishabh Pant is the first-choice wicketkeeper. In such a scenario, Rahul’s role as a backup wicketkeeper becomes questionable. Additionally, his place as a batter would be uncertain if he is not performing the wicketkeeping duties.

Among the players competing for the backup wicketkeeper and batter spots, Ishan Kishan has struggled for form in the Vijay Hazare Trophy, while Sanju Samson’s omission from Kerala’s squad due to injury has made his position even more precarious. However, if coach Gautam Gambhir continues to have a say in the selection, as he did before the Australia tour, it is likely that Samson, a personal favorite of the coach, could still make the cut.

India’s Champions Trophy matches will be held in Dubai, with the first match against Bangladesh scheduled for February 20. This shift from the original venue, Pakistan, was made due to security concerns raised by the Indian team.

Jadeja’s struggles in white-ball cricket are another area of concern. His batting in limited-overs formats hasn’t been as effective in recent times, leading to speculation that Axar Patel may have surpassed him in importance for India’s ODI squad. Patel’s all-around contributions in ODIs have made him a more reliable option in comparison to Jadeja, who has struggled with consistency.

Meanwhile, in the spinning department, Washington Sundar is expected to secure a spot as the off-spinner. Kuldeep Yadav’s fitness remains a matter of concern for the selectors, as he has not participated in any Vijay Hazare Trophy games and is only just regaining full fitness. If Kuldeep is not included in the squad, Ravi Bishnoi or Varun Chakravarthy might be selected as replacements.

Shami’s fitness is another key issue. While there were some communication gaps between the pacer and the team management regarding his physical condition, Shami has bowled eight overs in his last two Vijay Hazare Trophy matches, signaling that he is regaining fitness. If Jasprit Bumrah is unable to play due to his ongoing back issues, Shami’s experience will become crucial for India’s bowling attack. Alongside Shami, Hardik Pandya is expected to continue as the seam bowling all-rounder.

Another intriguing possibility is the selection of Nitish Reddy, though this would depend on the selectors’ considerations. In terms of reserve specialist batters, the decision could come down to Rinku Singh and Tilak Varma, both of whom have shown promise but will need to impress further to secure a spot in the squad.

The players most likely to be included in the Champions Trophy squad are:

  • Rohit Sharma (captain)
  • Shubman Gill
  • Yashasvi Jaiswal
  • Virat Kohli
  • KL Rahul
  • Rishabh Pant
  • Hardik Pandya
  • Axar Patel
  • Varun Chakravarthy/Ravi Bishnoi
  • Washington Sundar
  • Jasprit Bumrah
  • Mohammed Siraj
  • Arshdeep Singh
  • Avesh Khan/Mohammed Shami
  • Rinku Singh/Tilak Varma

The composition of India’s ODI squad for the Champions Trophy hinges on the fitness, form, and versatility of key players, with several senior figures under scrutiny. As the selection deadline approaches, much attention will be focused on the final decisions regarding these players’ roles in the squad. With the competition heating up for spots, it will be interesting to see how the selectors navigate these challenges to form the most balanced and competitive team for the Champions Trophy.

TikTok Takes Its First Amendment Fight to the Supreme Court Amid National Security Concerns

TikTok, the widely popular platform known for its vibrant array of dance videos, recipes, cat antics, and news clips, is heading to the Supreme Court on Friday in a major First Amendment battle. As the Biden administration defends its proposed ban on the app citing national security risks, TikTok and its allies argue that the case is fundamentally about the free speech rights of millions of Americans who rely on the platform for creative expression and information.

At the heart of TikTok’s appeal is a lower court decision that highlighted the U.S. government’s concerns about Beijing’s potential misuse of the app. The government fears that TikTok’s Chinese parent company, ByteDance, might allow data collection on American users or manipulate content for espionage and other harmful purposes. The case, which involves judges from across the ideological spectrum, has drawn significant attention due to its implications for both national security and free speech.

National Security vs. Free Speech

TikTok and content creators opposing the ban have focused their legal arguments on the potential suppression of free speech, even if some content could theoretically advance China’s geopolitical goals. TikTok’s new legal representative, Noel Francisco, a former U.S. solicitor general under Donald Trump, will present the company’s case. “Only a fraction of the content on TikTok could even plausibly be put to the task of trying to advance China’s geopolitical interests,” argued Jeffrey Fisher, the attorney representing individual creators. He emphasized that most TikTok content consists of harmless entertainment, such as dance videos and tutorials.

Fisher further contended in a recent court filing that the government’s concerns over foreign influence do not justify infringing on First Amendment rights. “It makes no difference that the government’s fear is that a ‘foreign adversary’ might be involved in pushing the objectionable speech to Americans,” he wrote.

The Lower Court Ruling

Despite these arguments, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit unanimously sided with the Biden administration, citing national security concerns. The court upheld the law requiring TikTok to find a new owner or face a ban effective January 19. Judge Douglas Ginsburg, a Ronald Reagan appointee, described the government’s interests in countering China’s potential data collection and content manipulation as “compelling.” Judges Neomi Rao, appointed by Donald Trump, and Chief Judge Sri Srinivasan, an appointee of Barack Obama, also supported the ruling.

Srinivasan noted that the law targets foreign control of mass communication channels rather than domestic speech. “Congress did not need to wait for the risk to become realized and the damage to be done before taking action to avert it,” he wrote, emphasizing the law’s alignment with longstanding restrictions on foreign influence in media.

The appellate court’s 92-page opinion repeatedly referenced a 2010 Supreme Court decision, Holder v. Humanitarian Law Project, which grants significant deference to government actions addressing national security. Ginsburg echoed this precedent, stating, “The government’s judgment based upon this evidence is entitled to significant weight.”

Bipartisan Concerns Over Chinese Influence

The Biden administration’s defense is rooted in years of bipartisan apprehension about Beijing’s influence on American interests. Officials have long warned that sensitive data collected by TikTok could be used for blackmail or corporate espionage. The law, signed by President Biden in April, mandates TikTok’s divestment from ByteDance to continue operating in the U.S. after January 19. If the company fails to comply, app stores and internet hosting services will be prohibited from distributing and supporting TikTok.

Solicitor General Elizabeth Prelogar, representing the Biden administration, argued in a court filing that China’s control of TikTok poses a serious national security threat. “No one disputes that the People’s Republic of China seeks to undermine U.S. interests by amassing sensitive data about Americans and engaging in covert and malign influence operations,” she stated. Prelogar stressed that the PRC’s potential to exploit TikTok through ByteDance represents a “grave threat.”

TikTok’s Counterarguments

TikTok’s legal team counters that the government’s fears are overstated and its measures excessive. Francisco, representing TikTok, asserts that while Congress can require disclosure of ties to foreign adversaries, it cannot outright ban the platform’s distribution, even if some content aligns with foreign propaganda. He likened the case to Cold War-era debates, arguing that the First Amendment protected Americans’ rights to distribute communist propaganda, even at the height of tensions with the Soviet Union.

TikTok also maintains that it has robust measures to prevent interference from China. According to Francisco, the platform’s American employees exercise independent control over its operations and can resist any undue influence from ByteDance.

Content creators supporting TikTok’s case argue that Congress could have addressed data security concerns without infringing on speech rights. Fisher suggested alternatives such as prohibiting ByteDance from sharing data with China. He warned the justices about the far-reaching consequences of shutting down TikTok. “Rarely if ever has the Court confronted a free speech case that matters to so many people. 170 million Americans use TikTok on a regular basis to communicate, entertain themselves, and follow news and current events,” Fisher wrote. He emphasized that banning the platform would “profoundly limit their expression.”

Broader Implications

The stakes in this case extend beyond TikTok’s fate. The platform’s immense popularity among Americans highlights the tension between protecting national security and preserving free speech rights. The Supreme Court’s decision could set a precedent for how the U.S. government balances these competing interests, particularly in the face of foreign influence.

Adding to the complexity, President-elect Donald Trump has submitted a brief urging the justices to delay the ban. He expressed interest in negotiating a resolution that addresses security concerns while preserving TikTok’s availability. The timing is critical, as the ban is set to take effect just one day before Trump’s inauguration on January 20.

The case underscores the ongoing U.S. efforts to counter China’s influence and the bipartisan push to address security risks associated with Chinese technology companies. As the Supreme Court hears arguments on Friday, its ruling could have far-reaching implications for the future of TikTok and the broader tech industry.

Wildfires Ravage Los Angeles County, Forcing Mass Evacuations

Los Angeles County is grappling with seven wildfires that have ignited chaos across various neighborhoods, including Pacific Palisades, Sylmar, and areas near Pasadena. The fires, which erupted on Wednesday, have left thousands of residents in peril as they battle to protect their homes and lives.

The fires currently raging across the county include the Palisades Fire, Eaton Fire, Hurst Fire, Lidia Fire, and Sunset Fire, according to CAL FIRE. These blazes have triggered widespread evacuations and overwhelmed local resources.

The Eaton Fire has been particularly devastating, claiming at least five lives as of Wednesday night. Authorities report that it remains completely uncontained, with crews struggling to make progress. The Palisades Fire, another major threat, is similarly at 0% containment, compounding fears of further destruction.

Meanwhile, the Sunset Fire, which erupted near the Hollywood Hills on Wednesday evening, appears to be under control. Officials speaking to Fox News expressed cautious optimism about this blaze, suggesting it might not pose an immediate threat.

The wildfires have prompted evacuation orders for hundreds of thousands of residents as flames advance toward densely populated areas. Local authorities estimate that at least 28,000 structures are currently at risk.

Adding to the chaos, power outages have left over 536,600 residents without electricity as of Wednesday afternoon, according to utility companies in the region. These outages have further complicated efforts to communicate evacuation notices and coordinate responses.

The fires are being driven by powerful Santa Ana winds originating from the east, a common yet destructive weather phenomenon in Southern California. Officials have warned that these winds could intensify, potentially worsening the already dire situation.

As residents brace for more challenges, local authorities and firefighting teams continue their relentless battle against the flames, hoping to bring some measure of relief to those affected. “The worst is yet to come,” officials cautioned, highlighting the unpredictable and dangerous nature of the fires.

This ongoing crisis underscores the vulnerability of the region to wildfire disasters, with dry conditions and strong winds creating a volatile environment for flames to spread rapidly.

Renowned Film Producer Pritish Nandy Passes Away at 73, Leaving a Legacy in Cinema and Journalism

Prominent film producer Pritish Nandy passed away on Wednesday at the age of 73 due to a cardiac arrest at his residence in South Mumbai. His death marks the end of a remarkable career that spanned across the film industry and journalism.

Nandy was behind the production of several iconic and successful films, including Jhankaar Beats, Chameli, Hazaaron Khwaishein Aisi, Ek Khiladi Ek Haseena, Ankahee, Pyaar Ke Side Effects, and Bow Barracks Forever. These films established him as a key figure in the Indian film industry.

On Wednesday, his close friend and veteran actor Anupam Kher shared the heartbreaking news of Nandy’s passing on his Instagram. In a deeply emotional post, Kher expressed his shock and sorrow, writing, “Deeply deeply saddened and shocked to know about the demise of one of my dearest and closest friends #PritishNandy!”

Kher described Nandy as a brave individual and reflected on their close bond. He shared memories of how Nandy had been a pillar of support during his early days in Mumbai. “Amazing poet, writer, filmmaker and a brave and unique editor/journalist! He was my support system and a great source of strength in my initial days in Mumbai. We shared lots of things in common. He was also one of the most fearless people I had come across. Always larger than life,” Kher wrote in his tribute.

The actor also recalled a special moment when Nandy surprised him by featuring him on the cover of Filmfare magazine, as well as in The Illustrated Weekly, calling it a gesture he would never forget. “I learnt so many things from him. Off-late we didn’t meet much. But there was a time when we were inseparable! I will never forget when he surprised me by putting me on the cover of Filmfare and more importantly #TheIllustratedWeekly,” Kher added in his heartfelt message.

Kher concluded his tribute by referring to Nandy as the “true definition of yaaron ka yaar” (a friend’s friend) and expressed how much he would miss their time together. “He was the true definition of yaaron ka yaar! I will miss you and our times together my friend. Rest well. #HeartBroken,” Kher’s post ended.

Veteran journalist Sheela Bhatt also paid tribute to Nandy, acknowledging his significant contributions to journalism. She said, “Pritish Nandy was a game changer. He injected tremendous energy into staid magazine journalism of early 80s.” Her statement highlighted Nandy’s impact on the media industry, especially during a transformative time in Indian journalism.

Dibang, another veteran journalist, shared his own fond memories of Nandy. He credited him with revamping The Illustrated Weekly, making it one of the most influential magazines of its time. “He revamped The Illustrated Weekly, making it one of the most influential magazines of its time. Sometimes, he would take me to meet some of the most powerful politicians,” Dibang recalled in his tribute.

Pritish Nandy was born on January 15, 1951, in Bhagalpur, Bihar. Beyond his work in films, he was a well-known journalist and a significant media personality. In the 1990s, Nandy hosted The Pritish Nandy Show on Doordarshan, where he interviewed prominent figures from various fields. His television career also helped solidify his status as a multi-talented individual in both the entertainment and media sectors.

In addition to his work in the film and media industries, Nandy was also involved in politics. He served as a member of the Rajya Sabha, representing the Shiv Sena party, from 1998 to 2004. His political career further showcased his versatility, as he engaged in public life in multiple capacities.

The passing of Pritish Nandy has left a void in both the film industry and journalism. His contributions to cinema, media, and politics will continue to be remembered by his friends, colleagues, and fans. His legacy as a pioneering filmmaker, influential journalist, and politician will inspire future generations in these fields.

As the news of his death spreads, tributes from across the industry continue to pour in. Pritish Nandy’s contributions to cinema, media, and his personal friendships have left an indelible mark on the cultural landscape.

Trump’s Business Ventures Raise Ethical Concerns Amid Presidential Transition

In the two months since his election victory, President-elect Donald Trump has utilized his social media platform, Truth Social, to market a variety of Trump-branded products. Among the offerings are limited-edition signature guitars, fragrances described as epitomizing “winning,” and watches. Recently, an $899 gold-plated inauguration edition joined the Trump watch collection, launched earlier this year. His sneaker line now features footwear adorned with a map of his electoral success.

These product promotions underscore the intricate link between Trump’s political persona and his business empire. However, with less than two weeks until his inauguration, Trump and the Trump Organization have yet to clarify how they plan to separate his multifaceted business interests—spanning real estate, golf resorts, licensing deals, and even cryptocurrency—from his presidential duties.

Recent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission reveal that Trump has transferred his shares in Truth Social’s parent company into a longstanding trust, where he remains the sole beneficiary. His eldest son, Donald Trump Jr., acts as the trustee. Yet, ethics experts argue this measure falls short of the blind trusts and divestitures adopted by previous presidents to avoid conflicts of interest.

Notably, the Trump Organization appears poised to impose fewer restrictions on its business dealings compared to Trump’s first term. Eric Trump, who manages the company’s daily operations, has confirmed the company’s intent to pursue international ventures, abandoning a self-imposed ban on foreign deals from Trump’s earlier presidency.

Kedric Payne, senior director of ethics at the Campaign Legal Center, observed, “The marketing activity around Donald Trump’s return to the White House indicates that there is clearly a focus on monetizing the presidency.” He added, “The concern is that he will now use the presidency to benefit himself and his family beyond what is imaginable.”

Payne also noted that Trump, no longer seeking voter approval for another term, has minimal incentive to address potential conflicts of interest. “His supporters were well aware of the conflicts and did not view it as disqualifying,” Payne remarked.

Trump’s spokesperson, Karoline Leavitt, defended the president-elect, emphasizing his altruistic motivations. “President Trump removed himself from his multi-billion-dollar real estate empire to run for office and forewent his government salary, becoming the first President to actually lose net worth while serving in the White House,” she said. “Unlike most politicians, President Trump didn’t get into politics for profit—he’s fighting because he loves the people of this country and wants to make America great again.”

Despite such assertions, the president-elect’s transition team declined to elaborate on plans to address ethical concerns. Eric Trump and other company representatives did not respond to inquiries about their strategies for a potential second term.

Ethics challenges were evident at a recent Mar-a-Lago event. Eric Trump met with Hussain Sajwani, a UAE-based billionaire and longtime business associate. Shortly thereafter, Donald Trump announced Sajwani’s pledge to invest $20 billion in U.S. data center projects, while reiterating his intent to streamline federal permitting for major corporate initiatives. Eric Trump attended the announcement but remained in the background.

The Trump family’s business dealings extend beyond real estate. Recently, Eric Trump promoted World Liberty Financial, a cryptocurrency platform, at a conference in the UAE. Investors in the venture include cryptocurrency entrepreneur Justin Sun, accused of securities law violations by the SEC in 2023, though Sun has denied wrongdoing. Sun reportedly invested $30 million in the Trump family enterprise.

Trump’s business partners may benefit from his stated commitment to fostering a crypto-friendly administration. He has already named David Sacks, a close ally and donor, as the head of cryptocurrency policy in his upcoming administration. Steve Witkoff, another Trump business partner, was recently named Trump’s special envoy to the Middle East. At a Mar-a-Lago press conference, Witkoff referenced prior work with the Biden administration on a hostage deal involving Hamas and Israel.

Presidents are exempt from many conflict-of-interest laws that govern other federal officials, but previous presidents have taken steps to eliminate even the appearance of impropriety. For instance, George W. Bush sold his Texas Rangers baseball team stake before entering politics. When Trump first became president in 2016, he placed his assets in a trust but retained ownership, delegating management to his sons and a senior executive. Critics called this insufficient, as it failed to resolve potential conflicts.

Trump’s initial presidency included a self-imposed ban on new foreign deals. However, Eric Trump recently stated the company would pursue overseas opportunities, though it would not work directly with foreign governments.

Meanwhile, the Trump Organization continues to profit from his political brand. Trump’s recent campaign launched numerous products, including shoes, watches, coins, and NFTs, through licensing agreements. Limited information is available about these ventures, as many partners operate under opaque business entities. For example, efforts to trace the manufacturer of Trump’s luxury watches, including a $100,000 model, led only to a nondescript Wyoming office, a state known for lenient disclosure laws.

The Trump Store is already capitalizing on his anticipated return to power, selling memorabilia such as polo shirts, mugs, and glasses featuring “45” and “47” to mark Trump’s place in presidential history. However, questions remain about whether Trump will continue leveraging his presidential role to promote business ventures once inaugurated.

Critics argue that Trump’s dual focus on politics and profit represents a departure from precedent. Previous presidents, including Barack Obama and George W. Bush, avoided personal profit-driven endeavors during their tenures. In contrast, Trump’s entrepreneurial activities remain intertwined with his public office.

Ethics experts warn that Trump’s unique approach to blending politics and business could set new and potentially troubling precedents. “The blurred lines between Trump’s personal financial interests and his political decisions will inevitably raise questions,” Payne said.

For now, Trump has yet to address how he will separate his commercial pursuits from his official responsibilities, leaving watchdogs and voters uncertain about what lies ahead.

Texas-Based Indian-American Dhol Band to Perform at Presidential Inaugural Parade

Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak, an Indian-American dhol band from Texas, has received a prestigious invitation to perform in the inaugural parade following the swearing-in of Donald Trump as the 47th President of the United States on January 20. The performance will serve as a remarkable display of India’s vibrant musical traditions, reaching millions of viewers worldwide.

In a statement, the media release quoted by news agency PTI said, “This is a defining moment not just for the ensemble but also for the Indian community in Texas, across the US, and the world. It marks the first time a high-energy Indian traditional drum ensemble from Texas will perform on such a grand stage.” This marks a significant milestone for the band, as it will be the first time that an Indian drum ensemble from Texas performs in such a prominent and globally recognized event.

The band, renowned for its electrifying drumming and distinct fusion of traditional Indian rhythms with international musical influences, has carved out a name for itself beyond its religious event roots. Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak has captivated diverse audiences across the globe, making waves by blending India’s traditional dhol tasha drumming with a modern twist.

Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak has not only performed at religious and cultural events but has also taken its performance to a global stage, collaborating with international percussionists from different cultures. The group has previously joined forces with African and Japanese percussionists, enhancing its reputation as a band that brings diverse musical traditions together.

Additionally, the band has graced numerous high-profile events, performing at halftime shows during NBA and NHL games, adding an electrifying vibe to these sporting spectacles. The group was also part of the iconic Howdy Modi event, which featured a gathering of thousands of people to celebrate Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to the United States. Further elevating its profile, Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak performed at the opening ceremony of the ICC T20 World Cup, further establishing its place on the world stage.

The invitation to perform at the inauguration parade represents a significant achievement for the Texas-based ensemble. It is an opportunity not only for the band but also for the Indian-American community, as it brings global attention to the musical contributions of Indian culture. The band’s performance will undoubtedly offer a fusion of traditional Indian beats and contemporary global influences, reflecting the spirit of diversity and unity that the U.S. cherishes.

This performance marks a historic moment, as it will be the first time an Indian-American band from Texas has performed at such a prestigious event. Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak’s success serves as a testament to the growing influence of Indian-American culture in the U.S. and the world. The band’s ability to bridge cultural boundaries with its innovative music and collaborations is a reflection of the dynamism within the global music scene today. The dhol tasha, an energetic and powerful rhythm originating from India, has found a fresh appeal, transcending borders and resonating with people from diverse backgrounds.

The inclusion of this band in the inaugural parade highlights the broader recognition of the contributions of the Indian-American community to U.S. culture and society. It celebrates the richness of Indian musical traditions and their place in the global cultural landscape. As millions of people watch the inauguration parade, they will be introduced to a unique fusion of rhythms that has been popularized by Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak.

The performance is expected to be a high-energy, visually and sonically captivating display, showcasing the vibrant and diverse cultural heritage that the band represents. With its traditional dhol beats infused with modern, global influences, the performance will undoubtedly be a highlight of the inauguration festivities. The invitation to perform is a remarkable recognition of the group’s talent and the growing influence of Indian-American culture within the U.S. entertainment landscape.

For Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak, this moment is both a reflection of the band’s hard work and a celebration of the cultural exchange that music fosters. The group’s success is a testament to the power of music in bridging divides and uniting people across cultures. As they prepare to perform at this historic event, they will undoubtedly bring a unique energy to the parade that will be remembered by viewers around the world.

This performance also offers a chance for Indian-Americans, particularly those in Texas, to be recognized for their contributions to the cultural fabric of the United States. By showcasing India’s musical traditions in such a prominent setting, Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak will continue to inspire and engage audiences from all walks of life.

In conclusion, Shivam Dhol Tasha Pathak’s invitation to perform in the presidential inauguration parade is a defining moment for the group, the Indian-American community, and the global appreciation of Indian music. Their unique blend of traditional and modern rhythms has captured the imagination of audiences worldwide, and their performance at this prestigious event will add another significant chapter to their growing legacy.

Temasek Nears $10 Billion Deal for 10% Stake in Haldiram Snacks Foods

After prolonged negotiations, Singapore’s state-owned investment firm Temasek is close to acquiring a 10 percent stake in Haldiram Snacks Foods. This deal, valued at $10 billion, would be a significant milestone for the consumer products company, according to reports by Moneycontrol on Tuesday.

Both parties — the Agrawal family, which promotes Haldiram Snacks Foods, and Temasek — have signed a term sheet, marking an important step toward finalizing the agreement. Haldiram Snacks Foods represents the merged fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) businesses of the Delhi and Nagpur branches of the Agrawal family, who have long been associated with the Haldiram brand.

Temasek was among several private equity (PE) firms, including Bain Capital and Blackstone, that had expressed interest in acquiring a stake in the unlisted company. However, it was Temasek’s offer that gained traction, surpassing Blackstone’s competing proposal for a 20 percent stake, which came with a lower valuation.

Deal Progress and Future Plans

Temasek is currently conducting due diligence and is anticipated to make a binding offer within the next month. Should the deal go through, it would rank among the largest transactions in India, especially given the company’s valuation. Sources indicate that the Agrawal family plans to capitalize on the booming initial public offering (IPO) market by listing the company within a year.

When approached, a spokesperson for Temasek declined to comment on what they termed “market speculation,” while the Agrawal family did not respond to email inquiries regarding the potential transaction.

Temasek’s Broader Investment Strategy in India

Temasek has been vocal about its commitment to India’s growth potential, especially in the healthcare, consumer products, and information technology sectors. In July last year, Ravi Lambah, Temasek’s head of India and strategic initiatives, announced plans to invest $10 billion in the country by 2027, which would bring its total exposure in India to $47 billion. Notably, this figure excludes investments made by Temasek subsidiaries in the region.

Lambah also highlighted Temasek’s focus on four key investment themes: increasing lifespan through healthcare, rising consumer demand, advancements in digitization, and sustainability. These priorities align with the expected expansion of Haldiram’s consumer products business, making the proposed partnership strategically significant.

Structure of the Haldiram Business

The Haldiram brand operates under three separate entities controlled by different branches of the Agrawal family in Delhi, Nagpur, and Kolkata. While each entity functions independently, a significant development occurred when the Delhi and Nagpur families decided to merge their FMCG operations. The merger combined Haldiram Snacks and Haldiram Foods International, which were part of the Delhi group, into a newly formed company, Haldiram Snacks Foods Private Ltd (HSFPL). In this merged entity, shareholders of Haldiram Snacks and Haldiram Foods International hold 56 percent and 44 percent stakes, respectively.

Post-transaction, HSFPL will oversee all consumer product operations for the Haldiram group, further consolidating the brand’s reach and market presence. Meanwhile, the Kolkata branch of the family continues to operate independently, retailing products under the brand name “Prabhuji.” In November, it sold a minority stake in its business to Bharat Value Fund for ₹235 crore.

Financial Growth and Market Potential

Haldiram Snacks Foods has demonstrated strong financial growth in recent years. In FY23, the company reported consolidated revenue of ₹6,375 crore, a significant rise from ₹5,195 crore in FY22. Its net profit for the year surged by 74 percent to ₹593 crore. Similarly, Haldiram Foods International saw consolidated net sales of ₹4,551 crore in FY24, reflecting a 10.9 percent increase, with net profit rising to ₹597 crore compared to ₹436 crore in FY23.

Private equity officials have noted the immense potential for Haldiram’s products in the international market. With its wide array of traditional Indian snacks and packaged foods, the company is well-positioned to tap into the growing global demand for Indian cuisine. This aligns with Temasek’s focus on consumption-driven growth and expanding markets.

Conclusion

The acquisition of a 10 percent stake in Haldiram Snacks Foods by Temasek signals a pivotal moment for the Indian FMCG sector. If the deal materializes, it will not only solidify Temasek’s presence in India but also provide Haldiram with the resources and strategic guidance to expand its operations further, both domestically and internationally. As the IPO market continues to thrive, the Agrawal family’s plans to list the company could unlock significant value for stakeholders while positioning Haldiram as a formidable player on the global stage.

Justin Trudeau Steps Down: Chrystia Freeland Emerges as Key Contender Amid Economic and Political Challenges

After nearly ten years in power, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau announced his resignation on Monday, responding to growing criticism, including dissent from one of his closest allies. This marks a significant turning point in Canadian politics, with Deputy Prime Minister Chrystia Freeland, a long-time Trudeau supporter, emerging as a strong contender to lead the Liberal Party.

In December, Freeland publicly criticized Trudeau’s approach to governance, describing his recent policies, such as a sales tax holiday and worker rebates, as “costly political gimmicks.” These differences marked a clear divide between the two leaders. “We found ourselves at odds about the best path forward,” Freeland noted in her resignation letter, adding, “Canadians know when we are working for them, and they equally know when we are focused on ourselves.”

Trudeau, facing public discontent and political polarization, acknowledged that stepping down was necessary. “Removing me from the equation as the leader who will fight the next election for the Liberal Party should also decrease the level of polarization that we’re seeing right now in the House and Canadian politics,” he stated during his resignation announcement.

Freeland’s sharp criticism shocked many, given her reputation as a steadfast Trudeau ally. It also fueled speculation about her ambitions, with members of the Liberal Party preparing for a leadership contest. Freeland, now a leading contender, was recently ranked the most appealing candidate in a CTV poll conducted by Ottawa-based pollster Nik Nanos.

Freeland’s Rise and Reputation

Chrystia Freeland’s political journey has been remarkable. Often referred to as the “minister of everything” due to her diverse roles, she has consistently held prominent positions in Trudeau’s cabinet. Nelson Wiseman, professor emeritus at the University of Toronto, described her as having “probably the highest profile of any cabinet minister beyond the prime minister.”

Freeland first gained international attention as Canada’s foreign minister during Donald Trump’s presidency. She spearheaded negotiations to revise the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), clashing with the U.S. administration over tariffs on Canadian steel and aluminum. Trump eventually agreed to a revised agreement with minimal concessions from Canada. “Canada basically didn’t give the US anything in those negotiations,” Wiseman observed. Freeland’s firm stance even earned criticism from Trump, who called her “totally toxic and not at all conducive to making deals.”

Born in Alberta to a Ukrainian mother, Freeland studied at Harvard University and worked as a journalist, covering Russia and Ukraine before entering Canadian politics. Her ascent began when she joined Parliament as a member of Trudeau’s Liberal Party in 2013. Over the years, she has served as minister of international trade, foreign affairs, deputy prime minister, and finance minister.

As finance minister, Freeland faced significant challenges, taking charge of a struggling economy during the COVID-19 pandemic. Her task included reducing Canada’s growing deficit and stabilizing public finances. However, disagreements with Trudeau over economic policies strained their relationship.

Freeland’s International Impact

Freeland’s Ukrainian heritage and support for the country’s fight against Russia have bolstered her reputation. She played a central role in Canada’s strong stance against Russia, pushing for financial aid to Ukraine and freezing billions of dollars in Russian assets. “I really think we cannot understate the extent to which that Ukrainian battlefield is the battlefield of democracy and dictatorship,” she remarked during a 2022 interview.

Freeland has also voiced support for Ukraine joining NATO. Her strong stance against Moscow has made her a target of Russian sanctions, a badge she wears with pride. “It’s an honor to be on Putin’s sanction list,” she once said, balancing her respect for Russian culture with firm opposition to its government’s actions.

A Divisive Figure at Home

Domestically, Freeland is seen as a capable but polarizing figure. While praised for her work on international agreements, such as the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA), she has faced criticism over Canada’s economic challenges.

“Chrystia is a mixed bag for me,” said Rod Matheson, a 66-year-old retiree. “She did a great job negotiating the USMCA. But as finance minister, the deficit and debt were out of control.” Another Canadian, Doug Gillis, expressed skepticism about her suitability as Liberal leader, saying, “I blame her as she was in charge of finances. I wouldn’t think she’d be the right person.”

Freeland’s association with Trudeau’s government, which has seen declining approval ratings, could prove challenging as she vies for leadership. Polls show the Conservatives, led by Pierre Poilievre, holding a commanding lead over the Liberals. “The Liberals are more than 20 points behind the Conservatives,” said Nik Nanos. “There’s a wave of change in the country right now.”

Challenges Ahead

As Trudeau resigned, he suspended Parliament until March 24. This delay gives the Liberal Party time to choose a new leader. However, the next leader will likely face immediate challenges, including a potential confidence vote upon Parliament’s reconvening.

Wiseman predicts that any new prime minister from the Liberal Party might seek to delay elections. “There will be no incentive, in my opinion, for the new prime minister to reconvene Parliament, because then she’d be going into an election in which she had been defeated,” he explained. Instead, the new leader could request the governor general to dissolve Parliament and call for fresh elections.

Economic issues will likely dominate the next election. Rising inflation, high living costs, and ongoing tensions with the U.S. over trade and immigration are key concerns. Canada’s record immigration levels have also sparked debates, with Freeland suggesting in a CBC interview that immigration should be managed in an “organized, systematic way.”

Rebuilding the Liberal Party

Regardless of who leads the Liberals, the road ahead will be arduous. Analysts suggest the party needs a complete overhaul to regain public trust. “I don’t think anybody expects that the Liberals are going to come first in the next election,” said Lori Turnbull, a professor at Dalhousie University. “The question is really about who’s going to rebuild the party.”

Freeland’s extensive experience and international profile position her as a strong contender, but her association with Trudeau’s government could hinder her prospects. Her leadership would likely involve balancing economic reforms with addressing voter dissatisfaction.

The upcoming general election will be a pivotal moment for Canada, determining the country’s political and economic direction. Whether Freeland or another leader takes the helm, the Liberals face an uphill battle to regain their footing and counter the Conservatives’ growing momentum.

Morning Coffee: The Key to Better Heart Health and Longevity?

Consuming coffee has long been associated with improved heart health and increased lifespan. However, the timing of your coffee consumption might play a significant role in maximizing its benefits, according to a study published in the European Heart Journal. The research suggests that drinking coffee exclusively in the morning could be the most beneficial for health, regardless of the amount consumed or other external factors.

“This is the first study testing coffee drinking timing patterns and health outcomes,” stated Dr. Lu Qi, the study’s lead author and a professor at Tulane University’s School of Public Health and Tropical Medicine. “We don’t typically give advice about timing in our dietary guidance, but perhaps we should be thinking about this in the future.”

Coffee Timing and Its Health Implications

While previous studies have highlighted moderate coffee consumption as being linked to reduced risks of type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, and premature death, inconsistencies in data related to genetics, the quantity consumed, or the use of sweeteners have muddled the results. Dr. Qi’s team sought to address these gaps by examining the impact of coffee drinking patterns on health outcomes.

The researchers analyzed dietary and health information from 40,725 adults aged 18 and above, based on data from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey spanning 1999 to 2018. Participants detailed their food and beverage intake over 24-hour periods across 10 survey cycles. A subgroup of 1,463 individuals provided weeklong dietary records for deeper analysis. Both caffeinated and decaffeinated coffee were included, with consumption periods categorized into morning (4 a.m.–11:59 a.m.), afternoon (12 p.m.–4:59 p.m.), and evening (5 p.m.–3:59 a.m.).

The study identified two primary coffee consumption patterns: morning-only and all-day drinking. Over a median follow-up of nearly 10 years, the data revealed 4,295 deaths from all causes, including 1,268 from cardiovascular disease and 934 from cancer.

Benefits of Morning-Only Coffee Consumption

The findings showed that individuals who drank coffee only in the morning experienced a 16% lower risk of premature death from any cause and a 31% lower risk of cardiovascular-related death compared to non-coffee drinkers. In contrast, those who consumed coffee throughout the day did not show similar benefits.

Remarkably, the amount of coffee consumed in the morning—whether less than one cup or more than three—did not significantly alter these positive outcomes.

“The study was observational, meaning that it wasn’t an experiment setting, (which) is the gold standard,” explained Vanessa King, a registered dietitian nutritionist with the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics. While the research cannot establish causation, its implications are significant given that cardiovascular diseases remain the leading cause of death in the United States.

Possible Reasons for the Timing Effect

Timing might influence coffee’s health benefits through its interaction with the body’s circadian rhythms and hormone levels. “Consuming coffee in the afternoon or evening may disrupt circadian rhythms and levels of hormones such as melatonin,” Dr. Qi explained. Low melatonin levels are linked to increased blood pressure, oxidative stress, and greater cardiovascular disease risk.

Coffee contains antioxidants that can combat inflammation by neutralizing free radicals, unstable molecules from environmental sources such as cigarette smoke or pesticides that damage cells. According to King, this anti-inflammatory property may be most effective when coffee is consumed in the morning.

Additionally, some inflammatory markers in the blood peak in the morning. The study’s authors suggest that concentrating coffee intake during this time could enhance its anti-inflammatory effects compared to spreading consumption throughout the day.

Study Strengths and Limitations

Dr. David Kao, a cardiologist not involved in the research, praised the study for its robust methodology. “Highlights include using a machine learning-style method to categorize coffee drinking patterns, and validation of findings in (more than one) external data source which are distinct from the primary source,” Kao noted. This approach reduces the likelihood of accidental or false-positive results.

However, the study has its limitations. Dietary recalls, a primary data collection method, can be prone to inaccuracies or biases and may not capture long-term habits. Furthermore, while the researchers adjusted for numerous confounders—including sleep patterns, age, race, education, physical activity, and pre-existing health conditions—other unmeasured factors could still play a role.

The study also noted that the morning coffee pattern might be a marker of an overall healthy lifestyle. “For example, morning-type coffee drinkers may be more willing to exercise and eat non-ultra-processed foods,” the authors wrote. Additionally, genetic data was unavailable, preventing analysis of how variations in caffeine metabolism might affect the results.

Adjusting Coffee Habits for Better Health

For those looking to limit coffee consumption to the morning, addressing underlying sleep issues could be a good starting point. “Consider whether you’re regularly getting enough quality rest,” King suggested. Seeing a sleep specialist for conditions such as sleep apnea could also be beneficial, Dr. Kao added.

To reduce daytime coffee intake, try diluting servings with water, which also promotes hydration, King recommended. For those feeling fatigued, getting thyroid, vitamin D, and iron levels checked could identify potential deficiencies, according to Sue-Ellen Anderson-Haynes, a dietitian with the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics.

Non-coffee drinkers considering adding coffee to their routine should focus on broader lifestyle factors. “Are you living an overall physically active, balanced, sustainable, and healthy diet and lifestyle?” Anderson-Haynes asked.

Until more research confirms the best timing for coffee consumption, following a doctor or dietitian’s recommendations regarding caffeine intake remains the safest approach.

This study sheds light on an intriguing connection between coffee drinking patterns and health outcomes. While further research is needed, the findings underscore the potential importance of timing in dietary habits. As Dr. Qi noted, “We don’t typically give advice about timing in our dietary guidance, but perhaps we should be thinking about this in the future.”

Biden Administration Removes Unpaid Medical Debt from Credit Reports, Opening Doors for Millions of Americans

In a significant move to alleviate financial burdens for millions of Americans, the Biden administration has announced a final rule that will remove unpaid medical bills from credit reports. This change, unveiled on Tuesday, aims to prevent medical debt from hindering individuals’ access to mortgages, car loans, and small business loans.

According to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), the new rule will result in the removal of approximately $49 billion in medical debt from the credit reports of over 15 million Americans. This adjustment means that lenders will no longer be able to factor in unpaid medical bills when assessing loan applications.

The change is expected to have a noticeable impact on credit scores, with an average increase of 20 points for affected individuals. As a result, an estimated 22,000 additional mortgages could be approved each year. Vice President Kamala Harris, in a statement issued alongside the rule’s announcement, expressed her belief that the new measure would be “lifechanging” for millions of families across the country.

“No one should be denied economic opportunity because they got sick or experienced a medical emergency,” Harris remarked, underscoring the importance of the new rule for individuals whose creditworthiness had been unfairly impacted by medical expenses.

Additionally, Harris highlighted that states and local governments, utilizing the federal pandemic-era relief package from 2021, have already forgiven more than $1 billion in medical debt for over 700,000 Americans. This initiative has helped ease the financial struggles of many who have been burdened by medical costs during the COVID-19 pandemic.

The Biden administration’s plan to remove medical debt from credit reports was first announced in the fall of 2023, marking a significant step in addressing the financial strain caused by rising healthcare costs. The CFPB explained that medical debt is not a reliable indicator of a person’s ability to repay a loan, making it an unjust factor to include in credit evaluations.

In line with these developments, major credit reporting agencies—Experian, Equifax, and TransUnion—announced last year that they would no longer include medical collections debt under $500 on consumer credit reports. This move was an early sign of a growing recognition that medical debt does not necessarily reflect an individual’s financial reliability.

The new rule from the Biden administration builds on these earlier efforts by targeting the larger issue of outstanding medical debt on credit reports. The decision reflects a broader effort to improve economic access for individuals who are struggling with health-related financial hardships.

This shift in policy comes at a crucial time when healthcare costs continue to be a leading cause of financial strain for Americans. Medical bills have long been a barrier to financial well-being, often causing credit scores to drop significantly even when the debt stems from unavoidable circumstances such as emergencies or illness.

By removing medical debt from credit reports, the administration is aiming to level the playing field for individuals who may have faced unexpected medical emergencies but are otherwise financially responsible. The change is expected to make a significant difference in the lives of those who have been previously locked out of credit opportunities due to medical debt.

Experts have long pointed out the disconnect between medical debt and a person’s ability to repay loans. As the CFPB noted, medical debt is not necessarily an accurate measure of an individual’s overall financial health. Medical emergencies, which are often unpredictable and expensive, should not define a person’s creditworthiness. The new rule is expected to help rectify this by removing a substantial portion of medical debt from credit reports, allowing millions of Americans to rebuild their financial standing.

As part of the ongoing efforts to support those impacted by medical debt, Vice President Harris also emphasized the role of state and local governments in addressing the issue. The pandemic-era aid package provided the financial means for states to step in and relieve substantial amounts of medical debt. “More than $1 billion in medical debt has been wiped out for over 700,000 Americans,” Harris announced, highlighting the substantial efforts that have already been made to provide relief.

The rule’s implementation is expected to take effect in the coming months, with many hopeful that it will lead to a marked improvement in the financial outlook for millions of Americans. By addressing the root cause of credit score disparities, the Biden administration aims to promote greater economic fairness and help those who have been burdened by healthcare-related debt regain access to essential financial services.

The CFPB’s decision is a clear indication of the growing recognition that the U.S. healthcare system’s impact on personal finances is a serious issue. As medical bills continue to rise, individuals are often faced with the difficult choice of paying for care or risking their financial future. The new rule seeks to ease this burden and ensure that medical debt does not unduly harm people’s ability to secure loans or other forms of financial assistance.

Moreover, the rule aligns with broader efforts to improve consumer protection and ensure that credit reporting systems reflect a more accurate and equitable picture of an individual’s financial situation. The Biden administration’s move to remove medical debt from credit reports is expected to lead to a broader overhaul of how consumer credit is evaluated in the future.

In conclusion, the final rule announced by the Biden administration represents a significant step forward in the fight to address the financial toll of medical debt. By removing $49 billion in medical debt from the credit reports of millions of Americans, the new policy promises to make a meaningful difference in the lives of individuals and families who have been unfairly penalized due to health emergencies. Vice President Kamala Harris’s statement that the rule will be “lifechanging” for many underscores the transformative potential of this policy change. As more Americans gain access to fairer credit opportunities, this rule could open doors for those who have long been locked out of financial resources due to circumstances beyond their control.

7-Year-Old Samyuktha Narayanan Becomes the World’s Youngest Taekwondo Instructor

Samyuktha Narayanan, a seven-year-old from India, has made history by becoming the youngest Taekwondo instructor in the world. At just 7 years and 270 days old, Samyuktha achieved this remarkable milestone, showcasing her passion and dedication to the Korean martial art known for its focus on kicking, punching, and defensive blocking techniques.

Her journey into Taekwondo began when she was only three years old. The young prodigy grew up in a family deeply connected to the sport. Her parents, Shruthy and Narayanan, run the Madurai Taekwondo Academy and hold Guinness World Records (GWR) themselves. Narayanan, for instance, holds the record for breaking seven marble slabs with a single kick.

Samyuktha shared with GWR, “My father and mother are my biggest inspirations. I used to admire the Guinness World Records certificates achieved by my dad and mum hanging on the walls in our home. It was my goal to achieve a GWR title and hang my certificate on the same wall.”

Her dream came true when she achieved her own GWR title. She expressed her joy, saying, “After I achieved my GWR title, I received appreciations from my friends, family and teachers. My photos and videos were published in the newspaper and [shown on] television. I felt like a star in my city.”

Her father, Narayanan, has been her coach from the very beginning. Samyuktha fondly recalls watching older students practice at the dojo and being fascinated by their skills. Eventually, she asked her father to let her try, setting her on the path to success.

Within just five years, Samyuktha progressed through Taekwondo’s grading system, advancing from a white belt to earning her black belt. Achieving this milestone required significant effort and commitment.

To qualify for her black belt, Samyuktha had to:

  • Run 5 kilometers (3.1 miles),
  • Complete various workouts, and
  • Master the entire Taekwondo syllabus.

Despite being the youngest in her training group, she demonstrated exceptional skill and determination, proving herself worthy of the honor. Her journey culminated in a visit to the World Taekwondo Headquarters in Korea, where she received her certificate from the grandmasters.

After achieving her black belt, Samyuktha celebrated with her favorite food—waffles. “After receiving my black belt, I asked my dad to take me and my close friends to my favorite waffle shop in Madurai, and we had a great treat there,” she shared enthusiastically.

Even after her incredible accomplishment, Samyuktha continues to train rigorously for two hours daily. She believes that consistency is key to success. Balancing her responsibilities requires discipline, but she has developed a structured routine to manage her time effectively.

“I wake up early in the morning and start my training with the other students. I do my homework as soon as I come home [from school]. Then I take some rest and go to the dojo for coaching along with my dad in the evening,” she explained.

Standing as an instructor for her peers is a source of immense pride for Samyuktha. She remarked, “I feel proud of myself standing as an instructor before kids of my age. Sometimes I also learn from them.”

Outside of Taekwondo, she enjoys dancing and trekking with her family. Looking ahead, Samyuktha has ambitious goals. Inspired by her parents’ achievements, she aims to secure more GWR titles, win Taekwondo championships, and even pursue an Olympic medal for India. Additionally, she dreams of becoming a police officer.

Her advice for kids interested in trying Taekwondo reflects her enthusiasm for the sport: “Taekwondo is a good sport for health and fitness. In my experience, I tell other kids that doing workouts with friends in the dojo is more fun than playing games [on our] mobiles.”

Samyuktha’s incredible journey and determination are truly inspiring. At such a young age, she has not only achieved a world record but has also set her sights on even greater achievements, proving that dedication and passion can pave the way for extraordinary success.

Akrit Jaswal: The Prodigy Who Became the World’s Youngest Surgeon

A remarkable intellect is only the foundation of greatness; it requires discipline, hard work, and proper guidance to transform into something extraordinary. Akrit Jaswal serves as a prime example of a true prodigy whose exceptional mind translated into groundbreaking achievements. Rising to international fame at the age of seven, he performed surgery on an eight-year-old burn victim, earning the title of the “world’s youngest surgeon.”

The Early Life of a Genius

Born on April 23, 1993, in Nurpur, Himachal Pradesh, Akrit Pran Jaswal grew up in a middle-income household. From an incredibly young age, he exhibited signs of possessing a superior intellect. Reports suggest that Akrit learned to walk and talk by the age of 10 months. By the time he was two, he had already mastered reading and writing to some extent.

As Akrit matured, his extraordinary abilities became even more apparent. While other children his age struggled with basic developmental skills, he had already begun reading classic English literature. This exceptional early aptitude foreshadowed the remarkable achievements that would follow.

A Young Surgeon’s Feat

At just seven years old, Akrit’s brilliance caught global attention when he performed a surgical procedure on an eight-year-old burn victim. This incredible accomplishment earned him the title of the “world’s youngest surgeon.” The surgery marked a turning point in his life, positioning him as a medical prodigy and setting the stage for an illustrious academic journey.

By the age of 12, Akrit became India’s youngest university student. He began conducting scientific research at Chandigarh University and later pursued studies in bioengineering at the prestigious Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Kanpur. His academic progression was nothing short of astounding.

At 17, while most teenagers were still navigating high school, Akrit was already pursuing a master’s degree in chemistry. His impressive IQ of 146 made him one of the brightest minds in the country and garnered significant media attention, including a notable appearance on The Oprah Winfrey Show.

A Higher Calling: The Quest to Cure Cancer

Despite his intellectual prowess and academic accolades, Akrit has chosen not to capitalize on his genius for personal gain. Instead, he has devoted himself to the noble cause of finding a cure for cancer. His dedication to cancer research reflects his commitment to using his talents for the betterment of humanity.

Akrit has worked under the mentorship of distinguished professionals, including the Chairman of Secondary Education in Dharamshala, who recognized and nurtured his extraordinary potential. His unyielding focus on advancing medical science serves as an inspiration to countless people around the world.

An Enduring Legacy

Akrit Jaswal’s story exemplifies the profound impact of combining natural brilliance with a sense of purpose. His journey, from a child prodigy who performed surgery at the age of seven to a dedicated researcher striving to cure cancer, showcases the power of intellect when paired with dedication and a desire to serve humanity.

Akrit’s accomplishments continue to motivate millions, proving that true success lies in using one’s gifts to make a difference in the world.

DHS Modernizes H-1B Visa Program with Key Changes Effective January 2025

The U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has announced transformative updates to the H-1B visa program, set to take effect on January 17, 2025. These changes are designed to streamline the process, improve efficiency, and provide better clarity for foreign workers and their employers.

Core Updates to the H-1B Visa Program

A primary focus of the updated rules is refining the definition of “specialty occupation.” These adjustments aim to align the program with the skills and qualifications essential for specific roles, ensuring that the program caters to genuinely skilled professionals.

  1. Revised Definition of “Specialty Occupation”
  2. The updated regulations provide a more precise explanation of what constitutes a “specialty occupation.” This revised definition emphasizes the specific skills and knowledge required for a given position, ensuring that only appropriately qualified candidates can obtain an H-1B visa.
  3. Emphasis on Degree Relevance

The new rule underscores that the degree held by the applicant must directly correspond to the job duties. This change means general degrees, such as MBAs, will no longer automatically qualify an individual for H-1B status unless they are explicitly tied to the role’s requirements.

These refinements aim to filter out unqualified applicants and ensure that the program prioritizes specialized expertise.

Faster Processing and Fewer Delays

To address long-standing concerns about delays, DHS plans to reduce processing times for H-1B visa applications. The objective is to provide employers and workers with faster, more predictable decisions, which is expected to significantly improve the program’s efficiency.

Automatic Cap-Gap Extensions for F-1 Students

Another key feature of the new rules is the introduction of automatic extensions for F-1 nonimmigrant students transitioning to H-1B status during the “cap-gap” period. This adjustment seeks to eliminate gaps in employment authorization for students awaiting their H-1B visa approval.

The cap-gap extension ensures:

  • Continuation of F-1 status and employment authorization until April 1 of the relevant fiscal year.
  • Stability for students whose H-1B change of status petitions are still pending.

By implementing this automatic extension, DHS aims to prevent interruptions for students and employers alike.

Streamlined Form I-129 for Nonimmigrant Workers

In line with the new rules, the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) will introduce a revised Form I-129, which will also take effect on January 17, 2025. This updated form is intended to simplify the application process for H-1B and other nonimmigrant workers, ensuring compliance with the latest regulations.

Revised Deference Policy for Faster Decisions

The new rules also introduce updates to the deference policy, which is expected to expedite application processing. Adjudicators will be required to give deference to prior USCIS determinations for Form I-129 petitions involving the same parties and facts, provided there are no material errors or significant changes affecting eligibility.

This change aims to reduce redundancy in the decision-making process, ensuring smoother renewals and transitions for applicants. Exceptions will only be made in cases where errors or material changes impact eligibility.

Understanding the H-1B Visa Program

The H-1B visa remains a critical pathway for highly skilled foreign professionals to work in the United States in roles requiring specialized expertise. Some of its key features include:

  • Annual Cap: The program permits 65,000 visas annually, with an additional 20,000 reserved for candidates holding advanced degrees from U.S. institutions.
  • Specialized Knowledge Requirement: Applicants must possess expertise directly related to the job they intend to perform.
  • Bachelor’s Degree Minimum: A bachelor’s degree is the baseline qualification for eligibility, ensuring that the roles filled require a high level of knowledge and skill.

Implications for Employers and Workers

The updates are expected to benefit both employers and foreign workers by addressing processing delays and clarifying eligibility requirements. Employers will gain a clearer understanding of the criteria for hiring foreign talent, while workers will experience greater stability, particularly through the cap-gap extensions.

For employers, the modernized guidelines ensure transparency in determining job suitability and degree relevance, reducing the risk of application rejections. For foreign workers, the changes provide enhanced clarity and a smoother transition process, especially for F-1 students moving to H-1B status.

Modernization Reflects DHS Commitment

DHS’s decision to revamp the H-1B program underscores its commitment to supporting skilled foreign workers and fostering seamless transitions for nonimmigrant students. By modernizing the program, the department aims to address longstanding challenges, enhance efficiency, and better serve the needs of both employers and applicants.

As DHS Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas stated, “These changes are a step forward in ensuring that the H-1B program remains a vital tool for attracting and retaining global talent.”

Preparing for January 2025

Employers and potential applicants should familiarize themselves with these updates and prepare for their implementation on January 17, 2025. The revised rules mark a significant shift in the operation of the H-1B visa program, promising a more efficient and targeted approach to meeting the needs of U.S. employers and skilled foreign professionals.

By addressing delays, refining eligibility criteria, and introducing mechanisms to support smoother transitions, these updates aim to make the H-1B program a more robust and equitable system.

Six Indian Films Among Contenders for Oscars 2025 Best Picture

The Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences has unveiled the list of films eligible for the 97th Academy Awards, scheduled for March 2, 2025, at the Dolby Theatre in Los Angeles, California. A total of 323 films are in contention across various categories, with a separate list of 207 movies vying for the coveted Best Picture award.

Among the 207 films competing for Best Picture, six Indian films have made the cut: Aadujeevitham (also known as The Goat Life), Santosh, Putul, Swatantrya Veer Savarkar, All We Imagine as Light, Kanguva, and Girls Will Be Girls. One of the most surprising inclusions is the Tamil period action drama Kanguva, which faced significant challenges at the box office despite its massive production scale.

Starring Suriya in the lead role and directed by Siva, Kanguva was produced on an extravagant budget of approximately Rs 350 crore. Unfortunately, the film failed to resonate with audiences due to what critics described as poor direction and a predictable storyline. The movie’s performance at the box office was underwhelming, earning a net domestic collection of Rs 70 crore and a worldwide gross of Rs 106 crore. This financial performance marked Kanguva as the biggest Indian box-office disappointment of 2024. Alongside Suriya, the movie featured Bobby Deol as the antagonist and Disha Patani as the female lead.

The Oscars nomination voting process is set to commence on January 8, 2025, and will close on January 12. The final list of nominees will be revealed on January 17, adding excitement as the prestigious event approaches.

While Aamir Khan and Kiran Rao’s film Laapataa Ladies did not make it to the shortlist for the Best International Feature Film category, India still has potential for recognition at the Oscars. Guneet Monga’s production Anuja has been shortlisted in the Best Live Action Short Film category. Meanwhile, Payal Kapadia’s All We Imagine as Light, which has already garnered significant acclaim at various international film festivals, is anticipated to secure several nominations, further elevating India’s prospects at the 97th Academy Awards.

India’s journey to the Oscars this year highlights a mix of high hopes and notable challenges. The inclusion of six Indian films in the Best Picture race underscores the diversity and global reach of Indian cinema. Among them, All We Imagine as Light stands out due to its impressive track record at international festivals, where it has won numerous accolades.

Director Payal Kapadia’s work in All We Imagine as Light has been praised for its compelling narrative and visual storytelling. The film’s potential to secure multiple nominations signals the growing recognition of Indian arthouse cinema on the global stage. Industry experts and critics have noted that the movie could become a significant contender in categories beyond Best Picture, reflecting the strength of its creative execution.

On the other hand, the inclusion of Kanguva in the Best Picture list has sparked debate within the industry. Despite its financial setbacks, the film’s nomination represents the evolving criteria for cinematic recognition, where aspects such as cultural impact and ambition are increasingly valued. “The production scale of Kanguva is undeniable, and it showcases the potential of Indian cinema to compete globally, even if box office numbers don’t align with expectations,” noted a prominent film analyst.

Another Indian entry, Swatantrya Veer Savarkar, also generated buzz due to its historical significance and unique narrative focus. Directed by Mahesh Manjrekar, the biopic sheds light on the life and contributions of Vinayak Damodar Savarkar, a prominent figure in India’s freedom struggle. The film’s critical reception has been mixed, with praise for its performances but some criticism regarding its historical interpretation. Nonetheless, its inclusion in the list reflects a growing appreciation for films rooted in India’s rich history and culture.

Adding to the diverse slate, Aadujeevitham (The Goat Life), based on the best-selling novel by Benyamin, is another strong contender. Directed by Blessy, the film follows the life of a migrant worker in Saudi Arabia and has been lauded for its emotional depth and realistic portrayal of the struggles faced by Indian expatriates. Its selection emphasizes the global relevance of stories that delve into human resilience and cultural identity.

Films like Girls Will Be Girls and Putul have also captured attention for their unique themes and independent filmmaking approaches. Both movies have been celebrated for challenging conventional storytelling norms and providing fresh perspectives on societal issues.

India’s representation at the Oscars this year is bolstered further by Guneet Monga’s Anuja, which has made it to the shortlist for Best Live Action Short Film. Monga, known for her Academy Award-winning documentary Period. End of Sentence, continues to make waves with her storytelling. Anuja has been described as an emotionally gripping tale that resonates with audiences worldwide, offering another example of India’s growing prowess in the short film category.

Reflecting on these developments, industry observers have highlighted the increasing global acknowledgment of Indian cinema’s creative diversity. “It’s an exciting time for Indian filmmakers, as the industry is expanding its horizons and telling stories that resonate universally,” said a noted film critic.

With the Oscars 2025 on the horizon, India’s film community is eagerly awaiting the announcement of final nominations on January 17. Regardless of the outcomes, the inclusion of these films in the eligibility and shortlist categories is a testament to the evolving narrative and artistic achievements of Indian cinema. The journey from being contenders to potential winners could mark another milestone in India’s cinematic legacy on the global stage.

-+=